Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D16-0225 - COSTCO - OPTICAL EXPANSION
COSTCO WHOLESALE 400 COSTCO DR SUITE 100 D16-0225 City of Tukwila J�} Department of Community Development • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No: 2523049063 Address: 400 COSTCO DR 100 Project Name: COSTCO WHOLESALE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D16-0225 Issue Date: 10/10/2016 Permit Expires On: 4/8/2017 Owner: 2015 National Electrical Code: Name: COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATIO 2015 Address: 999 LAKE DR PROPERTY TAX DEPT 006, International Mechanical Code Edition: 2015 ISSAQUAH, WA, 98027 2014 Contact Person: 2015 WA State Energy Code: Name: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT Phone: (206) 962-6498 Address: 1101 2ND AVE, SUITE 200, SEATTLE,. WA, 98101 Contractor: Name: FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC Phone: (206) 767-3810 Address: 13810 SE EASTGATE WAY SUITE 110, BELLEVUE, WA, 98005-4417 License No: FERGUCIOOOLA Expiration Date: 6/1/2018 Lender: Name: COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATIO Address: 999 LAKE DR PROPERTY TAX DEPT 006, ISSAQUAH, WA, 98027 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT INCLUDES: DEMOLITION OF THE EXISTING OPTICAL KIOSK AND EXPAND AREA OF THE EXISTING OPTICAL TO INCLUDE ONE (1) NEW EXAM ROOM AND A LARGER RECEPTION AREA. Project Valuation: $180,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: VB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $3,730.22 Occupancy per IBC: M Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: 2015 National Electrical Code: 2014 International Residential Code Edition: 2015 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2015 WAC 296-466: 2014 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2015 WA State Energy Code: 2015 International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: ,U c Date: 16 110 f` 1 Print Name: V!Z <<.2cs This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 3: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 4: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 6: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 7: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 8: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.9.1) 9: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1017.1) 13: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 11: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 10: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 15: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 14: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 16: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 17: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.9 of the International Building Code. 12: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 18: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 19: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 20: 'BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS' 21: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 22: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 23: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by IBC Chapter 17, Table 1705.3. 24: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 25: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 26: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 27: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterially braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 28: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 29: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 30: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 31: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 32: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 33: Every occupied space other than enclosed parking garages and buildings used for repair of automobiles shall be ventilated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the International Mechanical Code. 34: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 35: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 36: Preparation before concrete placement: Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless a tremie is to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the building official. All debris and ice shall be removed from spaces to be occupied by concrete. 37: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 38: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL" 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING LATH & GYPSUM 4027 SI -COLD -FORM WELD 4000 SI -CONCRETE CONST 4046 SI-EPDXY/EXP CONC 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING 0413 WALL SHEATHING/SHEAR 14 �J�YIILA tVI � y o ti J r- �s t z 1905 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 bt!p://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: 18 ^, Date Application Expires: S ^-177 (For ogice use only CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. "Please Print" SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 252304-906305 Site Address: 400 Costco Drive, Tukwila WA 98188 Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name: Costco Wholesale New Tenant: ❑ .....Yes m ..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: Costco Wholesale Corporation Address: 999 Lake Drive City: Issaquah State: WA zip: 98027 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Tanya Smudraprabhut Address: 1101 2nd Avenue, Suite 100 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: (206) 962-6498 Fax: Email: tanya.smudraprabhut@mg2.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Ferguson Construction Address: 13810 SE Eastgate Way, Suite 110 City: Bellevue state: WA Zip: 98005 Phone: (425) 974-8400 Fa" Contr Reg No.: FERGUCI000LA Exp Date: 06/01/2018 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0994431 H:IApplimtiom\Forms-Applications On Line1201 1 ApplicationsTermit Application Revised - 8-9-1l.dom Revised: August 2011 bh ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: MG2 Architect Name: Russell H. Hazzard Address: 1101 2nd Avenue, Suite 100 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: (206) 962-6500 Fax: Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Engineers Northwest, Inc. Engineer Name: Ming Tan Address: 9725 3rd Avenue NE, Suite 207 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98115 Phone: (206) 525-7560 Fa": (206) 973-5416 Email: mingt@engineersnw.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Costco Wholesale Corporation Address: 999 Lake Drive City: Issaquah State: WA Zip: 98027 Pagel of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION —206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 180,000 Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Tenant improvement includes; demolition of the existing optical kiosk and expand area of the existing Optical to include one (1) new Exam room and a larger Reception area. Will there be new rack storage? ..... Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: N/A Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq fl): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑....... Yes ❑....... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ....... Sprinklers 10....... Automatic Fire Alarm El ....... None El ....... Other (specify) Will Ole storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑....... Yes ......No If "yes, attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x I I "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑....... On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:Wpplications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 ApplicationsTerntit Application Revised - 8-9-1 Ldo" Revised: August 2011 Page 2 of 4 bh Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC In Floor 1,600 V -B M 2 nd Floor 3 Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: N/A Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq fl): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑....... Yes ❑....... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ....... Sprinklers 10....... Automatic Fire Alarm El ....... None El ....... Other (specify) Will Ole storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑....... Yes ......No If "yes, attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x I I "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑....... On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:Wpplications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 ApplicationsTerntit Application Revised - 8-9-1 Ldo" Revised: August 2011 Page 2 of 4 bh PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Tenant improvement includes; demolition of the existing optical kiosk and expand area of the existing Optical to include one (1) new Exam room and a larger Reception area. Call before you Dig: 811 NIA Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ... Water District # 125 ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Renton ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ... Valley View ❑ .. Renton El.. Seattle ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑... Sewer Availability Provided Septic System: ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apt ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way ❑ Non Right-of-way ❑ ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection " Irrigation " Domestic Water " ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size.. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size............ WO # ❑... Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension.............Public ❑ Private ❑ ❑ ...Water Main Extension.............Public ❑ Private ❑ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer Monthly Service Billing to: Mailing Water Meter Refund/Billina: Name: Mailing Address: Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Day Telephone: City Day Telephone: City State Zip State Zip H:UpplicationslFomis-Applications On Line12011 ApplicationsTerntit Application Revised - 8-9-1 Ldoc Revised: August 2011 Page 3 of 4 bh • PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING Date: 08/01/2016 Print Name: Mostafa Ahandi (Costco authorized agent) Day Telephone: (206) 962-6500 Mailing Address: 1100 2nd Avenue, Suite 100 Seattle WA 98101 City State zip Please contact "Contact Person" (info. on page 1) with any questions regarding the project H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 ApplicationsTern it Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 Page 4 of 4 bh DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $2,305.68 D16-0225 Address: 400 COSTCO DR 100 Apn: 2523049063 $2,305.68 DEVELOPMENT $2,196.10 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $2,191.60 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $109.58 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: ...11 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $109.58 $2,305.68 Date Paid: Monday, October 10, 2016 Paid By: COSTCO WHOLESALE Pay Method: CHECK 10007170 Printed: Monday, October 10, 2016 10:53 AM 1 of 1107 ,SYSTEMS Date Paid: Friday, August 05, 2016 Paid By: COSTCO WHOLESALE Pay Method: CHECK 6136829 Printed: Friday, August 05, 2016 2:46 PM 1 of 1 C;? SY57EMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit-�� Ift,UKTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 WApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: Ak;12ih7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD _ Retain a copy with permit b%� O271 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: Cas;zZ) 14,11* y K Type of Inspection: pspff/y-p 45/e- INC7 Address: d CDSTZ'D X Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.rr' .2--9-17 M. Requester: Phone No: AApproved per applicable codes. 1-1 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: luate���_ ❑ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit6' 6Z2� INSPECTION N0, PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro' ct: Type of Inspection: S e � A dress: Date Called: GD o Special Instructions: Date Wand: m Requester: r Phone No: !�' C 5-- 30 `i J Approved per applicable codes. Aj Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: IDate: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD6) Retain a copy with permit A INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Proje . / Type of Inspection: Address: e®-51;c"'o 'DR, /010 Date Called: Special Instructions: L L S/i,15R/i Date Wanted: m. /" Z6:_/ 7 _ p.m. Requester: Phone No: o't0ln�25a �af.� V 77 1:1 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. pector: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project' rP ( c'/+lam-- Type of Inspection: f 71,j -L__ Address:,�yy,,��� ' f— Suite #: `'60 (Zs Z -a 6 � t JG Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: jjb C S 70 Ca r G,1/_�- DtA/(sr S Permits: Occupancy Type: 1 ol N �1 I'1Z111F Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: rM f') -7-r- I Date: 25 /2 /1 �- Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Liming Aaaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: CG5kto Type of Inspection: 5e�(f144:1 efl- C�v�✓ Address:/_ Suite #: 460 (o5(u bv-tve, Contact Person: 'r/ - Special Instructions: Phone No.: -"U Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 4z) -e-r Corrections required prior to approval. Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: V --M e) Z--- I Date: `Z A/ f-4-- I Hrs.: I ❑ $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. tsming Aaaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc . 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 AIRTEST Co... Inc. - Certified Test, Adjust and Balance Report Project: Costco Tukwila - Optical Center Address: 400 Costco Drive Tukwila, WA 98188 Engineer: TE, Inc. Mechanical Contractor: Hermanson Company LLP Address: 1221 Second Avenue North Kent, WA 98032 TAB Supervisor: Dustin Polly NEBB Certification: 3000 Date: March 20, 2017 RECEIVED DITV of TUKWILA NEAR 212017 PERMIT CENTER D t - oz2s P.O. Box 96 • Tssaquah, Washington 99027 • (425) 31.3-01.72 • Fax (425) 313-5735 Page 1 of 10 Inc. AIRTEST Co., 1 Table of Contents Certification............................................................................................................... 3 NEBBCertificates..................................................................................................... 4 AIRTEST Company, Inc. Warranty......................................................................... 7 CalibrationReport...................................................................................................... 8 Test and Balance Summary....................................................................................... 9 AC -5 Report............................................................................................................... 10 Page 2 of 10 AIRTEST Co., Inc. PROJECT: ADDRESS: CERTIFICATION Costco Tukwila - Optical Center Tukwila, WA THE DATA PRESENTED IN THIS REPORT IS A RECORD OF SYSTEM MEASUREMENTS AND FINAL ADJUSTMENTS THAT HAVE BEEN OBTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. ANY VARIANCES FROM DESIGN QUANTITIES, WHICH EXCEED NEBB TOLERANCES, ARE NOTED IN THE TEST -ADJUST -BALANCE REPORT PROJECT SUMMARY. NEBB TAB FIRM: AIRTEST CO., INC. REG. NO. 3000 CERTIFIED BY: DUSTIN POLLY DATE: March 20, 2017 SUBMITTED & CERTIFIED BY: NEBB TAB FIRM: AIRTEST CO., INC. TAB SUPERVISOR: DUSTIN POLLY REG. NO. 3000 SIGNATURE: CERTIFICATION EXPIRATION DATE: March 31, 2017 P.O. Box 86 • Issaquah, Washington 98027 • (425) 313-0172 • Fax (425) 313-5735 Page 3 of 10 FIVRW Q) V u b v Q b z 21 2 Page 4of10 z 0 i Page 5 of 10 v � w O N +r M V O h tn {d O •w z 0 i Page 5 of 10 m W Z el Ln n m �o A 0 m c a a cc Page 6 of 10 AIRTEST Inc. :rtc Warranty of TAB Services PROJECT: Costco Tukwila - Optical Center DATE: 3/20/2017 LOCATION: Tukwila, WA TECHNICIAN: Nick Wright PROJECT M 17-4004-1 Warranty of TAB Services: AIRTEST Co., Inc. warranties the TAB work performed on this project for one year from the date of the first published report. AIRTEST Co., Inc. reserves the right to correct errors or omissions in the collection of data, and issue amended TAB reports. This Warranty covers all Test and Balance services provided by AIRTEST unless otherwise stated in writing. When any balancing issues or concerns arise, AIRTEST Co., Inc. will dedicate resources to understand the issue or question. This may include a return trip(s) to the project site, or other appropriate methods of resolving the issue. A return trip(s) to the site, if necessary, will involve verification of system adjustments and adherence to reported values. No charges will be issued for any work found to be in compliance with the reported data, however if AIRTEST Co., Inc. is directed to make adjustments that result in differences from the reported data (i.e. Comfort Balancing), charges may be incurred. Repeated requests for Warranty services may incur charges if the TAB work is found to be in compliance with the reported data. Voided Warranty and Additional Charges: When issues arise due to mechanical equipment failure, control or maintenance related causes, the return trip may be subject to a service charge not covered under warranty. AIRTEST Co., Inc. reserves the right to resolve any TAB issues. Actions by others to resolve a warranty issue before AIRTEST Co., Inc. is notified, or allowed sufficient time to respond, will result in a voided project warranty. Any return trip(s) to the jobsite as a result of such actions are subject to charges. A purchase order will be required before returning to the jobsite if such conditions exist. Document Archiving: An electronic copy of the test data will be provided at no charge for the warranty period. Electronic copies of the project test data may be available after the warranty period, at no charge. Printed / bound copies will be subject to a fee. Page 7 of 10 AIRTEST Co., I Calibration Report PROJECT: Costco Tukwila -*Optical Center LOCATION: Tukwila, WA PROJECT #: 17-4004-1 DATE: 3/20/2017 TECHNICIAN: Nick Wright ,,,, INSTRUMENT / SERIAL NUMBER APPLICATION DATES OF USE"THRU „ CALIBRATIONS „FEST DATE - Pacer DA410/ 1014638 Velocity Mar -17 9/16 Alnor 6461/ 70530238 CFM Mar -17 9/16 Alnor EBT720/ 90504013 Pressure Mar -17 9/16 Monarch NOVA STROBE BBX / 2521500 RPM Mar -17 8/16 Fluke 3000FC/ 2960011 Electrical Mar -17 9/16 Alnor CF8612 / 56117041 Temperature Mar -17 9/16 Alnor HM670 / 70826081 Hydronics Mar -17 3/16 ADJ = Adjustable Fan Speed CD = Ceiling Diffuser CFM = Cubic Feet per Minute D/A = VAV Inlet Dimension in Inches DD = Design Data EG = Exhaust Grille E.S.P. = External Static Pressure F/C = VAV Calibration Factor FCD = Field Collected Data FG = Floor Grille FLA = Motor Full Load Amps GPM = Gallons per Minute HP = Horsepower Hz = Hertz in. Hg. = Inches Mercury in. w.g. = Inches Water Gauge LD = Linear Diffuser LD x = Linear Diffuser where "x" is number of slots N/A = Not Available NI = Not Installed NR = Not Required NPSH = Net Positive Suction Head RG = Return Grille RPM = Revolutions per Minute SF = Motor Service Factor S.P. = Static Pressure SWG = Side Wall Grille T.S.P. = Total Static Pressure VAR = Variable Fan Speed Page 8 of 10 AIRIEST Co. Inca Test and Balance Summary PROJECT: Costco Tukwila - Optical Center DATE: March 20, 2017 LOCATION: Tukwila, WA TECHNICIAN: Nick Wright PROJECT #: 17-4004-1 Test and balance was done based upon NEBB procedural standards and Washington State Energy Code. Items of note are listed in the "Field Note Report" and in the "Note" section under each piece of equipment throughout the report. Unable to test all equipment under design day conditions due to ambient conditions at time of balance. AC -5: This job involved balancing a new package roof top unit. The thermostat was put into the maximum airflow setting and the diffusers were read and balanced with a flow hood. The minimum outside airflow was then measured with a flow hood on the return inlets and set on the roof using the provided potentiometer. Page 9 of 10 Roof Top Unit PROJECT: Costco Tukwila - Optical Center LOCATION: Tukwila, WA PROJECT #: 17-4004-1 SYSTEM/UNIT: AC -5 AREA: Optical Center M Unit Manufacturer Trane Unit Model Number 4YCC4024A1060AB Unit Serial Number 17064JF19H AC-5/Supply Fan 60 Hz Fan Type / Class FC / 1 Test Data Design GRD Total CFM 800 CFM Actual Ext. SP Suction -0.23 in. we Actual Ext. SP Discharge 0.16 in. we Actual Total Ext. SP 0.39 in. we OA Damper Pos Actual Adj. % Electrical Test Data AC-51Suaply Fan Motor Volts 1 211 Volts Motor Amps 1 1.6 Amps AC -5 Supply Outlet Summary DATE: 3/20/2017 CONTACT: Nicholas Wright AUTHOR: Dustin Polly Tested By: Nicholas Wright Date: 3/13/2017 Motor HP 1/3 HP Motor Rated Volts 208 - 230 Volts Motor Phase 1 Motor Hertz 60 Hz Motor FL Amps 2.6 Amps Sheave Columbia D.. AC-5/Supply Fan MERV Rating Drive Type Direct Drive 1 Filter Size Air Test Data Design GRD Total CFM 800 CFM Actual GRD Total CFM 820 CFM Outside Air CFM Design 150 CFM Outside Air CFM Actual 155 CFM OA Damper Pos Actual Adj. % Filter Manufacturer Columbia Filter Type Pleated MERV Rating 8 Filter Quantity 1 Filter Size 18 x 25 x 2 Inches System/Unit Area Served Outlet Type Size LxW / D Design CFM Prelim Reading Final Reading % Final • • Totals: 800 ��� 705 820 103 Airtest Cc Inc Page 10 of 10 J MG2 flo] Second Ave. Ste 100 Seattle. WA 98101 COSTCO WHOLESALE OPTICAL REMODEL Warehouse No. 6 400 Costco Drive Tukwila, Washington 98188 Project Manual MG2 # 93-0440-30 Issued for Permit August 3, 2016 A 1r 206 962 6500 MG2.com 9775 REGISTE.'t�ED rZl�t1t T EGT kBRIAN11WASHING T GN COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 Lake Drive Issaquah, Washington 98027 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 2 2 2016 CitV,af Tukwitat BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 0 8 2016 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION LTR#_._ f __ bl(a-o�zS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 TABLE OF CONTENT DIVISIONS 0 AND 1......................................................................................................... Page 4 • Summary of Work • Examination of Site and Documents • Interpretations • Substitutions • Submission of Bid • Withdrawal of Bids • Performance Bond and Payment Bond • Rejection of Bids • Overhead and Profit • Sales Tax • Liquidated Damages • Agreement, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions • Insurance • Special Conditions • Schedule of Values • Application for Payment • Contract Modifications • Use of Site, Measurements and Existing Conditions • Permitting • Required Postings to sitelfolio • Coordination • Cleaning and Protection • Project Closeout • Cutting and Patching • Workmanship • Conformance Submittal Requirements • Contractor Designed and Provided Systems DIVISION2...................................................................................................................... Page 13 • Selective Demolition DIVISION3...................................................................................................................... Page 14 • Concrete & Reinforcement DIVISION4...................................................................................................................... Page 17 • Concrete Masonry Units DIVISION5...................................................................................................................... Page 17 • Cold -Formed Metal Framing • Metal Fabrications & Folding Ladder DIVISION6....................................................................................................................... Page 18 • Miscellaneous Lumber • Fiberglass Reinforced Panels • Polycarbonate Panels Above Bug Lights • Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels (DFRPP) at Optical DIVISION7...................................................................................................................... Page 20 • Water Repellent • Insulation • Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) • Metal Wall Panels — Infill, Patch and Repair • Firestopping • Fireproofing • Fire -Rated Duct Insulation • Joint Sealants MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 1 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 • Membrane Roofing — Patch Repair, Curbs and Pipe Stands • Metal Roofing — Patch Repair, Curbs and Pipe Stands DIVISION8...................................................................................................................... Page 24 • Doors, Frames and Hardware • Overhead Service Doors • Glazed Aluminum Sectional Doors at Enclosed Canopies • Aluminum Coiling Shutters at Outdoor Soda Alcove, Food Service Counter and Pharmacy • Tire Sales/Optical Security Grille • Aluminum Storefronts, Windows and Entrances • Sliding Manual Doors at Interior Optical Reception • Sliding Automatic Doors at Building Main Entrance and Liquor Sales Entrance • Food Service Pass -Through Windows • Pharmacy Pass -Through Windows • Security Window and Receiver at Ante Room • Skylights • Glass Glazing DIVISION9...................................................................................................................... Page 32 • Exterior Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco) Patching and Repair • Gypsum Board Assemblies & Light Gage Metal Framing • Tiling in Restrooms • Tile Base • Acoustic Ceiling • Resilient Flooring • Carpet Tiles at Pharmacy & Hearing Center • Polymer Flooring • Stainless Steel Wall Panels • Sound Curtain • Painting DIVISION10.................................................................................................................... Page 36 • Interior Signage • Toilet Compartments • Toilet Accessories • Wall Protection • Miscellaneous Specialties • Bird Control Devices DIVISION11.................................................................................................................... Page 37 • Dock Equipment DIVISION12.................................................................................................................... Page 37 • Site Furnishings DIVISION21.................................................................................................................... Page 37 • Fire Suppression Sprinkler, General • Sprinkler System Design Requirements • Sprinkler Submittals • Sprinkler Materials • Sprinkler Installation • Rotisserie/Food Service Hood System DIVISION22.................................................................................................................... Page 40 • Plumbing Work - General • Plumbing Materials and Methods • Plumbing Insulation • Soil, Waste and Drainage • Domestic Water System MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 2 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 • Plumbing Fixtures and Trim DIVISION23.................................................................................................................... Page 43 • Mechanical Work - General • Mechanical Materials and Methods • Mechanical Insulation • Fuel Gas Piping and Equipment • Special Piping System (Compressed Air) • Rooftop Air Conditioners • Air Curtains • Exhaust Fans • Ductwork for Removal of Grease and Smoke Laden Vapors • Air Distribution System • Controls and Automation • Testing, Adjusting and Balancing DIVISION24.................................................................................................................... Page 46 • Refrigeration DIVISION26.................................................................................................................... Page 46 • Electrical General Provisions • Electrical Basic Materials and Methods • Electrical Workmanship • Lighting DIVISION28.................................................................................................................... Page 49 • Fire Detection and Alarm DIVISION31.................................................................................................................... Page 49 • Clearing of Site • Excavation Support and Protection • Earthwork DIVISION32.................................................................................................................... Page 50 • Sanitary Sewage System, Domestic Water System and Storm Drainage System DIVISION33.................................................................................................................... Page 54 • Asphalt Pavement • Pavement Marking • Tactile Warning Surfacing • Traffic Control Devices • Chain -Link Fencing APPENDIX - FORMS....................................................................................................... Page 55 • Product Conformance Certification • Fire Sprinkler— Plan Review Checklist • Pipe Inspection Form • Conformance Submittal — Fire Sprinkler System • Low Stock — Freezer/Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler • High Stock — Freezer/Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 3 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 DIVISIONS 0 AND 1 SUMMARY OF WORK • The Work includes Remodeling of the existing Costco Wholesale Warehouse located in the U.S. and Mexico. • The Work includes furnishing all labor, material and services necessary to complete the Work. • Comply with all safety requirements including bracing and shoring. • All Work shall comply with applicable codes. Non -conforming work shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. SPECIFICATIONS — NOT ALL MAY APPLY TO YOUR PROJECT • Not all requirements and material specifications in this document may be applicable to your Project. Contact Architect for clarifications or missing information. • In general, all new Work is to match and blend into existing construction. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS • Before submitting a proposal, the bidder shall visit the site of the work and become fully informed about existing conditions and limitations. INTERPRETATIONS • Questions regarding Drawings and Specifications shall be addressed to the Architect via the bidding General Contractors only and will be answered by addenda addressed to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral interpretations. • The General Contractor is required to notify the Architect of all discrepancies contained in the bidding documents. • Questions received less than 48 hours before the time set for when bid is due cannot be answered. All addenda issued during the bidding period will be incorporated into the Contract. SUBSTITUTIONS • No substitutions will be allowed. SUBMISSION OF BID • Bidder is responsible for posting his/her bid to sitelfolio, to be received by Costco Wholesale, in care of the Architect, by 2:00 p.m. (Pacific Time) on the date and time set. Bids not received on or before the date and time set may be rejected. • Submit the bid on the Form of Bid Proposal in Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet, along with a PDF electronic copy of the Signature Sheet, provided to the Bidder by the Architect. Failure to submit this form by this date and time may disqualify the bidder. o At the Architect's request, the Contractor shall supply subcontractor and/or labor, material and quantity back up for any values listed in the Bid Breakdown that the Architect deems necessary. o Clarifications and exclusions are NOT allowed. Do not include clarifications or exclusions in the Bid Proposal. All questions requiring interpretation or clarification must be submitted, in writing, to the Architect prior to submitting the Bid Proposal. • Bidder will also be required to submit a separate "Contract Bid Book", containing all tabulated subcontractor bids, together with identifying the subcontractors that will likely be used for the work within each trade, and a comprehensive breakdown of the General Conditions. o Submit one PDF electronic copy via sitelfolio within 24 hours and one hard copy in the form of a three-ring binder within 3 business days of the bid posting date. o The Owner reserves the right to exercise formal approval of all major subcontracts. Incorporate this approval into the construction contract. • Bidder will also be required to submit the "Labor and Equipment Rates" in a PDF electronic copy via sitelfolio within 24 hours of the bid posting date. Assemble and submit a list of Labor and Equipment Rates for ALL major trades and subcontractors. o Labor Rates: Provide labor rates for all trades and labor categories that are to be utilized on this Project. Labor rates shall reflect hourly base rate, fringe rates and all other burdens and the total hourly rate and identify overtime rates including base rate, fringe rates and all other burdens and the total hourly rate. o Equipment Rates: Equipment rates shall reflect total hourly rate, including but not limited to fuel, maintenance, insurance profit and overhead and identify labor classification required for operation. All equipment to be utilized for this Project is to be identified. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 4 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS • Any bidder may withdraw his/her bid, either personally or by written request, at any time prior to the bid date and time set. No bid may be withdrawn or modified after the time set for bid receipt unless and until the award of contract is delayed for a period exceeding 30 days. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND • Prior to signing the contract, the Owner may require the Contractor to secure and pay for a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for labor, materials, and equipment used in the performance of the work. Each of the bonds shall be 100% of the contract sum and issued by a Surety or a Bonding Company licensed to transact business in the jurisdiction of the project. • Use AIA Document A312 "Performance Bond and Payment Bond". REJECTION OF BIDS • The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids. OVERHEAD AND PROFIT • Combined Base Bid shall include Contractor's overhead and profit. SALES TAX • Where applicable, Sales Tax is included in the Combined Base Bid. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES • Pay the Owner liquidated damages for each consecutive calendar day the work remains uncompleted after the date of Partial Substantial Completion per contract amounts as follow: USD $0 to under $500,000.00 ......................................USD $500.00 per day USD $500,000.00 to under $1,000,000.00 .................... USD $2,500.00 per day USD $1,000,000.00 and over- ......................................USD $5,000.00 per day AGREEMENT, GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTRAY CONDITIONS • Agreement: Provide properly executed Agreement mutually agreed upon form; e.g. AIA Agreement, Owner -issued Purchase Order, etc. • General Conditions: In the absence of any General Conditions; use AIA A107 Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Project of Limited Scope, 2007 Edition. Modify A107 as follows: 0 3.1 Contract Sum: Select - Stipulated Sum 0 5.1 Dispute Resolution: Select - Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction. o 7.1 Add "Invitation to Bid" to the Contract Documents enumerated. o Replace the word "Architect" with "Owner" as related to the Construction Phase of the project if noted in the Bidding Requirements. • Supplementary Conditions to AIA Document A201: Modify AIA Document A201 — 2007 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction as follows: SC -1 CONFLICTS: In case of conflict between the Technical Specifications, General Requirements, General Conditions, and Supplementary Conditions, the Technical Specifications shall govern. SC -2 MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS Par. 1.1.1 Change the last sentence to read: "Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents DO include Bid Documents (Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, Addenda, Contractors Bid Proposal, and Bid Proposal Breakdown), and other documents as specifically enumerated in the Owner/Contractor Agreement." ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER Par. 2.2.3 Add to the end of the paragraph: "Owner shall furnish all soils / geotechnical reports describing the physical characteristics for the site of the project." ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Par. 3.4.1 Add to the end of the sentence: "...until cost responsibilities are transferred to the Owner." MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 5 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS Par. 3.7.1 Change entire paragraph to read: "Owner will pay plan check and basic building permit fee costs. Contractor shall secure and pay for Mechanical HVAC, Piping and Plumbing, Electrical, Refrigeration, all other subcontractor and vendor permits and fees, as required by local jurisdictions, including: 1. Permits for signage, Occupancy and other work not listed but required for this project." 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT Par. 3.9.1 Add to the end of the paragraph: "Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor and the Superintendent shall set the standards and levels of responsibility for the Superintendent for the duration of the work. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Par. 4.2.8 Change the first sentence to read: "The Contractor will prepare Change Orders. The Architect will prepare Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4." ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Par. 9.3.1 At the end of the last sentence, delete "and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents." and add the following: "and shall reflect ten percent (10%) retainage." For Projects in the State of New Jersey, ADD the following Par. 9.3.1.3: Par. 9.3.1.3 Add new subparagraph 9.3.1.3 and the following: In addition to the ten percent (10%) retainage stated in Par. 9.3.1, a seven percent (7%) will be withheld from each payment made to any unregistered, unincorporated Construction Contractors, Subcontractors, and lower tier Subcontractors, in compliance with the State of New Jersey Withholding Requirements for Construction Contractor Services. The Contractor, Subcontractor, or lower tier Subcontractor may be exempt from the withholding, if one of the following is provided to Owner: .1 Evidence that the Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor are operating as Corporations. Submit completed Form W-9 for Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor as proof of incorporation. .2 Evidence that the Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor are registered with the State of New Jersey Division of Revenue, Department of Treasury. Submit a Business Registration Certificate issued by the State of New Jersey, Division of Revenue, for Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor as proof of registration. .3 Contractor shall be liable for any penalties imposed on Costco as a result of the Contractor's failure to provide adequate documentation. .4 Contractor shall be liable for the withholding for any payments made to the Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor. Par. 9.3.2 Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "Suitably stored" means protected for security (theft and vandalism) and protected from the weather (sun, rain, snow, freezing temperatures, etc.). Par. 9.3.3 Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "Free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances" means that the Contractor has paid all parties for work previously completed and reimbursements have been made to the Contractor by the Owner. Should a lien, claim, etc., be placed on the work, the Contractor is responsible for its removal, and the Owner will be held harmless in the process. See Application for Payment for Lien Waiver and Affidavit requirements." 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Par. 9.8.1 Change entire paragraph to read: "The date of Substantial Completion of the Work is the date certified by the Architect that construction is 100% complete (with only final corrections remaining to be completed) in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use." MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 6 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 i 1 � r. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Par. 11.1.1 Revise the paragraph to read: "The Contractor shall purchase... as will protect the Contractor, Owner, and Architect of Record from claims..." .4 Add the following to the end of the sentence: "which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person;" The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by the Contractor shall include, but are not limited to, the following coverages: .1 General Liability: Comprehensive form including premises operations, explosion and collapse hazard, underground hazard, products/complete operations hazard, contractual insurance, broad form property damage, independent contractors and personal injury, and the stop -gap endorsement. .2 Automobile Liability: Comprehensive Form, Auto policy must be written on an Occurrence Based form, including owned, hired, and non -owned vehicles. .3 Excess Liability: Umbrella form shall apply to General Liability and Auto Liability. Policy shall be written as "follow form". .4 Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Par. 11.1.2 Change the first sentence to read: "The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18, and shall be written for limits required by laws governing in localities having jurisdiction, but no less than the limits set forth below:" PER OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE General Liability Bodily Injury $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Property Damage $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Auto Liability $1,000,000 Umbrella Policy $5,000,000 $5,000,000 Workers Compensation Statutory Employers Liability $1,000,000 $1,000,000 (each accident) (bodily injury, by disease, each employee) Par. 11.1.3 Change the first two sentences to read: "Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner and Architect prior to commencement of the work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. The original policies may be substituted for the certificates. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until the Work has been completed or at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner." All policies shall include waiver of insurer's rights to subrogate against Costco Wholesale. General liability, Umbrella and Pollution policies shall be maintained for 5 years upon contract completion. Terms and Conditions: All policies (including property) shall be placed with insurance carriers rated by AM Best at A- VIII or better. All policies shall be written on an "Occurrence Based" form. If unavailable, "Claims Made" form will be acceptable under the following terms. All claims made policies are to be maintained in effect by Company at all times while the agreement is in effect, claims made policies shall have a retroactive date of 5 years prior to entering into Costco's contract. Extended Reporting period coverage shall be provided to Costco for a period of at least 5 years upon contract completion. Risk Management should review claims made policy requests. Insurance policies maintained by MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 7 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 Contractor and its Sub -Contractors shall be primary. Policies maintained by Owner shall 2 be excess and noncontributory to policies maintained by Contractor /Sub -contractors. 3 Insurance requirements shall not be deemed to release or diminish the liability of 4 contracted party including, without limitation, liability under the indemnity provision of this 5 agreement. Damage recoverable by Costco shall not be limited by the amount or scope of 6 the required insurance coverages. 7 Par. 11.1.4 Add the word "primary" in the paragraph: "...(1) the Owner, the Architect, and the 8 Architect's Consultants as primary additional insureds ... and (2) the Owner as a primary 9 additional insured for claims..." 10 Par. 11.1.5 Add new paragraph: "The Owner and the Architect are named as additional insureds on all 11 insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 and will be protected against all claims, which 12 may arise from operations under the Contract. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE Par. 11.3.1 Change the first sentence to read: "Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk", on ALS 72 Form, for the entire Work at the site for the full value of the Work required by the Contract Documents and not less than the final completed value of the Project. This insurance shall also include "Difference in Conditions" (D.I.C.) in the insured property. In the last sentence after "...Sub -subcontractors" add "and any loss payees". Par. 11.3.1.1 After "Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk"..." delete "or equivalent policy form" and add "policy, on ALS 72 Form,". Par. 11.3.1.1 For Projects in the State of California, delete the word "earthquake" in this paragraph. Par. 11.3.1.2 Delete entire paragraph. Par. 11.3.1.3 After "If the property insurance requires deductibles, the..." delete "Owner" and replace with "Contractor". Par. 11.3.1.5 Delete entire paragraph. Par. 11.3.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE Change paragraph to read: "The Contractor shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, as necessary to provide full replacement cost coverage and liability coverage for bodily injury or property damage with limits of $1,000,000.00, and/or as may be required by any governing law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, and any loss payees in the Work, and the Owner, Architect of Record, Architect's Consultants and Contractor shall be named insureds." Par. 11.3.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE Delete the entire paragraph. Par. 11.3.4 Change the paragraph to read: If the Owner requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described in Subparagraphs 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 or other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Contractor shall include such insurance. Par. 11.3.6 Change the first sentence to read: "Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file a copy of all policies or certificate of insurance with the Owner. The work, as included in the Contract Documents, will not commence until the insurance certificates or policies have been delivered to the Owner." Par. 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION Add the following to the beginning of the paragraph: "The Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend (1) the Owner, its officers, agents and employees and (2) Architect of Record and Architect's Consultants from liability of any nature or kind, including costs and expenses, for or on account of any and all legal actions or claims of any character whatsoever resulting from injuries or damages sustained by any person or property." MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 8 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 f._ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Par. 11.3.8 Change the first sentence to read: "Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to be adjusted with the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10." Par. 11.3.9 Add to the end of the last sentence: "and shall be covered by an appropriate Change Order." Par. 11.3.10 Delete the last sentence "If the Owner and Contractor... in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators." ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK Par. 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Par. 12.2.2.1: In the first sentence, change "one year" into "two years". In the third sentence, change "one year" into "two years". Par. 12.2.2.2: In the first sentence, change "one-year' into "two-year'. Par. 12.2.2.3: In the first sentence, change "one-year' into "two-year'. Par. 12.2.2.5: In the second sentence, change "one-year' into "two-year'. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE Par. 14.2.1: Add a new subparagraph to the end of the paragraph: .5 "fails to meet the time schedules set forth in this Agreement." Par. 14.2.2 At the end of the paragraph, delete the words "subject to any prior rights of the surety". Par. 14.2.3 After the word "payment" add the words "of any amount due Contractor for completed Work..." Par. 14.2.4: In the first sentence after the word "damages" add the words "including consequential damages." Add to the end of the second sentence the words "plus interest". 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE Par. 14.4.3: At the end of the sentence after the word "Work" delete the word "not." INSURANCE • Before starting work, provide an AIA G715 Certificate of Insurance or a Certificate of Insurance acceptable to the Owner and Architect • Insurance limits must have Owner's approval. • The Owner and Architect shall be named as primary additional insured under all the Contractor's insurance policies. SPECIAL CONDITIONS • Safety Policy: Contractor and subcontractors (all tiers) shall have an industrial experience rating for similar construction projects that equals or is better than the average experience rating for the state in which the project is located. Any questions regarding determination of the industrial experience rating shall be determined at the sole discretion of Costco Wholesale. • Fair Wage Policy: Contractor and subcontractors (all tiers) shall comply with "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate". o "Fair Wages" shall mean not less than 90% of the general prevailing hourly wage rate, excluding (i) the hourly fringe benefits amount and (ii) the holiday and vacation pay. The amount so calculated will be referred to as the "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate". In calculating the "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate", the Contractor and all subcontractors shall rely on the most current Davis -Bacon Act prevailing wage determinations for each craft, classifications or type of workman needed as amended for the applicable job locality. o The Contractor and all subcontractors shall also pay hourly "Fringe Benefits" to all employees in addition to the "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate". Fringe Benefits must include a health and medical care family plan, holiday and vacation pay, profit sharing and pension. The adequacy of the Fringe Benefits paid shall be determined in the sole discretion of Costco Wholesale and will be compared with other plans for the locality and the hourly fringe benefits amount under the current Davis -Bacon Act for each craft, classification or type of workman needed, as amended for the applicable job locality. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 9 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 o Fair Wages Sign: Contractor shall display the Fair Wage Job Sign in a location where sign can 2 be visible to all employees. Sign has white overall background. Lettering is black. 21-611 - N C N 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 a CV This is a Fair Wage Job. If you have any questions regarding your wage, please contact: General Contractor Site Superintendent Project Manager Call: (_) _- 1 1/2" Arial Bold 1 1/4" Arial CV O N • Extra Work: No extra Work without prior written approval. • Markups -- Maximums: 10% overhead & profit except 5% by General Contractor on work done by Sub -contractor; 20% maximum total on Change Orders SCHEDULE OF VALUES • When requested, submit a Schedule of Values for approval with to the first Application for Payment. • Update to include any Change Orders. • Include overhead and profit within each line item. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT • Submit at intervals noted in Agreement. o Submit a draft copy 3 to 5 days prior to due date for review by Architect. • Include only approved Change Orders and Construction Change Directives. • Owner will withhold 10% of payment (retainage). • Owner requires a completed W-9 Form from each subcontractor/material supplier, new and established, when a joint check is requested. Submit completed W-9 Form to the Architect prior to First Application for Payment. • Submit three signed and notarized originals of the AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 Continuation Sheet. • Submit three signed and notarized originals of the Conditional Lien Waivers with each Application for Payment and Final Application for Payment. Use Conditional Lien Waiver Form provided by the Architect; no other form will be accepted. • Include with Final Application for Payment: AIA G706 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims together with AIA Document G706A Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS • Owner -Initiated Changes that may affect the Contract Sum or Time will be issued on Change Order Proposal Request Form provided by the Architect. Do not proceed with the Work described in the Proposal Request until accepted by the Owner. If accepted, include on Application for Payment only after Proposal Request has been incorporated into a Change Order. • Contractor -Initiated Changes that may affect the Contract Sum or Time must include a complete description of the change, a detailed cost estimate, and the reason for the change. Do not proceed with the Work until accepted by the Owner. If accepted, include on Application for Payment only after Proposal Request has been incorporated into a Change Order. • Time -Sensitive and Emergency Changes will be issued on AIA G714 Construction Change Directive. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the contract. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 10 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 • Change Order Proposal Requests: Submit for approval and execution no later than 20 days following Substantial Completion. Work associated with the proposed change, which has been executed by the Contractor prior to the receipt of a Change Order Proposal signed by the Architect and Mr. Franz Lazarus of Costco Wholesale, is the financial responsibility of the Contractor. • Change Orders will include only approved Owner -Initiated Changes, approved Contractor -Initiated Changes, and approved Change Order Proposal Requests. The Contractor shall prepare the Change Order using AIA G701 Change Order. Submit three copies with original signatures to the Architect for execution and approval by Owner. No Payment for non -approved changes. USE OF SITE, MEASUREMENTS, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS • Coordinate use of premises with the Owner. • Provide/maintain temporary services as required. • The Owner will be occupying the premises during the entire construction period. Verify the hours in which the Work can be performed; do NOT disrupt Owner's operations. • Arrange and carry out work with the least possible disturbance and noise. • Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored on site. Move items that interfere with the Owner's operation. • Verify all dimensions and conditions at the site. Notify Architect of any discrepancies. • Take care not to damage existing premises during deliveries, demolition or removal of debris. • Restore to original condition (without any charge to the Owner) any damage to existing or adjoining premises. Include grass, paving, etc. • DO NOT allow construction debris to accumulate. Remove all debris from Project site daily. TEMPORARY FACILITIES • Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. • Temporary Utilities: Use of Owner's existing electrical, sewage, and water will be permitted without metering. Contractor shall provide safe temporary connections and maintain conditions acceptable to the Owner. • Sanitary Facilities: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. • Temporary Warehouse Public Restroom (when required): Provide separate, temporary exterior public restrooms for Women and Men the duration of restroom remodel work in the Warehouse. o Men's Restroom: Provide two (2) standard stall water closets, one (1) accessible stall water closet, one (1) standard urinal, one (1) accessible urinal, two (2) standard lavatories, one (1) accessible lavatory, and all appropriate accessories for a complete installation. o Women's Restroom: Provide four (4) standard stall water closets, one (1) accessible stall water closet, two (2) standard lavatories, one (1) accessible lavatory, and all appropriate accessories for a complete installation. o Accessories: Toilet paper dispenser, toilet seat cover, grab bars, paper tower dispenser, soap dispenser, sanitary napkin disposal, coat hooks, shelf, and other accessories to make a complete and operating facility. o Locate where directed when work is started; keep in sanitary condition. Remove from site on completion of work or when permanent toilets are available for public use. o Furnish with stairs and a handicapped accessible ramp, handrails and guardrails for access. o Restrooms shall be ventilated, fully heated and air-conditioned, with hot and cold running water, electric power and lights, and utility connections. PERMITTING • Owner will pay plan check and basic building permit. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all other required permits and fees. • The Contractor is responsible for providing all design documents, calculations, etc. necessary to obtain permits if the information is not shown on the Drawings; e.g., contractor -designed items, shoring, etc. REQUIRED POSTINGS TO SITEIFOLIO • Post the following to sitelfolio: MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 11 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 o Weekly Job Reports (no later than 10:00 a.m. local time, each Thursday) 0 24 Weekly Digital Photos having same views from same locations (no later than 12:00 noon local time, each Thursday) o Request for Information (RFI) o Proposal Requests / Change Order Proposals o Change Orders (CO) o Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, etc. if required by the drawings. o Record Documents o Operation & Maintenance Manuals o Warranties COORDINATION • Coordinate the Work including work being performed by the Owner. • Coordinate Owner -furnished products, including items Supplied and Installed by Owner (S.I.O.) and items Supplied by Owner and Installed by Contractor (S.O.I.C.). Provide necessary power, plumbing, piping, utility services, and other necessary support systems for a complete installation. • Do not delegate coordination responsibility to subcontractors. CLEANING AND PROTECTION • Provide temporary enclosures as required to protect existing and new Work and Owner's product. • Protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. • Provide protective material/coating where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration. • Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary during the construction period. • Clean daily the areas and spaces where demolition, cutting and patching are performed. • Remove debris daily. PROJECT CLOSEOUT • Substantial Completion: The Owner and Architect (including consultants) will conduct the Substantial Completion Inspection. The Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion after the inspection or will notify the Contractor in writing of items that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. • When items in the Final Punch Lists are completed or corrected, review the lists with the Costco Warehouse Manager for verification and signature. The Contractor must also sign -off the Final Punch Lists confirming that the work has been corrected and completed. The signed -off Punch Lists shall be forwarded to the Architect with the application for Final Payment. • Final Payment will not be released until all punch -list items are completed. • Prior to final payment, submit Record Documents, warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, and training (if applicable) to the Owner. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include warranties, guarantees and bonds and bound in heavy-duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered, loose leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents and sized to receive 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch paper. Manuals shall be titled to indicate their contents. Deliver one original and two PDF copies on Compact Disks of the O&M Manual to the Architect as part of the Contract Closeout documentation. Post one PDF copy of the O&M Manual on sitelfolio. • Provide Architect with Record Documents prior to submitting for Final Payment. CUTTING AND PATCHING • Use methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining surfaces. • Cut holes and slots as small as practical/possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbances of adjacent materials. • Where existing construction is removed, cut, or otherwise disturbed, patch to match the existing adjacent surfaces. Seams to be as invisible as practical. Repaired finishes shall be extended to the nearest visual break lines such as corners, ceiling lines, top of base, etc. • Remove and replace areas, surfaces, or items that cannot be satisfactorily patched. • Repair and patch all exterior components as necessary to restore exterior enclosure to a weather- tight condition. Completely seal all joints and penetrations. WORKMANSHIP MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 12 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 • As a minimum, the level of workmanship should match the general level of existing workmanship. • All joints are to be tight, straight, even, and smooth. • All Work is to be plumb, level, true to line, and straight. • Provide all fasteners and connections (whether indicated or not) necessary to assemble the Work. • All material is new unless noted otherwise. • Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation on new Work and finishes. • Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. Patched Work to match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. • Trim existing doors as necessary to clear flooring. Seal cut edges. • Repair, patch, or replace portions of Work that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. • Comply with manufacturer's installation requirements. CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS • Do NOT submit any documentation, product data, shop drawings, etc. to the Architect if the product incorporated into the work is exactly as specified. • At Project Closeout, provide to the Architect a signed "Product Conformance Certification" form (attached at the end of this document) and a Product Conformance Certification List indicating the manufacturer of the product that was incorporated into the work. No further action is required. • IMPORTANT: Non -complying "Product Conformance Certification" found incorporated into the work must be replaced immediately with specified products at no cost to the Owner, no change to the construction schedule and no operational impacts to the Owner. No Substitutions will be allowed for non -complying products — they must be replaced with specified products; i.e., no "after installation" approvals. CONTRACTOR DESIGNED AND PROVIDED SYSTEMS • The Contractor is responsible for providing a completed code -compliant operating system; include design, fabrication, materials and installation. • Meet recognized industry Reference Standards such as ASTM, NFPA, SMACNA, UL, etc. that applies to each design. • Obtain all jurisdictional approvals; provide all necessary documents — drawings, calculations, etc. Perform all required testing; provide certificates. • As a minimum, match existing systems materials. • The following are to be Contractor -Designed Systems unless shown on the drawings: o HVAC System: Tie controls into Trane Building Management System. o Plumbing System: Verify all invert -elevation connection points prior to starting work. o Electrical System: Tie lighting into Trane Building Management System. o Fire Sprinkler and Fire Alarm System: Comply with NFPA 13; provide dry -system at exterior locations; special configuration required at Freezers/Coolers to prevent pipe freezing. DIVISION 2 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION • Verify with Owner items to be removed, reused, reinstalled, and/or relocated, prior to start of any demolition. Protect and store salvaged items in a secure area until reinstallation or delivery to Owner. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make reinstalled items functional for use indicated. • Service and public access to the existing building and emergency paths of egress out of the existing building shall be maintained at all times. • Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Maintain continuous services into and sewer lines out of the existing buildings without interruption. • Provide adequate interior and exterior shoring, bracing, support and/or protection to prevent movement or settlement or collapse of structure to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. Conduct operations to prevent damage by falling debris or other cause to adjacent buildings, MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 13 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 structures, and other facilities as well as persons and animals. Repair damages caused to adjacent 2 facilities by demolition operations, as directed by the Architect and at no cost to Owner. 3 • Use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods as necessary to limit the amount of dust and 4 dirt rising and scattering in the air, to the lowest level of air pollution practical for the condition of work. 5 • Demolish only selected portions of the building or structure that are necessary for construction of new 6 work. 7 • Remove all demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an approved landfill. 8 Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on site. Burning of demolished materials is 9 prohibited. 10 DIVISION 3 r 11 CONCRETE & REINFORCEMENT 12 Definitions: Shrinkage Joints (S.J.), also known as Control or Contraction Joints, are saw -cut joints 13 made after slab finishing to control slab breaks caused by concrete shrinkage, to keep cracks in 14 straight lines under the saw -cuts; Expansion Joints (E.J.) are joints formed between adjacent slab 15 panels where panels are separate concrete pours and the panels are separated with pre -molded joint 16 filler topped with sealant to allow for thermal expansion/contraction of the concrete. 17 • Slab Removal: Saw -cut slab parallel/perpendicular to walls; no diagonal cuts. Keep width of trenches 18 small; extend width of slab removal to existing joint nearest trench. 19 • Apgreaate Base Course Under Slab: Maximum 3/4 -inch aggregate, thickness as indicated on 20 Drawings but not less than 6 inches; compact to 95% per ASTM D 1557. Moisten base course 21 immediately before placing concrete. 22 • Building Concrete: 4,000 psi @ 28 -days, Type I or II Portland cement, 5'/z -sacks per cubic yard; 23 water/cement ratio 0.49, maximum slump 4 -inches. Use Type III Portland cement for high early 24 strength concrete at slab repairs, at trench cuts, at interior curbs, at Meat Platform, and other interior 25 remodel work where short curing time is required. Comply with ACI 318. Normal weight coarse 26 aggregates, uniformly graded, per ASTM C 33. Clean potable water. No fly ash allowed. No air 27 entrainment for interior concrete work. 28 • Site Concrete: 3,000 psi @ 28 -days, Type I Portland cement, 5'h -sacks per cubic yard; 29 water/cement ratio 0.49, maximum slump 4 -inches. Comply with ACI 318. Normal weight coarse 30 aggregates, uniformly graded, per ASTM C 33. Clean potable water. No fly ash allowed. 31 • Rebar: ASTM A615, Grade 60; lap 44 diameter (24 -inches minimum), unless otherwise shown on 32 drawings. 33 • Plate Dowel Load Transfer Systems at Joints: 34 o Construction Joints: PNA "Diamond Dowel System" or Sika Greenstreak "Speed Plate System". 35 o Saw -Cut Shrinkage Joints: PNA "PD3 Basket Assembly" or Sika Greenstreak "Double Tapered 36 Basket Assembly". �. 37 • Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 (6x6 -10x10), lap 8 -inches; set minimum 1 %- 38 inches below top of slab, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 39 o Formed Isolation Pockets at Column Bases: "Pocket Form Isolator (PFI)" by Forrester Manufacturing, 40 as stay -in-place high density polyethylene formwork; contact Sheila Garren, ph: (866) 256-4499 or 41 (770) 932-8849, email: sgarren@isolationpocket.com. 42 • Placing Concrete Slabs: Coat existing concrete to be joined with new concrete with bonding agent 43 where indicated on Structural Drawings. Place concrete in a continuous operation until a section is 44 complete. Thoroughly consolidate concrete using mechanical vibrators. Do not wet concrete 45 surfaces with water during screeding, initial floating, or finishing operations. 46 • Concrete Finishes for Slabs Inside Building Line: Screed pours to proper elevations without 47 irregularities. Maintain exact surface match of new pours with the top of the existing slab edges. 48 Steel trowel by hand to produce hard burnished, dense surface free from trowel marks. Do not finish 49 bleed water into the surface of the concrete slabs. 50 • Refinishing Existing Concrete Slabs at Optical Center: The primary objective of slab refinishing is to 51 produce a smooth floor slab with a hard -burnished and glossy finish at the completion of this work. 52 o Floor Preparation: Completely remove existing flooring materials indicated to be removed, 53 including all adhesives and other coatings down to bare concrete substrate. Use low -odor MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 14 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 remover and type that causes minimal changes to color or appearance of existing slab. Apply 2 remover to a test area in an inconspicuous location. 3 o Floor Patching and Repair: Apply patching material to divots and other holes in the floor. If 4 necessary, mix color dye in patching material to match color of adjacent slab surface. High 5 contrast between patching material and adjacent slab surface may not be acceptable to the 6 Owner. Allow patching material to fully cure and then grind smooth. Use "HT 150 SLV" 7 manufactured by Hi -Tech Systems or equivalent product approved by Architect. Select color 8 additives compatible with patching and sealer materials, as recommended by patching material 9 manufacturer. Where cracks occurred in the existing floor slab and are exposed in the finished 10 floor, follow crack repair instructions specified. 11 o Floor Slab Refinishing: Prior to start refinishing, inspect floor slab to ensure that substrate is 12 clean and free of debris, adhesives and other coatings incompatible with new sealer. Apply light 13 grind to remove adhesive swirl marks and other patterns imprinted in the slab surface. A 200 grit 14 diamond pad has been used in similar scope projects and is suggested for use. However, Floor 15 Finisher is responsible for selecting the pad type and size as appropriate for actual slab 16 conditions in order to produce the slab finish acceptable to the Owner. Apply buffing, in multiple 17 passes, to smooth out the surface and to bring out the glossy shine in the slab. 800 grit and 1200 18 grit black pads have been used in similar scope projects and are suggested for use. However, 19 Floor Finisher is responsible for selecting the pad type and size as appropriate for actual slab 20 conditions in order to produce the slab finish acceptable to the Owner. Use a walk -behind 21 machine to refinish the floor slab where possible. Around the perimeter edges of the room and in 22 tight corners or areas, use a hand-held machine to refinish the slab. Use the wet process to 23 refinish the floor slab to minimize dusting to other occupied areas of the Warehouse. Protect 24 walls and other finishes indicated to remain from water damage and other refinishing work. 25 o Sealer Application: Use specified sealer-hardener-densifier products. Apply one sealer coat to 26 properly prepared floor slab at coverage recommended by manufacturer to achieve a smooth and 27 glossy surface. Burnish floor slab dry. An 800 grit black pad has been used in similar scope 28 projects and is suggested for use. However, Floor Finisher is responsible for selecting the pad 29 type and size as appropriate for actual slab conditions in order to produce the slab finish 30 acceptable to the Owner. Do not allow sealer coat to dry without being burnished. A second 31 sealer coat may be required to achieve the glossy shine desired. Obtain Owner's approval at 32 completion of the project. 33 Concrete Finishes for Slabs Outside Building Line: Medium -textured broom finish (in direction of 34 slope for drainage) for the following locations: slab under Entry Canopy; loading dock flat area at 35 trench drain. Medium -textured broom finish (perpendicular to direction of travel) for the following 36 locations: stoops at egress doors; walks adjoining the building and/or stoops; walks near and parallel 37 to the building with parking adjoining the walk; compactor slab; bread door slab; and on-site walks not 38 adjoining the building. Medium -to -coarse-textured broom finish (in direction of slope for drainage) at 39 the following location: loading dock sloped surfaces. 40 Concrete Finishes for Interior Curbs: Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel -trowel 41 surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. Locate 42 joints in curbs to align with joints in floor slab and install joint filler material in joints. Apply sealer and 43 hardener to exposed surfaces. 44 • Concrete Finishes at Scrubber Pit: Repair and patch tie holes and bug holes. Completely grind down, 45 remove, and smooth out all rough corners, rough edges, and defective areas with fins, projections, 46 and surface irregularities. If required by the polymer flooring material installer, sack finish the walls to 47 provide for a smooth and bug holes free surface. 48 • Formed Slab Joints: Do not tool or finish concrete construction joint edges to a radius edge. Keep 49 joints between adjacent slabs as pours as plain, straight, vertical butt joints, with sharp, square 50 concrete corners to prevent 'feathering' of joint filler. 51 Shrinkage Joints (S.J.): Start cutting concrete when strength is between 150 psi to 800 psi, normally 52 from 0 to 2 hours after final slab finish. Provide cuts with clean, straight, un -chipped edges. Vacuum 53 dry powder as soon as cut is made, before starting slab cure. Use "Soff-Cut Joint Protectors" at MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 15 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 intersection of cuts to maintain openness until joint filler is applied. Do not use a sawblade if it makes chipped, spalled or raveled cuts, or use a skidplate that scratches the concrete surface. Non -Residual Curing Agents: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: "L & M Cure" by L & M Construction Chemicals, or "Day -Chem Sil-Cure (J-13)" by Dayton Superior, or "Shur -Cure" by Paul M. Wolff or "Ashford Formula" by Curecrete Distribution, Inc.. Uniformly apply directly to the concrete slab surfaces in continuous operation by low pressure power spray or roller, at a coverage rate in accordance to manufacturer's written instructions. Wash off and squeegee excess cure to prevent white stains if cure is not absorbed within four hours of application. Sealer/Hardener: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: "L & M Seal Hard" by L & M Construction Chemicals, or "Day -Chem Sure Hard (J-17)" by Dayton Superior, or "Pentra-Sil" by Convergent Concrete Technologies, or "Shur -Seal" by Paul M. Wolff, or "Starseal PS Clear" by Vexcon Chemicals or "Ashford Formula" manufactured by Curecrete Distribution, Inc. Apply 2 coats per manufacturer's recommendations. Blend into and match existing adjacent concrete surfaces. Prior to application, completely remove all oil, stains, grease, dirt, dust, curing/sealing membrane, paints, and other surface contaminants that may inhibit penetration of sealer/hardener. First Coat: Apply directly from sealer container onto prepared surfaces, undiluted, using a low pressure spray, at minimum rate of one gallon per 150 to 200 sq. ft; follow with a mechanical "walk -behind" scrubber machine; allow surfaces to remain wet with sealer for 30 to 60 minutes; after this period, when the treated surfaces become slippery under foot, lightly mist or sprinkle the surfaces with water until sealer and hardener loses its slipperiness; do not allow excess material to remain on the floor surface that may result in white stains; if white stains occur, remove them immediately without damaging concrete surface. Second Coat: Immediately before applying second coat, remove all oil spots and stains from below the surface; detail scrub slab with high pH detergent; wet -soak the floor for a minimum of thirty minutes; power scrub the entire floor with an automatic scrubber equipped with nylo-grit or strato-grit brush head or black stripping pad and high pH detergent; power rinse slab surface removing all traces of soap residue; use a high-speed propane powered burnishing machine equipped with an abrasive stripping pad to buff the surface by working the machine forward and back to create a wax- like sheen. Joint Fillers at Interior Slabs: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: Use "Penatron 3004" by ASTC Polymers or "SL/85" by VersaFlex or "SSP -100" by Solid Solution Products at interior floor slabs and curbs. Use "Penatron 3246-60" by ASTC Polymers or "SL/60" by VersaFlex at Entry Canopy slabs and benches. Honor all joints in the floor slab; locate joints in curbs directly above and to align with joints in floor slab. Use backing rod compatible with joint filler material at formed construction joints, but not at saw -cut shrinkage joints. Allow at least 1-1/4 inch filler depth. Clean sidewalls of joints and remove all contaminants prior to installing joint filler. Fill joint with filler so top of resin is slightly crowned above floor line, trim the overfill after resin has cured, using a stiff, sharp razor so top of filler is flush with adjacent concrete floor on both sides. Remove and refill if filler top is concave or not flush with adjacent concrete floor. Match existing color. Expansion Joints at Freezer Slabs (Typical): NO SUBSTITUTIONS: "Sealtight Sponge Rubber", 1/2 - inch thick, with removable "Sealtight Snap -Cap", by W.R. Meadows. o Fill with joint filler as described above. Remove of joint cap where applicable. Armored Edge Joints at Thresholds of POS Freezer and Bakery Freezer: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: "Armor -Edge Joint Assembly" by PNA Construction Technologies. Allow a 3/8 -inch wide gap between steel bars for installation of pre -molded expansion gasket and removable joint cap described above. Fill with joint filler after removal of joint cap. Existing Interior Floor Slab Crack Repair: Repair cracks and areas of noticeable spalling in existing slabs not placed as part of this project, that are within 10 feet of this work. Fill exposed cracks wider than 1/8 inch and where noticeable spalling has occurred in existing slabs, as follow: Rout out the crack with a concrete saw or special crack router, forming a groove at least one -inch deep with sharp, vertical sides and make the groove wide enough to eliminate all spalled areas; blow the crack clean with compressed air; use backer rod to create a vertical dam at each end of the length to be filled, but do not use backer rod at the bottom of the crack; fill the cracks or joints, 1/2 -inch wide or smaller, with joint filler material specified above; if the cracks or joints are more than 1/2 -inch wide, use "Penatron 4034 Polyurea Concrete Repair Material" by ASTC Polymers, or "Armor -Hard Early Set Structural MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 16 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 If 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Epoxy" by Metzger /McGuire, or "Quick Mender Repair Polymer" by VersaFlex or "10 -Minute Concrete Mender" by Roadware and mix the polymer repair material with sand according to the manufacturer's instructions. For small holes (such as anchor bolt holes), divots and pop -outs in slabs, blow holes clean with compressed air and remove all loose materials and fill with "Penatron 4034 Polyurea Concrete Repair Material" by ASTC Polymers or "Rapid Refloor" by Metzger/McGuire or "Quick Mender Repair" by VersaFlex. • Oil and Grease Stain Remover: Use ProSoCo "Standoff Oil & Grease Stain Remover" • Rust Stain Remover: Use Singerman Laboratories "Concrete Rust Remover" DIVISION 4 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS • Mortar: ASTM C 270, C 780 or C 1142 for reinforced masonry; Type 1 Portland cement per ASTM C150. Pre -blended dry mortar mix, Type S, is acceptable. Masonry cement not permitted. Match existing color. Include "Dry -Block Mortar Water Repellent Admixture" by Grace Construction Products or "MasterPel 240MA" or "MasterPel 21 OD" by BASF Corp. or "Rainbloc for Mortar" by ACM Chemistries. • Grout: ASTM C 476, fine grout, for masonry unit cells, lintels, bond beams, below -grade wall cavities, wall infills, and hollow metal frames at CMU. • Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N, medium weight (110 to 125 pcf), with integral color, texture and scoring to match existing. Include "Dry -Block Block Water Repellent Admixture" by Grace Construction Products or "MasterPel 240" by BASF Corp. or "Rainbloc Admixture for CMU" by ACM Chemistries, where units are exposed to weather. DIVISION 5 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING • Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, G60 zinc coating, Grade 33 for 18 gage and less; Grade 50 for 16 gage and greater. • Wall Framing: 18 gage, 1 -5/8 -inch flange. • Joist Framing: 16 gage, 1 -5/8 -inch flange. METAL FABRICATIONS & FOLDING LADDER • Fabrication and Erection: Comply with AISC specifications for fabrication and erection. Exposed work to be finished smooth with even, close joints and neat connections; prime painted white except galvanized where exposed to weather. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and then apply primer. . Apply finish coat in field. • Steel Decking: 1 -1/2 -inch x 22 -gage Type -B; Verco Type HSB-36 or ASC Steel Deck "High Shear B- 36"; galvanized ASTM A 653, for mezzanine deck with concrete topping and shop -primed (white where exposed in completed construction) ASTM A 1008 for roof deck and mezzanine deck with no concrete topping. Include all accessories. At roof decks, secure with 5 -puddle welds per sheet across each support and 18 -inch -centers at supports parallel to span. At security barriers, secure with 1/2 -inch puddle welds at 24 -inch -centers. • Rolled Stainless Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793, with raised diamond pattern. • Other Shapes: ASTM A-36 (Fy = 36,000 psi). • Tube Steel Columns: ASTM A500, Grade B (Fy = 46, 000 psi). • Pipe Columns: ASTM A53, Grade B (Fy =36,000 psi). • Machine Bolts: A307. • Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1; E70XX electrodes; minimum'/4-inch continuous fillet. • Touch up all galvanized surfaces after welding with SSPCC inorganic zinc -rich primer. • Handrails/Guardrails: Schedule 40 steel pipe, shop -primed except galvanized where exposed to weather. Welded joints; grind smooth. Configurations as shown on drawings. Comply with all applicable codes. o Sizes at Guardrails: 2 -inch outside diameter at Equipment, Receiving and Pneumatic Tube Platforms; 1 -1/2 -inch outside diameter at all other locations. Include intermediate rails or members to limit open spaces to a sphere 4 inches in diameter where railing is accessible to the public or 12 inches where railing is not accessible to the public. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 17 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 • Cart Storage Post and Rails: Posts to have 3 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe filled and capped with grout; Rails to have 2 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Weld and smoothly ground joints. Repair galvanized coating. • Bollards: Concrete -filled 6 -inch diameter Schedule 40 pipe; 48 inches high; prime painted except galvanized at exterior. Provide "Ideal Shield" Safety Red bollard sleeve for each bollard. o In -Ground Mounted Bollards: Embedded 48 inches (1200 mm) below grade. Fill bollard to top with concrete. o Surface -Mounted Bollards: Weld bollard to 1/4 -inch thick base plate and four 45 -degree steel angle brace, with equal spacing. Pre -drill base plates at locations indicated on Drawing for bolting in field. Do not fill bollard with concrete. • Steel Ladders to Roof: Fabricate ladders according to OSHA standards and regulations, and as indicated, with wrap-around steel cage where required above surrounding walls. Include Bilco "LadderUp Safety Post". • Steel Ladders to Equipment Platforms: Fabricate ladders as indicated. Include steel plate cover to act as a security door for ladder. o Folding Aluminum Ladder: Alaco Ladder Co.; Model 435CC Pivotal Ladder; 24 inches wide, 60 - degree, 500 lbs capacity, 6 -inch wide steps mounted 12 inches on center, complete with 1 -1/4 - inch round handrails, mounting bracket -slide to allow for flat storage against wall, and solid rubber feet; (888)310-7040. • Column Wrap: 22 gauge stainless steel, cut and bend to shape and size of column allowing 1 -inch overlap at seams. Locate seams near corner of column. Secure with 100% clear silicone adhesive sealant, with watertight seams. Smooth satin finish and full height in Freshline Areas; diamond plate pattern and at height indicated in Sales Area. • Stainless Steel Diamond Plate Below Exterior Food Service Counter: 16 gauge stainless steel with diamond-shaped pattern; cut and bend to shape and size indicated on Drawings. Secure panels with both mechanical fasteners and silicone adhesive. Use stainless steel fasteners of size and type appropriate for substrate and application, spaced at 16 inches max at perimeter of panel. Use silicone seal ant/adhesive that is one -component, non -sag, neutral -clear, mold -and -mildew resistant, and certified for food contact. Apply adhesive in vertical ribbons to allow drainage of incidental moisture behind the panel. If necessary, apply primer to substrate to allow adhesive bond between stainless steel panel and substrate. Apply sealant at butt joints between panels. Install panels to height indicated. • Pre -Engineered Steel Stairs (Interior): Steel pan stair system, with concrete filled treads and landings. o Design custom steel stair and platform systems to resist a uniform load of 100 Ibf/sq. ft. and a concentrated live load of 300 Ibf applied on an area of 4 sq. in., in a position to cause maximum stress. o Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36 / A 36M. o Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A. o Electrodes: AWS A5.1 / A5.1 M, E60XX or AWS A5.5 / A5.5M, E70XX o Concrete Anchors: Kwik -Bolt or Sleeve Anchor by Hilti, Red Head Wedge Anchors by Phillips, Trubolt or Dynabolt by Ramset, Rawl -Bolt or Rawl -Stud by Rawlplug, Parabolt by U.S.M. o Form metal pans and platforms using 12 or 14 gage steel sheets. o Fabricate steel tube supporting members to carry structural loads on platforms and stairs to the foundation concrete. Fabricate stringers from structural steel channels, plates, or tubes. Fabricate closures for exposed ends of stringers. Support platforms with structural steel channel headers and structural steel framing members. Bolt or weld headers to stringers. Bolt or weld framing members to stringers and headers. o Construct riser and sub -tread metal pans with steel supporting brackets, welded to stringer. Secure metal pans to brackets with rivets, bolts, or welds. Secure sub -platform metal pans to platform frames with welds. o Finish: Shop primed using manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer, for field painting. o Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements for interior concrete work. Fine broom finish, perpendicular to line of traffic. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 18 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 DIVISION 6 MISCELLANEOUS WOODWORK • Softwood Trim: Douglas fir, Eastern white pine, or Idaho white; Grade C and Better finish, C Select, or Choice. At wall caps and similar locations, round out exposed sharp edges to provide for a smooth, eased finish. • Softwood Plywood: 5/8 -inch thick (or as indicated) A -C exterior grade plywood at Pharmacy Consultation Shelf, Pharmacy Partitions, and Pizza window shelf; 1/2 -inch thick (or as indicated) fire - retardant treated, C -D Plugged exterior grade plywood, DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, at Tire Center, Hearing Center ramp, behind signage and equipment, telecommunication and electrical equipment backing, and in other interior locations indicated; 1/2 -inch thick (or as indicated) exterior grade, APA Structural I rated roof or exterior wall sheathing. • Single Chord Open -Web Wood Trusses: See Structural Drawings and Notes for actual joist type, size, depth, span, and other design requirements. o Trus Joist TJL Open Web Truss Series or RedBuilt Red -L Open -Web Truss Series, consisting of 1 -1/8 -inch tubular steel web members and 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 inches MSR lumber top and bottom chords. o Trus Joist TJW Open Web Truss Series or RedBuilt Red -W Open -Web Truss Series, consisting of 1 -1/8 -inch tubular steel web members and 1-1/2 x 4-3/4 inches MSR lumber top and bottom chords. • Glue -Laminated Beams: Structural glue -laminated timber made from solid lumber laminations using wet -use adhesive, industrial appearance. Laminated veneer lumber is not acceptable. Apply transparent wood sealer to cross -grain end cuts. • Plywood Floor Underlayment (at Resilient Flooring): Georgia Pacific "Plytanium Sturd-I-Floor Plywood", Exposure 1, sub -floor plywood panel with tongue -and -groove profile and fully sanded face in thickness shown on Structural Drawings but not less than 3/4 -inch. • Stair Framing: Solid lumber framing members, treads and risers; 2x12 minimum stringers notched to receive treads, risers and supports having 3-1/2 inches of effective depth. Provide at least three stringers per each 36 -inch wide stair. Allow no more than 3/16 -inch variation between adjacent tread and riser and no more than 3/8 -inch variation between largest and smallest tread and riser. • Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, 10 mils thick minimum, under plywood ramp platform at Hearing Center. • Pharmacy Window Counter: 24 gauge, Type 430 stainless steel, satin finish. Use Knape & Vogt 221 Series utility shelf brackets; 6" x 8", white powder -coated finish. • Pizza Window Shelf: 24 gauge, Type 430 stainless steel, satin finish, unless otherwise indicated. • Solid Surface Countertop: Dupont Corian Solid Surface; 1/2 -inch thick; color "Aurora"; matte finish; fabricate countertop in one piece with 1/8 -inch eased edge. Install over 3/4 -inch thick exterior grade plywood. Use mildew -resistant silicone adhesive appropriate for application and is suitable for food contact. Exposed joints or seams are not allowed. • Fiber Cement Trim Boards (at Base of Cooler/Freezer Walls behind Polymer Floorinq): James Hardie "4/4 Hardie Trim NT3 Boards", 3/4" x 7.25" x 12'-0", smooth texture, shop -primed. Use hot -dip galvanized steel screws, self -drilling, with flat heads, fastened securely to metal stud framing, countersink to sit flush with finished surface of trim board. At metal insulated panel, bevel cut top of board at 45 -degree. At metal framing, dado/route a notch at top of board to provide for a flush surface between fiber cement board and gypsum fiber panel. Provide scarf vertical joints at 45 - degrees where board meets end to end. Lap joints at all inside and outside corners. Field prime all cut edges. • Anchors and Fasteners for Miscellaneous Wood Materials: Galvanized steel, of type, size and penetration appropriate for application and project conditions. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) • CONTACT: Crane Composites at ph: (800) 435-0800 or (815) 467-8600, fax: (815) 467-8666; Nudo at ph: (217) 528-5636 or (800) 826-4132, fax: (217) 528-8722; or Marlite at ph: (330) 343-6621 or (800) 377-1221, fax: (330) 343-7296. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 19 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • FRPP, Class A: Crane Composites "Fire -X Glasbord with Surfaseal", Product Code 6226, #85 white; Nudo "FiberLite FRP Panels", with pebble textured surface, #050 white; or Marlite "Standard FRP Panels", with pebble textured surface, #P199 brite white. • Adhesive panels to wall. Provide extruded PVC corner moldings, division bars, end trim and cap, color to match panels. • Submit product data for Architect's approval prior to installation. POLYCARBONATE PANELS ABOVE BUG LIGHTS • Panels: Sheffield Plastics "Makrolon SL Sign Grade Polycarbonate Sheet", .118" (1/8") thick, white translucent color. • Attach panels to wall framing with six screws in predrilled holes, three along top and bottom edges with equal spacing. Apply a bead of sealant behind panel around edges prior fastening panel to framing. After panel is fastened to wall, apply sealant in gap between polycarbonate panel and FRPP. Discontinue sealant beads to allow for four equally spaced weep holes at bottom of panel. DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (DFRPP) AT OPTICAL • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Crane Composites at ph: (800) 435-0800 or (815) 467-8600, fax: (815) 467-8666. • ORDERING: Allow 21 days from time order is placed for product to be delivered to the jobsite. • Panels: Varietex Satin Linen Finish, Class "A" LNAM, color Latte (899A), decorative pattern, (Canada <150 flame spread required), 0.09 inch (2.3 mm) thick. Provide J-shaped edge molding, interior and exterior corner moldings; color Glasbord PVC Molding, VDB0070 Beige 70. • Install panel from finished floor to full height of wall. Install moldings at edges and at panel interior and exterior corners. Caulk joints (see below) between panels -- panel division bars are NOT PERMITTED. Adhesive panels to wall. • Joint Caulk: Kampel Enterprises acrylic latex caulk, color to match "Latte" Sherwin Williams #6108. Tape panel edges, fill 1/8 -inch gap completely. DIVISION 7 DAMPPROOFING • Bituminous Dampproofing: Henry HE 785, HE788 HE789 or W.R. Meadows Sealmastic or BASF MasterSeal 610, 614, 615 or Euclid Chemical Co. Dehydratine 75; apply primer and two coats of dampproofing from finished grade to bottom of footing of foundation walls and retaining walls. WATER REPELLENT • Clear Penetrating Water Repellent: For concrete masonry vertical substrates (including wall areas under Entry Canopy, use Degussa Evonik "Protectosil Aqua -Trete Concentrate" or ProSoCo "Weather Seal Siloxane WB Concentrate" or BASF "MasterProtect H 185". For concrete vertical substrates (including benches/curbs and wall areas under Entry Canopy), use Evonik "Protectosil Chem -Trete 40 VOC" or ProSoCo "Weather Seal Siloxane WB Concentrate" or BASF "MasterProtect H 440 VT". For concrete horizontal substrates (at slabs and curbs/bench under open Entry Canopy and sidewalks and curbs/bench outside Entry Canopy), use BASF "MasterProtect H 400" or Vexcon Chemicals "StarSeal EF Weather Seal Plus". For other substrates, obtain Architect's approval on manufacturer's recommended products. Apply until fully saturated in accordance to manufacturer's instructions. INSULATION • Faced Batt Insulation in Non -Exposed Locations: "Light Density Thermal Insulation" by Owens- Corning or "Glass Fiber Insulation" by Johns -Manville, with Kraft -paper -faced vapor retarder, meeting ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C. R -value as indicated or match existing. • Faced Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation in Exposed Locations: Glass -fiber blanket insulation laminated with a vapor retarder facing membrane on one face, complying with ASTM C 665, Type II, Class A. R -value as indicated or match existing. Furnish a vapor retarder facing, fabricated with 0.0015 -inch white metallized polypropylene and 14 lbs/3000 sq. ft. white kraft paper, reinforced with a tri - directional fiberglass/polyester scrim and laminated together with a flame resistant adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II and IV. Use material with flame spread and smoke developed indexes not exceeding 10 when tested according to ASTM E 84. Use "WMP-UV-HD" by Lamtec Corp. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 20 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 • Mineral Wood Board Insulation: Unfaced, Type IA and IB, nominal density 4 lbs/cu.ft. (64 kg/cu.m.), with flame spread and smoke developed indexes of 15 and 0, respectively, per ASTM E 84. Use at top of fire resistive wall assemblies. Apply firestop joint spray as required. Comply with UL designation indicated. • FSK -Faced Rigid Board Insulation: Rigid fiber glass boards with Foil -Scrim -Kraft (FSK) facing, conforming to ASTM C 612 Type II A Category 1, with flame spread of 25 or less, and density of 3.00 pcf, 2-1/2 inch thick, R-10 minimum. Use Johns Manville "Insul-Shield I/S 300 FSK -25 Boards" or Owens Corning "Type 703 Fiberglas Board, FSK -Faced". • Masonry Cell Insulation: Tailored Chemical Products "Core -Fill 500" or cfiFOAM "Core Foam Masonry Insulation" or Polymaster "R-501". • Rigid Insulation Board at Foundation Walls: Dow "Styrofoam Square Edge" or Owens Corning "Foamular 250"; Type IV, 25 psi, 2 inches thick. • Freezer Slab Insulation System: Dow "Styrofoam Highload 60" or Owens Corning "Foamular 600"; R- 40 unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, minimum 2 -layers with staggered joints. Install insulation boards over 15 -mil thick Stego "Stego Wrap" or W.R. Meadows "Perminator 15"; overlap 6 inches and tape at joints; extend vapor retarder up sides to top of slab. o At Slab -On -Grade: Install vapor retarder over compacted layer of sand, consisting of free - draining, natural, fine, screened and washed, silica -based sand (no silt, manufactured sand or stone dust allowed). Use Schedule 40 non -perforated PVC vent piping, bell & spigot ends; loose joints. • Insulation on Underside of Elevated Insulated Slab of Freezer/Cooler (Interior Applications): Use Demilec "Heatlok Soy 200 Plus", a two -component, closed -cell, spray -applied, rigid polyurethane foam insulation with density of 2.1 pcf per ASTM D 1622, thermal resistance R -value of 7.4 per inch (overall thickness as required), and compressive strength of 28.7 psi per ASTM D 1621. Prepare surfaces and apply primer per foam insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Spray -apply Demilec "Blazelok TBX", an 11 dry mils thick white -colored water-based intumescent coating with flame spread index of less than 25 and smoke developed index of less than 50, over foam insulation to fully conceal and protect foam insulation and to comply with code -required interior finish in accordance to NFPA 286. • Insulation on Underside of Elevated Slab of Freezer/Cooler (Exterior Applications): General Coatings "Ultra -Thane 230", a two -component, closed -cell spray polyurethane foam insulation with density of 2.0 pcf and R -value of 6.6 per inch; R-40 required unless otherwise noted on Drawings. Prepare surfaces and apply primer per foam insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Spray -apply Isolatek International "Cafco TB 415", a Portland -cement based, 22 pcf density, 3/8 -inch thick minimum, thermal barrier to fully conceal and protect foam insulation. Smooth -trowel finish to blend in with the adjacent surfaces. Apply Isolatek International "Cafco Bond -Seal" sealer/primer prior to applying finish paints. • Sound Attenuation Insulation in Walls of Restrooms, and Walls and Ceiling of Optical and Hearing: 3- 1/2 inch thick, unfaced "Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation" by Owens-Corning. • Closed -Cell Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029 Type II, minimum density 2.2 lbs./cu.ft. Fill voids in exterior door and window jambs, headers and mullions; in columns at storefronts; and other cavities in building envelope. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) • Provide a fully -adhered Class PB EIFS, with a troweled -on weather -resistive barrier, and vertically formed adhesive drainage channels applied over gypsum sheathing substrate, together with molded expanded polystyrene board insulation with drainage channels, reinforcing mesh, primer, base coat and acrylic -based finish coat materials, elastomeric sealants, drainage trim, and accessories. Use materials compatible with substrates and approved for systems indicated. Match existing color and texture. • Acceptable Systems: "Outsulation Plus System" by Dryvit or "Senerflex Channeled Adhesive Design System" by Senergy. METAL WALL PANELS — INFILL, PATCH AND REPAIR • Original Installer/Manufacturer will be responsible for all wall panel work, including infill, patch and repair, to ensure that the existing metal wall panel system is modified in a manner that any warranty MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 21 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 presently in force is preserved and maintained. Work by other Subcontractor must be approved by Owner. • Coordinate your requirements with approved installer prior to performing any work. • All cutting, framing, patching and repairing required to accommodate new work is to be done by approved Subcontractor. • Framing: Supply and install framing materials necessary to accommodate new work. At exterior, use 16 gauge, G60 galvanized steel framing members. • Weather -Resistive Barrier: Where necessary, use Type 2 (No. 30) asphalt -saturated organic building felt, unperforated. Install horizontally with alternating seams, shingle fashion, 4 -inch overlaps. • Insulation: Where necessary, use faced -fiberglass blanket insulation with Class A vapor retarder membrane. If exposed, use color to match existing adjacent construction. Provide insulation in thickness required. • Metal Panel: Supply and install metal panel in material, profile, thickness, finish and color to match existing adjacent construction. Include all necessary flashing, trim, accessories and fasteners for a complete and weathertight installation. Comply with existing warranty requirements. METAL FLASHING AND TRIM • Sheet Metal Gauges (minimum): 22 gauge fascia; 26 gauge counterflashing; 26 gauge flashing; 24 gauge scupper; 24 gauge hanging gutter and dowspout; 20 gauge concealed gutter; 24 gauge coping up to 12 inches wide; 22 gauge coping over 12 inches wide; 22 gauge cleats and edge strips; 26 gauge sill flashing. • Reglets: Type, material and profile indicated, formed to provide secured interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces. • Finish: Galvanized steel sheet with Kynar-coated finish. FIRESTOPPING • Provide complete code -approved fire -stop system; comply ASTM E814, F -Rated and T -Rated through -penetration; include all accessories, sealants, putty, pillows, etc. Installation by an experienced installer. FIREPROOFING • Sprayed -Fire -Resistive Material: Use "Carboline Pyrolite 15", "W.R. Grace Monokote Type MK-6 Series", or "Isolatek International Cafco 300" for interior locations where surfaces are not exposed to traffic. Use "Carboline Southwest Fireproofing Type 7 HD", "W.R. Grace Monokote Z-146", or "Isolatek International Cafco Fendolite M -II" for exterior locations or interior locations where surfaces are exposed to traffic. Where fireproofing is existing, use approved equivalent product in patching and repair work. • Intumescent Fire -Resistive Coating: Use "Carboline AD Firefilm III & Colorcoat", "Isolatek Cafco Sprayfilm WB 3 Basecoat and Topseal", or "3M FireDam Intumescent Coating WB 1000" for interior locations only. Where fireproofing is existing, use approved equivalent product in patching and repair work. • Verify compatibility of primer or existing finish. Remove surface imperfections or contaminants that could be impair bond of fireproofing to substrates. Obtain acceptance of substrate in writing by fireproofing manufacturer. • Apply fireproofing materials in thickness required for fire -resistance design indicated, in accordance to manufacturer's installation instructions and requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. • Provide a uniform finish. Apply topcoat or sealer in color selected by Architect. • Perform tests and inspections in successive stages as required by authority having jurisdiction. Remove and replace fireproofing that does not pass tests and inspections, at no cost to the Owner. Retest until accepted by authority having jurisdiction. FIRE RATED DUCT INSULATION • Provide flexible, high temperature fiber blanket for fire rating required; UL tested and certified as duct wrap per Classification HNKT for Grease Duct Assemblies. Use 3M "Fire Barrier Wrap Products" or Thermal Ceramics "FireMaster Duct Wrap". MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 22 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 JOINT SEALANTS • Prep & prime joints as recommended by manufacturer. Provide compatible backing; place sealant to produce uniform cross-section and depth; tool joints and remove excess sealant. • Seal all joints and penetrations. • Seal interior and exterior perimeters at openings/penetrations; seal perimeter joints between wall and door frames. • Provide appropriate sealants for actual condition. • Exterior Joint Sealants: Color — match color of adjacent surfaces. o For horizontal joints in exterior cast -in-place concrete pavements, sidewalks, and curbs: Use Sikaflex 2c SL or BASF MasterSeal SL 2. o For vertical construction joints in concrete, masonry, and stucco wall surfaces or where concrete/masonry butts up to steel surfaces: Use Sikaflex 2c NS or BASF MasterSeal NP 2. o For vertical joints between metal panels and perimeter of door frames, storefronts and entrances: Use Dow Corning 795 or Pecora 895. o For exterior sheet metal joints: Use Pecora BC -158 or Tremco Butyl Sealant. • Interior Joint Sealants: o For vertical joints on interior surfaces of exterior walls, interior perimeter of exterior openings, between gypsum board surfaces and door frames, and similar conditions: Use Pecora AC -20+ or Tremco Tremflex 834. o For joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors or counters, and between polymer floor base and MIP/FRPP: Use Dow Corning 786 Mildew Resistant or GE Silicones Sanitary SCS1700. Color - white at fixtures, MIP and FRPP; grey at stainless steel. o For under thresholds and stud runner tracks: Use Pecora BC -158 or Tremco Butyl Sealant. MEMBRANE ROOFING — PATCH, REPAIR, CURBS AND PIPE STANDS • Membrane Roofing Modifications: Make repairs, penetrations and flashing to exusting roof system that preserves and maintains all warranties. o General: Match existing roof membrane and all associated components (insulation, vapor retarder, substrate/cover board, etc.) that make up the roof assembly. Patch, repair and infill where necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. o Provide approved cover board or substrate board (if required by code, manufacturer and to match existing). o Provide structural support, designed by Structural Engineer, for equipment, fans, etc. as required. o At conduit/piping penetrations, provide flexible boot -type fittings. o Provide walkway pads to new rooftop equipment. o Provide all primer, flashing, sealant, cleaner, adhesives, mastic, battens, pipe boots, prefabricated corners, wood blocking/nailers, metal termination bars, fasteners, etc. as required for a complete system. o Pre -installation conference is required with Owner & Owner's Insurer. o Verify location of all interior ducts, electrical lines, piping, conduit, and/or similar obstructions below roof deck. Perform all work in such a manner as to avoid contact with the above- mentioned items. Repairing damages is the responsibility of the Contractor. o Comply with manufacturer's installation requirements and FM requirements, as appropriate for existing type of roof system. o Perform all work on existing roofing system in a manner approved by membrane manufacturer to preserve and maintain all existing manufacturer's roofing warranties. Warranty shall include all repairs and replacement of components that fail in material or workmanship, including roof leaks. o Provide executed Roofing Warranty prior to final payment to General Contractor. o Engage a manufacturer's technical field representative to attend pre -installation conference and to visit job site at start of installation, during installation, and at completion of roof installation. • Types of Membrane Roofing: o Built-up bituminous roofing — 4 -ply (base sheet, two-ply sheets, and mineral surfaced cap sheet), by Johns Manville or GAF. Use Type III asphalt (ASTM D 312). o EPDM (fully adhered, mechanically attached, and ballasted) — EPDM sheet, ASTM D 4637, Type I non -reinforced (for ballasted or fully -adhered system) or Type II reinforced (for mechanically- MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 23 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 attached system), 60 mils thick, unbacked, black color, by Carlisle SynTec or Firestone Building Products. Where applicable, match existing ballast type, size, and gradation. o TPO (mechanically attached) — TPO sheet, ASTM D 6878, reinforced, 60 mils thick, unbacked, white color, by Firestone Building Products, Johns Manville or GAF. Membrane seaming by hot- air welding. o PVC (mechanically attached) — PVC sheet, ASTM D 4434, Type III, reinforced, 60 mils thick, unbacked, white color, by Firestone Building Products, GAF or Dow Roofing. Membrane seaming by hot-air welding. o Coated roofing — ASTM D 6083, liquid acrylic elastomer emulsion coating system, formulated for coating sprayed polyurethane roofing, white color, 28 mils dry film overall thickness minimum at any point on roof, fabric reinforced where required, by BaySystems North America, Gaco Western, LaPolla Industries, or National Coatings. Where applicable, include rigid, spray -applied polyurethane foam insulation, having 40 psi compressive strength, 2.8 to 3.0 Ib/cu.ft. (44.9 to 48.1 kg/cu.m.) (ASTM D 1622) in-place density, and 75 or less flame -spread index, at thickness to achieve R -value required. • Rigid Board Roof Insulation: Polyi socya nu rate board with felt or glass -fiber mat facer on both major faces. Thickness to match existing insulation or to achieve R -value required. Taper as required. Ensure deck is clean, dry and smooth. Install in minimum of 2 -layers; stagger joints minimum 6 inches between layers in both directions. Uniformly secure insulation with FM -approved corrosion - resistant fasteners with plates; penetrate at least 3/4 -inch through the steel deck. Provide additional fasteners at corners and perimeters; comply FM Data Sheet 1-28. Provide sumps at roof drains and crickets/saddles to ensure positive drainage. • Roof Curbs: Roof Products, Inc., Model RPC -3 Curb (for HVAC units, skylights/smoke venting skylights, exhaust fans, and roof hatches), Model RPES-3 (for refrigeration condenser units), Model RPPB-3 (for refrigeration piping penetration), minimum 18 -gage hot -dipped galvanized steel x 1.5 - inch thick insulated curb, level top at 12 -inches (minimum) above roofing; use minimum 14 -gage at curbs supporting units greater than 3000 -pounds. Provide burglar bar grid; painted white at skylights/smoke venting skylights. Provide white interior exposed finish. Reinforce curb as required by loads. Where existing curbs are to receive new skylights/smoke venting skylights, HVAC units, exhaust fans, roof hatches, refrigeration condenser units, or other rooftop equipment), provide adaptor extension units to lift top of curb to 12 -inches above roofing. CONTACT: Robert Banicki (800) 262-6669. • Pie Stands: Miro Industries "Pillow Block Pipe Stands", roller -bearing supports for roof -mounted pipes, conduits, etc. with polycarbonate seats and top straps. Install additional sheet of roofing, a Miro "Support Pad" or a Miro "Deck Plate" beneath each pipe stand and anchor to rooftop. • Roof Hatch: Bilco Type S Scuttle, 30x36 inches (762x900 mm), curb -mounted, galvanized steel and pre -finished in black color. Include hasp, eye, padlock, and "LadderUp" safety post attachment. METAL ROOFING — PATCH, REPAIR, PENETRATIONS, CURBS AND PIPE STANDS • CONTACT: Span Construction (559) 661-1111 or spancostcosales(cD.si)anconstruction.com. Span Construction will be responsible for all roof work, including patch and repair at new penetrations and installation of new curbs, adaptive curbs, curb extension, pipe flashing and similar roof accessories, to ensure that the existing metal roof structure is modified in a manner that any warranty presently in force is preserved and maintained. Work by other Subcontractor is not acceptable. • Coordinate your requirements with Span prior to performing any work. • Do NOT run conduits/piping directly on the metal roofing; use Span -approved fittings that do not allow contact with the roofing and use only non -corrosive fasteners compatible with roofing material. • Roof Curbs, Adaptive Curbs, Curb Extension: Custom -fabricated roof curbs, adaptive curbs, and/or curb extension by Span Construction, having minimum 20 -gage stainless steel x 1.5 -inch thick insulated curb, level top at 12 -inches (minimum) above roofing; use minimum 14 -gage at curbs supporting HVAC units, condensers, or other units greater than 3000 -pounds. Provide white interior exposed finish. Provide burglar bar grid; painted white at skylights/smoke venting skylights. Reinforce curb as required by loads. Where existing curbs are to receive new skylights or other rooftop equipment, provide adaptive extension units to lift top of curb to 12 -inches above roofing. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 24 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 • All cutting, framing, patching and repairing required to accommodate new work is to be done by Span Construction. • Pipe / Conduit / Vent Penetrations and Patching: Advise Span Construction of the number of penetrations and Span Construction will provide the appropriate flashing and tie downs. • Insulation: Where necessary, Span Construction will supply and install faced -fiberglass blanket insulation with Class A white vapor retarder membrane to be supported by nylon mesh, to match existing adjacent construction. SEISMIC OR EXPANSION JOINT COVERS • Interior Floor -to -Wall Corner Joint Cover — Balco "EXL Series" or approved equivalent. Select size, shape, and configuration appropriate for joint width and condition indicated on drawings. Aluminum cover plate, mill finish. Include fire barrier as part of fire rated joint assembly where required. • Exterior or Interior Wall -to -Wall Corner Joint Cover — C/S Group "ESC Series" or approved equivalent. Select size, shape, and configuration appropriate for joint width and condition indicated on drawings. Aluminum cover plate, mill finish. Include fire barrier as part of fire rated joint assembly where required. At exterior joint locations, provide flexible EPDM water barrier sheet to ensure weathertightness of assembly. • Exterior Beliows-Type Expansion Joint — Select size, shape, and configuration appropriate for joint width and condition indicated on drawings. 26 gauge G90 galvanized steel sheet, EPDM or neoprene bellows as is compatible with roof membrane. Include fire barrier as part of fire rated joint assembly where required. Provide flexible EPDM water barrier sheet to ensure weathertightness of assembly. • Roof to Wall Expansion Joint: Expand -O -Flash Expansion Joint Cover, Style EJ (Cant -to -Wall) or Style CF/EJ (Curb -to -Wall) Insulated, by Johns Manville. • Wall to Wall Corner Expansion Joint: Expand -O -Gard Expansion Joint Cover, Style F Vertical, Insulated, by Johns Manville. Include a prefinished metal joint cover as indicated on Drawings. Color shall be as selected by Architect. DIVISION 8 DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE • CONTACT: Evergreen Construction Specialties, Steve Price (253) 288-8455, for all doors, frames, and hardware. • Wood Doors — Solid core, 1 %-inch thickness, flush, premium Grade -A faces, White Birch rotary cut; match existing. Five ply with blocks and edges bonded to core. 7 -ply and non -bonded NOT PERMITTED. Factory Finish: WDMA System TR -6, catalyzed polyurethane, premium grade, 3 sealer coats and 2 top coats, sanding between coats, clear natural finish. o Sound Retardant Wood Doors at Hearing Center: Heritage Collection by VT Industries, Model 5550H, sound attenuation core, SR -5, with stained stiles and acoustical lite kit, Model S105, 9x24 inches, 5/8 -inch clear laminated glass. • Exterior Steel Doors: 1 3/ -inch thickness; 18 -gage, A60 zinc -iron -alloy (galvannealed) steel face sheets per ASTM A 653/A 653M Commercial Steel Type B, heavy duty, Level 2, Model 2 seamless, polystyrene insulated core, U-0.48 or R-2.08 per ASTM C 1363. Flush closed top and bottom edges. • Interior Steel Doors —1 %-inch thickness; 18 -gage cold -rolled steel face sheets, Level 2, Model 2 seamless, kraft -paper honeycomb core. Flush closed top and bottom edges. • Steel Frames — 16 -gage, A60 zinc -iron -alloy (galvannealed) steel face sheets per ASTM A 653/A 653M Commercial Steel Type B; mitered/coped welded face corners and seamless face joints. Prep for hardware; provide jamb and floor anchors. Grout solid at exterior. • Factory -Applied Primer for Steel Doors and Frames: One coat of oven cured rust inhibiting prime paint ("Paint Lock") per ANSI A224.1 1990 or ASTM B117 and ASTM D1735. • Hardware -- Match existing hardware manufacturer, finishes, keying, etc. Doors to receive hardware that is similar to existing doors of similar use including tying into security/fire systems; provide Hardware Schedule for review. Provide lever handles with all interior door locksets and latchsets. • The following hardware schedule includes hardware groups for typical interior doors. Contact Architect for hardware in other locations or conditions. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 25 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 HW -1 (Overhead Coiling Doors, Sectional Doors, Security Grilles) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Padlock Schlage KS23FL2300 X 606 Shackle & 9" Chain 1 Cylinder Schlage 47-743 X 606 "CP" HW -14 (EDP) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Power Transfer Hinge ACS BB5002 x 1102 x 630 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND80RD-EU-RX RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Closer LCN 1461 -FC AL PA TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902-KL 1 Keypad Bosch D8229 by Security Contractor 1 Door Contact Sentrol 1078W by Security Contractor Note: Security Contractor should refer to specific requirements in Costco Security requirements. HW -15 (Pharmacy) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND80RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 1 Peephole Home Protector 595 x 626 (at Door 32 for viewing from Lab into Consultation) 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor (at Lab Doors 31 and 32) HW -17 (Quiet Room) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Office Lock w/ Indicator Schlage L905OR 06A 626 L283-722 L583-363 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW HW -18 (Electrical Room) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Exit Device Von Duprin 98L 630 1 Cylinder for Exit Device Schlage 20-057 626 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW HW -19 (Main Sales to Office)(Optical Reception to Exam Room) (Break Room, Mechanical Room, Janitor Closet, Manager's Office) (Hearing Center) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 3 Silencers Ives SR 64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 26 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 HW -20 (Main Sales to Food Service Prep) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Closer LCN 4040XP AL TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 2 Armor Plates Rockwood K1038 US32D 36" x 2" LTDW 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Push Plate Rockwood 70C US32D 1 Push Pull Rockwood 107 x 70C US32D HW -21 (Food Service Prep to Exterior) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2314 US32D NRP 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Astragal Pemko 3572PP-7 X TB 1 Closer LCN 4040XPS AL TBWMS w/ CUSH/STOP 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Threshold Pemko 171A x FHSL25 1 Door Bottom Pemko 315CN 1 Weatherstrip Set Pemko 290APK 2 Armor Plates Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor HW -22 (Pair of Aluminum Storefront Doors; Automatic Sliding Doors; Shutters at Soda Alcoves and Food Service Counter; Outside Coiling Grilles) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Cylinders Schlage 20-062 626 (Remainder of hardware by door manufacturer.) HW -23 (Interior Fire Rated Opening such as Door to Mechanical Mezzanine, Mechanical Room, when required) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Closer LCN 1461 -FC AL PA TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Gasket Pemko S88D 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW HW -24 (Tire Sales to Tire Installation, Non -Fire -Rated) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Passage Latch Schlage L9010 X 06A 626 09-662 10-072 1 Closer LCN 4040XP AL TBWMS 2 Armor Plates Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Electromagnet Schlage M490 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902 - KL 2 Keypads ACS11355-1 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 27 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 HW -25 (Tire Sales to Tire Installation — Fire Rated) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Passage Latch Schlage L9010 X 06A 626 09-662 10-072 1 Closer LCN 4040XP AL TBWMS 2 Armor Plates Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Threshold Pemko 171A x FHSL25 1 Door Bottom Pemko 315CN 1 Weatherstrip Set Pemko S88D 1 Electromagnet Schlage M490 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902 - KL 2 Keypads ACS11355-1 HW -26 (Restroom/Storage Room in Tire Center - Fire Rated) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Privacy Lock w/ Indicatr Schlage L9044 06A 626 L283-722 L583-363 1 Closer LCN 1461 AL TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Weatherstrip Set Pemko S88D 1 Threshold Pemko 171A x FHSL25 1 Door Bottom Pemko 315CN 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW HW -27 (Storage Room in Tire Center, Unisex Restroom at Office Core or Tire Center, Restroom in Receiving) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Privacy Lock w/ Indictr Schlage L9044 06A 626 L283-722 L583-363 1 Closer LCN 1461 AL TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 3 Silencers Ives SR64 HW -30 (Receiving to Baler, Compactor) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Hinges McKinney T4A3786 US26D NRP 1 Institutional Lock Schlage ND82RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Holder Rockwood 490 US26D 1 Weatherstrip Set Pemko 290APK (all four sides) 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor HW -31 (Main Sales to MPU, Chain Link Dutch Gate) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND80RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Deadlock Schlage BC560R 626 12-288 10-094 HW -32 (Main Sales to MPU, Wood Dutch Door) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 4 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND80RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Deadlock Schlage BC560R 626 12-288 10-094 1 Dutch Door Bolt Rockwood 630-4 US26D 4 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 2 Stops Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 28 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 HW -37 (Ante Room to Exterior) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Hinges McKinney TA2314 US32D NRP 1 Power Transfer Hinge ACS BB5002 x 1102 x 630 1 Mortise Lock Schlage L9080EUR X 06A 626 09-663 10-072 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902 - KL 1 Closer LCN 4040XPS AL TBWMS w/ CUSH/STOP 1 Astragal Pemko 3572PP-7 X TB 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 403 US26D 1 Threshold Pemko 2005AV x FHSL25 1 Door Bottom Pemko 315CN 1 Weatherstrip Set Pemko 290APK 1 Rain Drip Cap Pemko 346C 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 1 Peephole Home Protector 595 x 626 1 Keypad By Security Contractor 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor (Note 1: Locate Power Supply in the adjacent Vault, or as directed by the Store Manager.) (Note 2: Mount wall stop on side face of sill block on top of concrete or masonry stem wall, at the outermost edge where door meets wall.) HW -39 (Optical Entrance Door) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Cylinder Schlage 20-062 626 (Remaining hardware by door manufacturer) HW -40 (Office to Vault [1 -Hr. Rated]) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Power Transfer Hinge ACS BB5002 x 1102 x 630 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND80RD-EU-RX RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Closer LCN 1461 -FC AL PA TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 1 Door bottom Pemko 315CN 1 Smoke gasket Pemko S88D 1 Threshold Pemko 151A 1 Peephole Home Protector 595 x 626 1 Mail Slot Tice Industries #2331 US32D (mount hinge at bottom) 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902-KL 1 Keypad Bosch D8229 by Security Contractor 1 Door Contact Sentrol 1078W by Security Contractor Note: Security Contractor should refer to specific requirements in Costco Security requirements. HW -44 (Pair Doors for Demo Room) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 6 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 2 Flushbolts Rockwood 555 US26D 12" 1 Dustproof Strike Rockwood 570 US26D 2 Wall Stops Rockwood 409 US32D 2 Armor Plates Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 4 Silencers Ives SR64 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 29 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 HW -44 (Single Door for Demo Room) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Armor Plate Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 3 Silencers Ives SR64 INTERIOR CHAIN-LINK GATES Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Padlock Schlage KS23FL2300 X 606 Shackle & 9" Chain 1 Cylinder Schlage 47-743 X 606 "CP" (Hardware set is for each gate.) OVERHEAD SERVICE DOORS • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or danj@epofwa.com for ordering of coiling doors. • Overhead Door Corp. 625 Series "Stormtite" Insulated Service Door; flat profile Type F-2651, 24 -gage (except 22 -gage at Entrance and Exit coiling doors) galvanized steel slats on both sides in tan or gray color selected by Architect, 2 -Ib density foamed -in-place polyurethane insulation (R -value 7.7), endlocks, alternate slats, chain hoist, chain keeper and locks, weather-stripping, 3 -inch track, bottom bar, 24 -gauge galvanized round steel hood. o Wind Load: 170 psf up to 10 -feet wide and 142 psf up to 14 -feet wide coiling doors at Main Entry/Exit; 20 psf or greater at other locations as required by jurisdiction. Modify manufacturer's standard door components as necessary to comply with high wind load requirements. • Where service door occurs in a fire -rated wall assembly, use Overhead Door Corp. FireKing 630 Series with a label indicating fire rating shown on Door Schedule, flat profile Type F-265, 22 -gage galvanized steel (door up to 14 -feet wide by 12 -feet high) on both sides in tan or gray color selected by Architect, endlocks, alternate slats, chain hoist, chain keeper, smoke gasket, 3 -inch track, bottom bar, 24 -gauge galvanized round steel hood, automatic -closing device with replaceable fusible link 165 -deg -F or at required temperature complying with NFPA 80, fail-safe time delay FS -13 Fire Sentinel. All components shall be as tested as a fire -rated service door assembly for fire rating indicated. GLAZED ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS AT ENCLOSED CANOPY AND TIRE INSTALL • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or danj@epofwa.com for ordering of sectional doors. • Overhead Door Corp. 521 Series, 1 3/ -inch thickness, 0.050 -inch aluminum panels; 6063-T6 aluminum, chain hoist, weather-stripping, 3 -inch track; 1/8 -inch thick clear tempered glass, 204R1 clear anodized finish. • Where required, modify manufacturer's standard door components as necessary to comply with high wind load requirements. ALUMINUM COILING SHUTTERS AT OUTDOOR SODA ALCOVE, FOOD SERVICE COUNTER AND PHARMACY • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or danj@epofwa.com for ordering of coiling shutters. • QMI, Model AL -7E, 6063-T5 aluminum curtain 2.4 inches high, standard paint color in white, tracks with factory finish, color matching curtain. Provide crank operation with removable crank pole operator at Food Service Windows; spring -assisted manual push up/pull down operation with curtain having top five and bottom five visible slats in perforated Punch 51 pattern for airflow at Soda Alcove; spring -assisted manual push up/pull down operation with solid (unpunches) curtain and matching finger -pull slat and standard pull pole to assist with raising and lowering shutter at Pharmacy. At Soda Alcove and Food Service: Provide keyed locks at bottom slat; cylinders to be provided by hardware supplier. At Pharmacy: Provide thumb turn lock on inside of shutter. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 30 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 COILING SECURITY GRILLE AT EXTERIOR ALUMINUM/GLASS ENTRANCE TOTIRE SALES OR OPTICAL CENTER • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or danj@epofwa.com for ordering of coiling security grilles. • Overhead Door Corp. 670 Series, mill -finished aluminum curtain of 5/16 -inch horizontal rods, vertical rods at 2 -inch centers, straight lattice pattern; tubular shaped bottom bar; 24 -gauge galvanized steel hood; aluminum extruded guide tracks; adjustable helical torsion spring counterbalance, chain hoist, chain keeper locking. Padlock by hardware supplier. Mount door to face of wall per Drawings. FOLDING SECURITY GRILLE BETWEEN TIRE SALE AND MAIN SALES • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or danj@epofwa.com for ordering of folding security grilles. • "System S-126 Open Brick Pattern" by MobilFlex; manual folding and stacking in storage pocket; consisting of aluminum panels with vertical rods linked together in a brick pattern, lead post and trailing post having keyed cylinder locks on both sides, intermediate post at maximum 10 -foot intervals without drop bolts, overhead track, and full-size swing -out egress door with Aeroflex perforated panel and keyed cylinder on Warehouse side and lever handle and exit label on Tire Sales side; clear anodized aluminum finish. Provide Schlage 20-062 626 cylinders with the grille package. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS, WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES • Storefront -- Kawneer "Trifab VG 450" 1 -3/44 -1/2 -inch, single glazed at interior ("Trifab VG 4517 2x4 -1/2 -inch, thermal break, double -glazed at exterior); 6063-T5 aluminum, Class I clear anodized finish, extruded EPDM rubber glazing gaskets. Equivalent product by CRL US Aluminum or Oldcastle Building Envelope is acceptable. • Exterior/Interior Entry Doors at Tire, Liquor and Optical — Kawneer "Series 350 Medium Stile", 1 -3/4 - inch thick, 3 -1/2 -inch stiles & top rail, 10 -inch bottom rail; Class I clear anodized finish. Provide all hardware, except cylinder, complete and operational. Hardware includes, but not limited to, top and bottom offset pivot hinges, CP II push bars, CO -9 pulls, Norton 1601BF (for doors up to 40" wide) or Norton 1601 (for doors greater than 40" but up to 48" wide) closers single -acting with back -check, Adams Rite MS -1850A deadlock on active leaf, Adams Rite 4015 (bottom)/4085 (top) bolt system on active leaf, "Controller Locking System" bolt system on inactive leaf when applicable, Adams Rite MS 4043 Guard, aluminum threshold with dustproof strikes, and weatherstripping. Cylinder to be supplied by hardware supplier. Equivalent product by CRL US Aluminum or Oldcastle Building Envelope is acceptable. SLIDING MANUAL DOORS AT INTERIOR OPTICAL RECEPTION • Stanley Access Technologies is the pre -selected subcontractor to supply and install sliding manual entrance doors. Contact Glenn Hood at ph: (860) 679-6406 or email: ghood@stanleyworks.com. • Stanley "Series 7000TL ICU/CCU Trackless Manual Sliding Door System" with one operable sliding door and one sidelight, with full emergency breakaway capability for both panels; 10 -inch bottom rail; 1 -3/4x4 -'/2 -inch framing members; 1/4 -inch clear tempered glass; manually operated, overhead track supported (no groove or track at floor),'/ x1 '/z- inch extruded aluminum glass guards at +10 & +36 - inches above floor on Warehouse side; Class II clear anodized finish; Adams Rite "Hookbolt Deadlock Series MS 1850A-505, US28 Satin Aluminum faceplate", "4002 Armored Strike", and "Lock Cylinder Guard". Provide interior thumb turn and exterior lock cylinder with minimum 1 -inch long throw bolt. SLIDING AUTOMATIC DOORS AT BUILDING MAIN ENTRANCE AND LIQUOR SALES ENTRANCE • Stanley Access Technologies is the pre -selected subcontractor to supply and install sliding automatic entrance doors. Contact Glenn Hood at ph: (860) 679-6406 or (800) 648-1401, press #2, email: glenn.hood@sbdinc.com or Scott Harris at ph: (810) 772-3455, email: scott.harris@sbdinc.com. • Stanley "Dura -Glide Series 2000" bi-parting, sliding, automatic entrance door assembly, with sidelites, transom, break -away panels, header -mounted microwave or active infrared sensors, hold -open beams and electrical interlocks; 1 -3/4 -inch thick glazed doors; 3'/2 -inch stiles and top rail, 10 -inch bottom rail; 1 -3/4x4 -'/2 -inch framing and transom members; 5/8 -inch clear tempered insulating glass unit at door, sidelites, and transom; clear anodic Class II aluminum finish. Provide interior thumb turn and exterior lock cylinder with minimum 1 -inch long throw bolt. • Provide weather-stripping and deadbolt operated by exterior cylinder and interior thumb -turn. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 31 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 • Provide "Caution" and "Emergency Breakaway" signage. 2 • Adjust door controls, etc. and demonstrate operation to Owner. 3 • Warranty: 3 years (parts and labor). 4 • Maintenance Service: Beginning one month before the store is scheduled to open, provide quarterly 5 service for the 3 -year warranty period by skilled employees of automatic entrance door assembly 6 Installer. Submit completed quarterly inspection form to Warehouse Manager at 7 W(warehouse#)MGR@costco.com, General Contractor and Architect's Project Manager via e-mail. 8 FOOD SERVICE PASS-THROUGH WINDOWS 9 • Manufacturer: Nissen Co., ph: (626) 579-5666. 10 • Inside Food Service: Vertical sliding window; Series C. 11 . Outside Food Service: Horizontal sliding window; Series G (with screen). 12 • Outside Food Service: Vertical sliding window; Series CS (with screen). 13 • Include self-closing device on screen, as required. 14 PHARMACY PASS-THROUGH WINDOWS 15 • CONTACT: Contact Brian Sasso at (800) 423-6565 or bsasso@arcadiaproducts.com. Arcadia "ULT - 16 5820 Series" non -thermal multi -sliding pass-through window; 4 -inch extruded aluminum window 17 frames, clear anodized Class II aluminum finish. Adams Rite MS+1850 locks, interior thumb -turns, 18 blank exterior; flush pulls interior only at +16 -inches above sill. 19 • Window sizes shown on Drawings are stock sizes. Hold all finished dimensions. Four weeks lead 20 time will be required if finished dimensions are not held per Drawings. 21 SECURITY WINDOW & RECEIVER AT ANTE ROOM 22 • Bullet Resistant Fixed Window: Armotex, Model No. SSFW-51; UL ballistic rating Level -3, 16 gauge 23 stainless steel, No. 3 brushed finish. Provide UL listed ballistic rating level 3 clear laminated glass, 24 polycarbonate or glass -clad polycarbonate and Speaker, Model No. SSBRS-7, 7 inches in diameter. 25 • Bullet Resistant Package Receiver: Armotex, Model No. SSPR1414; UL ballistic rating Level -3, 26 exposed surfaces to be 12 -gage stainless steel, No. 3 brushed finish, to match window frame. Door 27 interlock; key locking vault side. Include all hardware. 28 SKYLIGHTS 29 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS: 30 • Skylights: Bristolite "Energy Star', Model No. 4896 ES -CM -2 -ESA -IR -HW -MF (wood roof) or 6072 31 ES -CMG -2 -ESA -IR -HW -MF (metal roof), dome skylight with 70% visible light transmission and .43 32 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, integral condensate gutter and burglar bar grid, painted white (if not 33 integral to roof curb). 34 • Smoke Venting Skylights, Model No. 4896 SVSA-CM-2-CC/WTH-MF (wood roof) or 6072 SVSA-CM- 35 2-CC/WTH-MF (metal roof), similar; FM approved and listed fusible link, 360 deg F, and 10 or 30 36 lbs/sf opening requirement, or as required by authority having jurisdiction, outside release handle. 37 • CONTACT: Paul Dudley (800) 854-8618. 38 GLASS AND GLAZING 39 9 Glass at Interior Locations: 1/4 -inch clear polished both sides at interior locations. Provide tempered 40 glass and safety glazing labeling where required by code. 41 • Obscured Glass at Pharmacy Wing Walls: Pilkington "Contora," AGC Glass "Serenity" or Guardian 42 InGlass "Dew Textured Glass P516". 43 • Obscured Glass at Pharmacy Wing Walls (Minnesota State Only): 1-13/32 overall thickness; unit 44 consists of 1/4 -inch thick clear laminated glass, 1 -inch air space, and 5/32 thick obscured, patterned 45 glass (Pilkington "Contora," AGC Glass "Serenity" or Guardian InGlass "Dew Textured Glass P516"), 46 with STC Value of 42. 47 • Fire -Rated Glass (at Tire Sales if required): 3/16 -inch thick, 1 -hour fire rating, Technical Glass 48 Products "FireLite NT". 49 • Laminated Glass (at Tire Sales): 1/4 -inch thick overall, clear laminated glass with clear polyvinyl 50 butyral interlayer, meeting ASTM C 1172. Provide safety glazing labeling. 51 • Insulated Glass (at Automatic Sliding Doors): Overall 5/8 -inch thick unit, consisting of two layers of 52 1/8 -inch thick clear tempered glass separated by 3/8 -inch air space. Provide safety glazing labeling. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 32 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 • Insulated Glass at Exterior Locations: Overall 1 -inch thick unit, consisting of two layers of 1/4 -inch thick clear glass separated by 1/2 -inch air space. Provide tempered glass and safety glazing labeling where required by code. • Clear Laminated, Insulated Glass at Tire Sales (Exterior): Overall 1-1/16 inch thick unit consisting of inner lite (1/4 -inch clear, tempered glass; 3/8 -inch air space; outer lite (3/16 -inch clear tempered glass + 0.060 -inch clear PVB + 3/16 -inch clear tempered glass). Provide safety glazing labeling. DIVISION 9 EXTERIOR PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) PATCHING AND REPAIR • Stucco Materials: Type I or Type I / II Portland cement, 1/2 -long alkaline -resistant fibers, Type S lime, washed natural or manufactured sand aggregates, and potable water. Factory -prepared Portland - cement base -coat mix is acceptable. • Finish Coat: Factory -mixed acrylic -emulsion coating systems. Include primers and sealing topcoats. • Provide galvanized trim and accessories necessary for a complete installation. • For masonry or concrete substrate, provide bonding compound. • Stucco Mix over Masonry: Apply one base coat and one finish coat. o Base Coat: Mix one part Portland cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material. For factory -prepared mix, follow manufacturer's written instructions. o Finish Coat: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. Match texture and color of adjacent construction. Provide a smooth transition between existing and new finish. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES & LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING • Exterior Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing: G -P "Dens -Glass Sheathing" or USG "Securock Glass -Mat Sheathing Panels" or CertainTeed "GlasRoc Sheathing"; 5/8 -inch thick, Type X with seaming tape; use Dow 795 sealant at penetrations. • Gypsum Fiber Panels behind Wall Tile in Restrooms; Stainless Steel in Food Areas; FRPP in Food Areas, Soda Alcoves, and Janitor Areas: NO SUBSTITITIONS: USG "Fiberock Brand Aqua Tough Interior Panels" without paper face, 5/8 -inch thick. • Interior Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36, Type "X", 5/8 -inch thick, long edge tapered. Note: Use behind FRPP in Sales accessible to shoppers. • Interior Shaftwall Assemblies: Fire resistance rating as indicated on Drawings. Manufacturer's standard shaftwall steel stud profiles and runner tracks, 20 gauge thick, 1 -inch thick Type X gypsum shaftliner panels with paper faces, double beveled edges. Provide firestop at head of shaft wall and penetrations to maintain continuity of fire resistance rating. • Sheet Metal Security Barrier: Provide 14 -gage sheet metal on one side of the wall construction, as shown. o At Pharmacy Lab: Install sheet from ceiling finish to bottom of metal deck/joist around entire perimeter of room. o At Vault Room: Install sheet full height of wall to bottom of metal deck/joist around entire perimeter of room. • Interior Wall and Ceiling Framing: Unless design is shown on Structural Drawings, provide design to withstand loads; allow for deflection. 20 gauge thick minimum for metal wall framing. Provide blocking and bracing required to support fixtures, grab bars, handrails, etc.; provide double studs at door jambs. • Interior Wall and Ceiling Framing Materials (minimum sizes shown): o T -Bar Ceiling Support Joist: 8x1 5/8 -inches x 16 -gage o Rotisserie Ceiling Support Joist: 8x1 5/8 -inches x 16 -gage o Gypsum Wallboard Ceiling Support: 8x1 5/8 -inches x 16 -gage o Headers: (2) 12x2 -inches x 14 -gage o Wall Studs: 3 5/8 -inch (6 -inch where noted) x 1 5/8 x 20 -gage, unless otherwise noted. o Wall Top & Bottom Tracks: 3 5/8 -inch (6 -inch where noted) x 1 1/4 x 16 -gage o Diagonal X -Bracing Straps: 3 -inch x 16 -gage in ceiling and walls o Horizontal Wall Bracing Straps: 1 '/2 -inch x 20 -gage o Screws — Metal to Metal: #8-18 x 1 -inch HWH #2 or PPH #2 o Screws — GWB to Metal: #10-24 x 1 '/2 -inch PWH #3 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 33 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 o Bottom Track Anchors: Hilti #DS37P10 (0.177 dia. X 1 '/2 -inch low velocity drive pins) o Hold downs: Simpson S/LTT20 —'/-inch all treaded embedded into Hilti Hit HY-150 adhesive o Metal Decking over Pharmacy & Vault: 1 '/2 -inch deep x 22 -gage Type B. Secure to framing with '/2 -inch puddle welds at 24 -inch centers. Post "No Storage" metal sign atop decking. o Header at Rotisserie: HSS 12x4x3/8-inches o Header Post at Rotisserie: HSS 3 1/2x3 1/2x3/16 -inch • Gypsum Board Finish Levels: o Level 1 — on surfaces at concealed locations. o Level 2 — on surfaces concealed behind tile, FRPP, DFRPP, and stainless steel panels. o Level 3 — not used. o Level 4 — on all surfaces except those listed as Level 1 or Level 2. TILING IN RESTROOMS • For Existinq Tile Work: Patch and repair tile to match existing adjacent tile and grout material, color, and pattern. Apply grout sealer. • For New Tile Work: Crossville Glazed Porcelain Tile, 12x12x5/16 inches, Crossville Cross -Colors A Series, A825 "Mercury", Cross -Sheen (unpolished). Provide all trim shapes required, including interior and exterior corners and bullnose at edges. CONTACT: Toni Hale, (931) 456-3997, thale@crossvilleinc.com. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. • Latex -Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): Mapei "Kerabond / Keralastic Premium Tile Mortar System" or H.B. Fuller, TEC "Full Flex Latex Modified Thin Set Mortar". • Sanded Grout: Mapei "Keracolor S" #27 Silver or TEC "AccuColor Premium Sanded Grout' #939 Mist; 1/8 -inch (3.2 mm) grout width. • Grout Cleaner and Sealer: "Grout Deep Clean" and "Grout Sealer" by Aqua Mix. TILE BASE (if required by Health Department) • Tile: B&W Tile Mfg., Catalog Number S -3619T, glazed 6 -inch high coved base approved by Health Dept. CONTACT: Gardena (310)538-9579 or Riverside (951)715-4620 or Lake Elsinore (951)245- 5500. ACOUSTIC CEILING • Suspension System: At non -fire -rated assembly, use Armstrong "Prelude XL 15/16 -inch Exposed Tee System", USG "Donn DX Suspension System", or CertainTeed "15/16 -inch Classic Stab System. At fire -rated assembly, use Armstrong "Prelude XL Fire Guard 15/16 -inch Exposed Tee System", USG "Donn DXL Suspension System", or CertainTeed "15/16 -inch Protectone Classic Fire -Rated (Type PCS) Stab System". Provide heavy-duty, double -web, 15/16 -inch wide; painted white system. Provide seismic resisting components where required, including Armstrong "Seismic Joint Clip — Main Beam (SJMR15)" and "Seismic Joint Clip — Cross Tee (SJCG)" at separation joints, and "Beam End Retaining Clip (BERC2)" at unattached wall molding, or equivalent components by USG Interiors or CertainTeed. Attach to structural members; do not attach to metal decking. • Ceiling Board: 5/8x24x48-inches, non -directional, Class -A, square edge, white color. o For standard lay -in acoustical ceiling board (AC -1), use Armstrong "Cortega Square Lay -in, Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 769, USG "Fissured, Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 562, or CertainTeed "Fine Fissured Trim Edge (Square) Item No. HHF-197. o For moisture -resistant lay -in mineral fiber ceiling board (AC -2), use Armstrong "Clean Room VL, Unperforated Panels" Item No. 870, USG "Clean Room ClimaPlus, Unperforated Panels" Item No. 56091, or CertainTeed "VinylShield A, Unperforated" Item No. 1100 -CRF -1. o For fire -rated lay -in acoustical ceiling board (AC -3), use Armstrong "Fire Guard Cortega Square Lay -in, Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 823, USG "Firecode Fissured, Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 586, or CertainTeed "Protectone Fine Fissured Trim Edge (Square) Item No. PF F-197. o For moisture -resistant lay -in gypsum ceiling board (AC -4), use USG "Sheetrock Lay -In Ceiling Panel ClimaPlus" Item No. 3270, or CertainTeed "Vinylrock" Item No. 1140 -CRF -1. RESILIENT FLOORING • Sheet Vinyl with Integral Coved Base: Armstrong "Connection Corlon" 88703 Desert Sand color. • Vinyl Composition Tile: Armstrong Standard "Excelon Imperial Texture", 1/8x12x12-inches; #51836 Shelter White color. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 34 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • Static Dissipating Vinyl Composition Tile at EDP Room: Armstrong "Excelon SDT"; #51951 Armor Gray color. Provide Armstrong S-202 Static Dissipative Tile Adhesive, Water -Based. Include 0.003 - inch thick copper grounding strips, with minimum 2 -foot length for every 1000 sq. ft. of tile installed over concrete slab -on -grade and for every 500 sq. ft. of tile installed on suspended subfloors. • Solid Vinyl Tile (SVT) at Pharmacy Consultation Room: Owner will supply the following: Mannington Commercial Luxury Vinyl Tile, 18x18x.10 inches, "Nature's Paths Rainfall" pattern and #12310 "Mist" color; Mannington M -Guard V-88 for a pressure sensitive adhesive installation; and No. 735 Underslung Reducer Strip (dry back), 1/8x1-5/8 inches, 8 -feet long, #901 Black color. Contractor is responsible for installation of SVT and reducer strip. • Rubber Base: Roppe #05 "Corn Silk" or Flexco #191 "Camel" in Optical; Roppe #175 "Slate" or Flexco #036 "Gray" at all other locations; Type TS (rubber, vulvanized thermoset), Group I (solid, homogenous), 1/8 -inch coved set -on type, height as noted. • Subfloor Leveler at Ramp at Hearing Center: Subfloor Leveler, No. 303, by Roppe, 1/2 x 18 x 48 inches, in quantity necessary to build up to ramp height indicated. Use urethane adhesive, ROP535U by Roppe, for installation. Install Pemko 1951A, 1 -3/8 -inch wide x 1/2 -inch high, aluminum threshold on both sides of door. • Stair Tread, Riser, Stringer and Platform: Roppe or Flexco; Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), Class 2, raised -diamond pattern, Group 1 with embedded abrasive strips, square nosing adjustable to cover angle, 1/4 -inch thick, in length and depth to fit each stair tread in one piece. Color to match rubber base. CARPET TILES AT HEARING CENTER • OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS —CONTACT: Mannington Commercial, Rhonda Voyles (800) 241- 2262, Ext. 6322, rhonda_voyles@mannington.com for US locations; Melissa Interiano (800) 241- 2262, Ext. 6591, melissa_interiano@mannington.com for Mexico locations. • Carpet Tile & Adhesive: "Means I I -Modular Cushion" tiles; MT -711 adhesive. • Contractor to provide leveling and patching compounds if necessary. • Contractor to provide edge guards and carpet transition strips where floor material changes. Use hard vinyl edge reducers by Roppe, Johnsonite, or Flexco, in color to be selected by Architect. POLYMER FLOORING • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: HTI Polymer, Chris Campton (425) 487-8911. • Material: By General Polymers. • Existing Finishes: Where an existing floor finish (as described below) is scheduled to remain, patch, repair, and install new materials to match existing adjacent floor finish. o PF -1: TPM 115 U-1, Color "Custom Malt", medium texture (Bakery, Bakery Cooler, & Food Service). o PF -2: TPM 115 U-1, Color "Custom Malt", standard texture (Meat Prep & Deli). o PF -4: Ceramic Carpet 400, Color "Custom Ash", medium texture (Restrooms). o PF -5: TPM 115 U-4, Color Steel Gray, Texture 2 (Janitor, Demo Room) o PF -6: TPM 115 U -HC, Color Steel Gray, Texture 2 (Battery Charger) o PF -7: FasTop S with Epoxy Undercoat and Sealer Coat, Color "Custom Malt" (Meat Cooler, Bakery Freezer and Dish Prep) o PF -9: FasTop S with Novolac Sealer Coats, Color "Lapis Lustre" (Chicken Rotisserie and Chicken Prep) o PF -11: TPM 115 U-1, Color "Ash", medium texture (Soda Dispensers). • New Finishes: Where an existing floor finish is scheduled to be removed and a new floor finish to be installed, use the following flooring systems: o PF -A: General Polymers FasTop 12 TC Urethane Cement System (Freshline, Food Service) (and in front of ovens and inside proof -box in Bakery in Canada). Colors — White and Black applied with a sprayer apparatus. Joint Filler — Metzger McGuire "Spat -Pro RS 88"; "Gray" joint color. o PF -B: General Polymers FasTop MVT Decorative Flake System (Restrooms and Soda Dispensers), 3/16 -inch total thickness. Custom Color — "Ash". Cove Base — General Polymers 4844 Clear Pace Coat. Joint Filler — Metzger McGuire "Spal-Pro RS 88"; Color - "Standard Gray". MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 35 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 o PF -C: General Polymers FasTop 12S U-4 (Demo Room, Compactor Door Area, Scrubber Pit and Janitor) (First Aid Room and Oil Storage in Canada). Color — "Steel Gray". Joint Filler — Metzger McGuire "Spal-Pro RS 88"; Color - "Standard Gray". • At areas requiring polymer flooring finish except Restrooms: All floor drains, sinks, or utility boxes shall be placed so that the top finished elevation of the fixture is set 1/4 inch (6 mm) above the finished elevation of the concrete slab. • At areas in Restrooms requiring polymer flooring finish: All floor drains, sinks, or utility boxes shall be placed so that the top finished elevation of the fixture is set 1/8 inch (3 mm) above the finished elevation of the concrete slab. • Where polymer flooring is installed on suspended floor slab with occupied space below, provide waterproofing membrane as part of the polymer flooring system. • HTI Polymer will be responsible for chasing and providing a smooth transition of the polymer floor to the fixtures. General Contractor is responsible for proper drainage, overall. • General Contractor shall provide 3 phase 480 volt 50 amp power at the jobsite and not further than 10 feet from installation area. STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS • Panels: 20 -gage, Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish (No. 2B at concealed surfaces); provide corner, center and end slip joints, cleats and moldings. Use stainless steel screws or nails. • Adhesive and Sealant: Use single -component, non -sag, neutral -curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920; type S, grade NS, class 25, use N; mold -and -mildew resistant, certified for food contact; in gray color. SOUND CURTAIN • E.J. Davis "Sound Absorption Baffles", 2 inches thick, with grommet inserts along top edges. PAINTING • Sherwin-Williams or PPG Architectural Finishes; provide block fillers, primers and finish -coat materials from same paint manufacturer. Prep surfaces; apply minimum 2 finish coats for complete coverage to achieve a uniform painted appearance, smooth and free from runs, sags, skips and defective brushing. • Use primer and finish coats from same manufacturer. • No copper surfaces or unpainted pipe or steel shall be left in contact with or exposed to weather above galvalume roof panels. • Touch-up and restore finish where damaged or defaced, and leave in first-class condition. • Interior Paint Materials: Includes paint on steel doors and frames including inside faces of egress doors and frames, stairs, railings, gypsum wallboard, mechanical and electrical components, columns, beams, joist, fasteners, anchors, miscellaneous steel and where indicated. o Primer for Concrete Masonry Units: Sherwin Williams Heavy Duty Block Filler B42W46 or PPG 6-15 Speedhide Interior/Exterior Masonry Hi Fill Latex Block Filler. o Primer for Un -galvanized and Galvanized Steel: Sherwin Williams Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Water Based Primer B66-310 Series or PPG 90-912 Pitt Tech Plus DTM Acrylic Primer. o Primer for Gypsum Wallboard: Sherwin Williams ProMar 400 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer B28WO4600 or PPG 6-2 Speedhide Interior Latex Primer. o Two Finish Coats: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Enamel B31-2600 (semi -gloss) B20-2600 (eg-shel) or PPG Speedhide Interior Zero VOC Latex 6-4510 (semi -gloss) and 6-4310 (eggshell). Match existing sheen finish on adjacent finished surfaces. For new surfaces, provide eggshell finish on gypsum wallboard and semi -gloss finish on all other surfaces. o Woodwork, Cart Rails, and Wood Trim (Two Coats): Sherwin Williams Minwax Polycrylic Finish or PPG DFT257 Interior Water Based Polyurethane Clear, Gloss. Sand between coats. o For Exposed Plywood Protective Sheets in Tire Center: One primer coat of Sherwin Williams Premium Wall & Wood Interior Latex Primer B28WO8111 or PPG 17-921 Seal Grip Acrylic Latex Interior/Exterior Primer Sealer AND two finish coats of Sherwin Williams Sher -Cry[ HPA High Performance Acrylic B66 Series or PPG 90-1310 Series Pitt -Tech Plus Gloss Acrylic Enamel. o For Exposed Roof/Ceiling Wood Structure: One primer coat of Sherwin Williams PrepRite ProBlock Interior/Exterior Latex Primer Sealer B51 Series or PPG 17-921 Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer AND two finish coats of Sherwin Williams MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 36 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall B42W1 or 6-725X1 Speedhide SuperTech Dry -Fog Spray Paint Flat Latex. o For Exposed Wood Trim (Painted): One primer coat of Sherwin Williams PrepRite ProBlock Interior/Exterior Latex Primer Sealer B51 Series or PPG 17-921 Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer AND two finish coats of Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Enamel B31-2600 (semi -gloss) or PPG Speedhide Interior Zero VOC Latex 6-500 (semi -gloss). Match sheen finish on adjacent finished surfaces. • Exterior Paint Materials: Includes paint on steel doors and frames, stairs, railings, ladders, piping, tubing, conduit, underside of deck, steel architectural features including canopies and trellises, steel surfaces in the Entry Canopy and Receiving Canopy, miscellaneous steel, and other exposed and unfinished steel surfaces. o Primer for Un -galvanized and Galvanized Steel: Sherwin Williams ProCryl Universal Water - Based Primer B66-310 or PPG 90-712 Pitt Tech Plus DTM Acrylic Primer. This field -applied primer coat is required, whether or not steel has been shop primed. Clean and spot -prime field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and then apply primer to entire structure. Test to determine proper bond and adhesion to substrate prior to applying primer and finish coat. o Primer for Prefinished Metal Panels and PVC Piping: Sherwin Williams DTM Bonding Primer B66A50 or 17-921 Seal Grip Acrylic Primer. o Primer for Copper Piping and Tubing: Sherwin Williams DTM Wash Primer B71 Y1 or PPG 90- 712 Pitt Tech Plus DTM Acrylic Primer. o Two Finish Coats: Sherwin Williams Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66-300 or PPG 90- 1310 Series Pitt -Tech Plus Gloss Acrylic Enamel. o Colors: Sherwin Williams SW 6252 "Ice Cube" for all exposed areas of underside of Entry Canopy and Receiving Canopy; "Safety Yellow" for gas piping above roof; and match color of galvalume-coated roof panel for all other piping, tubing and conduit above roof. • Interior Colors: In general, match existing. Where not adjoining existing colors, provide: o General wallboard: Semi -Gloss; match SW 7003 "Toque White" unless otherwise noted on Drawings. o Inside Optical Reception/Exam: Semi -Gloss; match SW 6107 "Nomadic Desert" o Galvanized/Un-galvanized Steel Metal: Semi -Gloss; match SW 7030 "Anew Gray". o Plywood in Tire Center: Semi -Gloss; Colors: Black in Tire Install, White in Tire Sales. DIVISION 10 INTERIOR SIGNAGE • Kroy "Criterion" Series or Best "HC300" Series; comply with ADA (or California Title 24 Accessibility), size and text as indicated on Drawings (or Men 12 -inch triangular, Women 12 -inch diameter circular, and Unisex or Family 12 -inch diameter circular with inset triangle signs), rigid plastic with 0.50 -inch radius corner frames, with background in blue color per FS 595B No. 15090 and white text, graphics and symbols. Securely attach to wall using mounting tape, mechanical fasteners or brackets (match existing). TOILET COMPARTMENTS • Compartments: Accurate Partitions, Global Partitions or Metpar, floor anchored, overhead -braced compartments; Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 satin finish. 1 -inch x 22 -gage doors and partition panels; 1 '/4 -inch pilasters. Chrome -plated die cast Zamac exposed door hardware; include coat hook & rubber bumper, stop, keeper, and concealed latch on door. ADA compliant self-closing doors with door -pull for out -swinging door. • Urinal Screen Brackets: Two standard plus Jacknob "Wing Bracket #2700" at top and bottom of urinal screen. TOILET ACCESSORIES • Accessories: Bobrick; ADA compliant, stainless steel finish. Provide feminine napkin/tampon dispensers (B-3706 Series for 25¢ single -coin operation), napkin disposal (B-270), seat cover dispensers (B-221), roll tissue dispensers (B-2740), soap dispensers (B-822) at trough sinks in Women's and Men's Restrooms, soap dispensers (B-4112) at other locations, mirrors (B-165 Series at single lavatory or B-290 at main Restrooms), grab bars (B-6806 Series), paper towel dispensers (B-262 if not supplied by Owner), 4"x18" shelf (Gamco MS -18), and coat hook (B-6827). MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 37 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 • Purse Shelf and Hooks (SOIC): Install in Women's Restroom. • Hand Dryers (SOIC): Dyson Airblade AB -14 Hand Dryer, gray color. • Diaper Changing Station: Gray -colored, surface -mounted horizontal unit, use Safe -Strap "Diaper Depot Horizontal Diaper Changing Station" or Koala Kare "Koala Horizontal Baby Changing Station, Model No. KB200-01". Install one in each Family Restroom. • Verify blocking is in place to support accessories. WALL PROTECTION • Stainless Steel Corner Guards: IPC Inpro, Pawling or StainlessDrains.com; satin finish, 16 -gage; 3- 1/2x3 -1/2 -inch wings for single L -bends or U -guards, field applied adhesive. • Cart Rails: 6/48 (1 -1/2x7'/4 -inches actual) Douglas Fir or Larch, "C -Select" (Choice AWP) grade per Western Lumber Grading Rules; boards almost completely clear of defects. Miter cut splices and corners. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES • Access Door: Karp or Milcor; 14 -gage flush steel doors with concealed spring hinges in 16 -gage angle frame; factory -applied prime paint. Photo Center: Provide Karp, Model DSC214M, flush access panel with paddle handle. BIRD CONTROL DEVICES • Use "3/4 -inch Mesh, Heavy Duty 12/6 Bird Net 200" by Bird -B -Gone or 7/8 -inch Mesh, PermaNet System" by Birdmaster or "3/4 -inch Mesh, FlyBye Polyethylene Bird Netting" by FlyBye Bird Control Products. Select netting color to be nearly invisible to a ground -level observer. Use stainless steel hardware and cable framework. Provide accessible panels for ease of maintenance of fixtures and equipment above netting. DIVISION 11 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT • CONTACT: 4Front Engineered Solutions, Wendall Compton, (972) 389-1418 or (469) 900-5599, wendall.compton@entrematic.com. • Mechanical Dock Leveler: Model WS8740, 40,000 lbs capacity, 8 -feet long x 7 -feet wide x 20 -inch lip extension, operating range 12 inches above and 12 inches below dock, leveler operated by pulling release ring at rear of ramp, weather -seal at sides. Color: Gray. • Foam Pad Dock Seal: Serco Model S-2000 "Ultra Seal", 22 oz black vinyl fabric with black XL -100 4 - inch exposure wear pleats, having 12 -inch projection bottom and 10 -inch projection top. • Steel -Faced Laminated Dock Bumpers: 20 inches high x11 inches wide x 6 inches thick. • Loading Dock Light: Model DSDL-40P, 40 inches, with electrical interconnection, 100 -watt PAR -38 bulb in each dock light and one spare. • Vehicle Restraints: Model SL60 "Pit Bull" with exterior controls. DIVISION 12 SITE FURNISHINGS • Bike Racks: Dero Bike Rack Co. "Rolling Bike Racks RR Series" or Creative Pipe Inc. "Thunderbolt TB Series", hot -dip galvanized steel, surface mounting, in quantity shown on drawings. DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER GENERAL • Fire Sprinkler System shall be Contractor designed and provided system. • Work includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the sprinkler system. • All work to comply with NFPA 13 and applicable codes/standards. • Include corrosion protection when required by local jurisdiction. • Installation of sprinkler system shall be by a licensed and certified sprinkler and/or fire protection contractor with a minimum of five years experience installing sprinkler systems. SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design densities, area of coverage, sprinkler temperature, finish, etc. are to meet the following Owner's criteria — no substitutions. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 38 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • Warehouse Areas: 0.60/2000, 196 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/400 GPM inside/outside hose provision; per NFPA 13, Class -IV Commodity on double -row racks (no solid shelves); 8 -foot minimum aisles; 20'-0" high, non -encapsulated. • Office/Pharmacy/Optical/Restrooms: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. • Meat/Bakery/Fresh Line: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. • Freezers/Coolers with Low Racks: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. • Produce/Dairy Coolers with High Racks: 0.385/2000, 100 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/400 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Per NFPA 13, Class 1-11 Commodity on single -row racks (no solid shelves); 4 -foot minimum aisles; 20'-0" high, non -encapsulated • Freezers/Coolers with High Racks: 0.43/2000, 100 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/400 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Per NFPA 13, Class III Commodity on single -row racks (no solid shelves); 4 -foot minimum aisles; 20'-0" high, non -encapsulated. • Canopy Dry System: 0.20/1950, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. • Tire Sales: 0.30/2500, 100 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/650 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Tire storage per NFPA 13. • Tire Installation: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. SPRINKLER SUBMITTALS • Provide complete coordinated shop drawings; per NFPA 13, Section 22.1 'Working Plans". • Provide hydraulic calculations for all areas of protection. • Make complete submittals only — no partial submittals. • Submit shop drawings and calculations to Architect for preliminary review. Upon completion of review by Architect, submit shop drawings and calculations to Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. Submit revised drawings and calculations for review and approval as required by changes in the contract documents during construction. • Gain all approvals prior to fabrication and installation. • Provide all welding stamps, certificates or other documentation as required for local authority approval. • Deliver two -sets of "As -Built" sprinkler shop drawings and all Certificates of Inspection to the Architect upon completion of punch list items and prior to final acceptance. • Upon approval and acceptance of the system, provide three copies of operating instructions, approved shop drawings, maintenance manual, copy of NFPA 25, a spare parts list and a list of phone numbers for emergency repair personnel. SPRINKLER MATERIALS • All materials to comply with applicable codes/standards and be U.L. listed and/or Factory Mutual approved. • Piping: o All piping is to be new black steel, prepared for painting; approved for 175 psi; conforming to ASTM A135 and A795; FM approved. o Piping and fittings to be US manufactured or approved equal. o Piping 4 -inch or larger to be Schedule -10 with a CRR value of 1.0 or greater. All other pipes are to be Schedule -40 with a CRR value of 1.0 or greater. Couplings, fittings, and other wet components to have a CRR value of 1.0 or greater. o Piping 3'/2 -inches and larger to be roll -groove installation; other size pipes to be threaded or roll - groove installation. o Piping to be capped and fully protected from exposure to environment to prevent rust during transit and storage on-site. o Rusted, dented, or otherwise damaged piping will not be acceptable. o Crimp -type installations are NOT PERMITTED. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 39 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • Sprinklers: o Extended Area or Flex -Head or sprinklers are not approved, unless noted otherwise on the Contract Documents. NO EXCEPTIONS. o Quick Response (QR) sprinklers are acceptable for use at non -storage areas only. Quick Response (QR) sprinklers shall not be installed at areas considered "storage". No reduction for the area of coverage will be allowable per Owner's requirements. o Flex tubing shall be provided at the Hearing Booth; Contractor shall verify quantity of Hearing Booths. Flex tubing shall be installed per manufacturer's data sheet and shall be identified correct within system hydraulic calculations where applicable. • Freezer/Cooler Sprinklers: NO SUBSTITUTIONS -- Dry Pendent Sprinklers o Low Stock/Rack— Tyco Model TY3555 (standard response); concealed -type; minimum temperature rating of 200° F (due to de -frost mode). o High Stock/Rack -- Tyco Model TY5255 (standard response); semi -recessed -type; minimum temperature rating of 200° F (due to de -frost mode). • Escutcheons: Recessed -type at suspended grid ceilings; adjustable 401 -Type at other finished ceiling pendent sprinklers. o Adjustable 401 -Type are not permitted to be used within any Freezer/Cooler. Spacing of sprinklers shall comply with the obstruction criteria referenced in NFPA 13. NO EXCEPTIONS. • Hangers, Seismic Bracing and Thrust Bracing: Comply with NFPA 13. Provide thrust bracing at the top of all risers and changes in direction of dry main piping to prevent movement of piping during system energize. SPRINKLER INSTALLATION • Coordinate piping locations with other trades; branch -line piping to run within the framing above bottom chord of trusses (tight to roof deck). Run mains tight to beams and with the roof slope. Provide auxiliary drains as required. • Do NOT hang or support any loads from the metal roof deck or joist bridging. • Do NOT cut or punch openings in any structural member. • Provide all necessary piping supports, hangers, attachment and seismic bracing; comply NFPA 13 or local build code if more stringent. • Secure hangers and supporting steel to the top chord of steel joist/girder using beam clamps. Attach within 6 -inches of joist/girder panel points. • Maximum distance between supports is 8 -feet where sprinkler lines run parallel to joist and 10 -feet perpendicular to joist. • Position sprinklers deflectors with relation to obstructions and ceilings per NFPA 13. Provide standard sprinklers in upright position to protect from forklift damage. Install roof sprinkler deflectors a minimum of 48 -inches above projected height of storage for the use of the EC -25 sprinklers; other sprinkler deflectors to be a minimum of 18 -inches above projected height of storage. • Symmetrically space sprinkler heads in finished ceilings; heads located in ceiling tile shall be "quarter - pointed", (+/-) 2 -inches. • Fill system with water/air in manner to minimize horizontal thrust or undue lateral loads. • Pitch all dry piping to a low point drain located within interior of building. • Provide sprinkler protection at Electrical Rooms per local jurisdiction. No main piping permitted in Electrical Room/Platform; no sprinkler piping above panel boards; provide shielding of electrical equipment. • If none currently exist, provide pressure relief valves on each modified sprinkler system. • Install horizontal piping prior to painting. • Penetrations of rated assemblies shall be fire -stopped with approved materials. • Provide appropriate signage at all control and drain valve locations. • Prepare piping for painting contractor; remove labels, stickers, tags, tape, oil residuals and grease. Install protective plastic bags on sprinkler heads where painting may occur. • Replace painted sprinklers at no additional cost to the Owner; cleaning of sprinkler heads to remove paint is not acceptable. • Provide flushing and drainage as required by NFPA 13; flush to sanitary sewer. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 40 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • Leave entire sprinkler system clean in every respect at conclusion of work. ROTISSERIE/FOOD SERVICE HOOD SYSTEM • Hood Supplied by Owner: Provide and coordinate all connecting services with hood requirements. o Confirm order delivery time with Owner. o IMPORTANT: Verify hood size prior to start of framing. • Contractor to provide completed system to comply NFS, NFPA 17A & 96, UL/ULC 710 & 300; pre- engineered, wet cartridge operated, fixed nozzle, piped system; manual reset. Interlocks/valves for automatic power/fuel shut-off of protected appliances; fan shut -down of make-up air unit (if manufacturer requires). • Obtain all jurisdictional approvals; provide all necessary documents. • Ansul hood fire suppression system installed by approved Ansul Subcontractor; capable of sending an alarm to monitoring system. • All piping shall be Schedule 40 threaded malleable iron, black pipe, or stainless steel. No cast iron pipe, tubing, or flexible hose connections are permitted in the discharge piping except as required: o Ansul's Agent Distribution Hose and Restraining Cable Kit Part no 435982 is to be used between the food service area conveyor pizza oven and wall when pizza oven appliance protection is provided. • Provide hinged rooftop -mounted up -blast type exhaust fan complete with grease trough; set on vented roof curb. • Provide rooftop -mounted make-up air unit; make-up air = 80% from unit, 20% from warehouse, if Rotisserie is enclosed. • Exhaust ducts to be 16 -gage black steel; joints and seams welded (by Mechanical Contractor). Run ducts straight between hood and roof; no offsets. • Wrap ducts with 3M "Fire Barrier" 1 -hour duct wrap insulation; UL#YYET-R14229. DIVISION 22 PLUMBING WORK -- GENERAL • Plumbing Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. • Work includes plumbing, piping, and insulation of Plumbing Work. All systems shall be fully adjusted and ready to use. • Work also includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the plumbing systems. • Contact and coordinate all utility companies as required to perform the work. • Rough -in and connect all equipment furnished by the Owner, Contractor, Vendors or Electrical Contractor. • Provide all necessary controls and control wiring to make each system complete and operable. • All work to comply with applicable codes/standards. • All fasteners, clamps, etc. shall be of non -corrosive material as approved by the roof manufacturer. To maintain roofing warranty, submit roof penetration method/materials to roofing manufacturer for approval. PLUMBING BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS • Provide vibration isolation mountings and seismic restraints. • Secure all equipment to the building structure; comply all applicable codes. • Provide pipe thermometers and pressure gages as required. • Provide rain -hoods, access doors/panels, drain pans, equipment guards and drip shields above electrical equipment. • Labeling: Identify piping with color code and stencil; comply W. H. Brady Co. B-946 or equal. • Provide valve tags and name tags for all equipment. • Sleeves: Where piping passes through floors/walls, provide Schedule 40 pipe sleeves; extend sleeve full thickness of floor/wall and project 1 -inch above floor; allow'/2-inch radial clearance beyond pipe/insulation. Seal space between pipe and sleeve with sealant (fire -rated sealant at rated -walls); provide compression seal where pipes pass through walls below grade. PLUMBING INSULATION MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 41 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 • Piping Insulation: Fiberglass, phenolic foam or closed cell elastomeric as appropriate; insulate condensate drain lines, domestic hot and cold water, piping to roof drains, hot water supply and circulating piping. Continue insulation through wall/ceiling/sleeve; insulate on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used for a continuous, unbroken vapor seal. Adequately insulate and vapor seal all hangers, supports, anchors, etc. that are secured to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. SOIL, WASTE AND DRAINAGE • General: Verify all invert -elevation connection points prior to starting Work. • Soil Pipe at Grease Waste Lines: 0 2 -inch and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel (CPVC — 200° F. if approved by local code). 0 2'/2 -inches and Larger Above Ground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (CPVC — 200'F. if approved by local code). o Underground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (CPVC — 200° F. if approved by local code). • Soil Pipe at Non -Grease Waste Lines (Restrooms and Condensate Lines): 0 2 -inch and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). 0 2'/2 -inches and Larger Above Ground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). o Underground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). • Soil Pipe at Photo Lab and Soda Alcove: PVC for above and below grade; all sizes. • Vent Piping: 0 1 '/-inches and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). 0 2 -inches and Larger Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel; Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). o Underground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless cast iron mechanical coupling (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). • Indirect Waste Piping: Galvanized steel pipe, copper or plastic. • Roof Drain Piping: Schedule 40 black steel, welded or grooved end fittings; standard weight hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket and stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). Insulate pipes. • Condensate Drain Piping: Galvanized steel pipe, copper or plastic. For buildings with metal roof system, use ABS or PVC only. All exterior PVC to be Schedule 80. • Piping Installation: Install promptly; cap or plug open ends. Provide uniform pitch of at least'/4-inch per foot (unless noted otherwise) for horizontal waste and soil piping with the building; pitch vents for proper drainage. Do not cut structural members. Provide polyethylene encasement when corrosive soil conditions exist. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM • Domestic Water Piping: Copper; Type -L above grade, Type -K below grade. Spirally wrap underground copper with 3M bitumastic tape. • No underground water piping inside building downstream of water header; use overhead piping only. • Valves: Provide sectional valves on each branch and riser; shutoff valves on inlet of each plumbing equipment/fixture; drain valve on each plumbing equipment item to drain equipment for service or repair; check valves on discharge side of each pump. • Provide hangers, supports and anchors. • Locate piping runs vertically and horizontally to building walls/ceiling (pitched to drain); avoid diagonal runs. Install with minimum joints; align accurately at connections. • Water heaters to have sheet metal pan; drain to an indirect drain. • Clean exterior of piping and prepare for coatings. Flush system with clean water before testing per Plumbing Code. Inspect joints, supports and accessory items. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 42 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 • General: Chromium -over -nickel finish at exposed metal parts; stops at each fixture water connection; faucets with renewable cartridges; vitreous caps at water closet bolts; escutcheon at each point where pipe enters wall at fixture. Seal all joints with silicone sealant where fixtures abut walls and floors. At items furnished by others, provide all P -traps, tailpieces, escutcheons and stop valves. • Water Closet: Zurn Z5615.214.00.00.00 Ecovantage, manual flush valve, wall -hung siphon jet, elongated bowl, white vitreous china: water -saver flushes 1.28 gallons minimum at 25 psi. 1 " - screwdriver back -check angle stop, adjustable tailpiece, vacuum breaker flush connection and spud coupling for 1 '/z" top spud. Zurn 5955SS-EL, open front white toilet seat; no cover, stainless steel hinge with check. • Urinal: Kohler K -4920-T, floor -mounted, white vitreous china; 3%" top spud, 2" floor outlet, water saver flushes on 0.5 -gallons, Sloan Royal Optima Model 186-0.5 with dual -filtered type diaphragm kit; low consumption flush valve; chrome -plated for either left or right hand supply; equipped with solenoid operator, Optima EL -1500 adaptive sensor; (4) tamper -proof screws and chrome -plated wall cover -plate for two -gang electrical box. Provide Sloan EL -154 transformer; 120V AC input/24VAC output, Class ll, UL listed, 48 VA (minimum); one transformer serves up to 10 Optima flushometers. • ADA Multi -Station Hand Sink at Public Restrooms: Intersan Manufacturing Co.; 5.0 -5 -L9 -A7-5, 120"x17"x6" deep, 5 -user wash basin with support brackets and mounting plates, 16 -gage, Type 304 stainless steel tapered bowls with (1) basket drain, wall -hung; (5) 1 3/8" faucet holes. Contact Intersan (800) 999-3101. o Lavatory faucet Zurn Z6913 -ACA, ADA -compliant, chrome plated finish, sensor activated, AC powered. • Lavatory Wall Hung: Kohler Brenham K-1997, white vitreous china, 22"x19", wall -hung with 4" faucet hole centers. Sloan faucet ETF-600-BDT, 4 -inch centers, sensor -operated. Plug-in transformer, below deck, thermostatic mixing valve, with ETF -233 transformer to operate up to 2 faucets. 0.5 GPM vandal resistant spray -head. • Optical Exam Sink: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing. Single compartment 15'x17'/2"x7'/2" deep, 18 - gage, Type 302 self -rimming stainless steel; faucet ledge. Elkay LK -4121 chrome faucet, swing spout with 10" outlet height. 8" reach, LK -335 sink drain and tailpiece. • Pharmacy Lab Sink: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing. Single compartment 15'x17'/2"x7'/2" deep, 18 - gage, Type 302 self -rimming stainless steel; faucet ledge. Elkay LK -4121 chrome faucet, swing spout with 10" outlet height. 8" reach, LK -335 sink drain and tailpiece. • Hearing Center Sink: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing -- Owner Supplied, Contractor Installed. • Drinking Fountain: Elkay EZS8, wall -mounted water cooler, 8.0 GPH base rate, 115V, single-phase, 4.0 FLA, flexible bubbler guard. • Drinking Fountain: Elkay EZSTL8C, wall -mounted bi-level water cooler, 8.0 GPH base rate, 115V, single-phase, 4.0 FLA, flexible bubbler guard • Thermostatic Mixing Valve at Fresh -Line and Public Restroom: Symmons Maxline 5 -230 -CK; mixing valve with lockable temperature setting and hot and cold checks, set temperature to 100 deg F. • Thermostatic Mixing Valve at Photo: Bradley Navigator S19-2000; mixing valve with lockable temperature setting and hot and cold checks, built-in cold -water bypass. Positive shut-off of hot water if cold water supply is lost. • Floor Sink Drain at Fresh-Line/Food Service: Stainless Drains.Com CSDSINK 12x12x10; indirect sink waste, 12" square, extra deep 14 -gage stainless steel receptor. Dome bottom strainer; perforated'/r grate and internal flange. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785-2345; Shelia .stainlessdrains.com • Floor Drain at Fresh-Line/Food Service: Stainless Drains.Com CSDFS-R-4 10-50.S; heavy duty, 1/2" stainless steel slotted grate with 12 -gage Type 304 stainless steel body; anchor tables, no -hub outlet; stainless steel sediment basket. Drill and tap upper frame for trap primer as required. Set top of drain 1/2 -inch below floor; slope floor at 1% to drain for a 4 -foot radius. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785-2345; Sheliaastainlessdrains.com • Floor Drain at Restroom/Janitor: Stainless Drains.Com CSD6000AT-TPC3; 6" floor drain with 14 - gage stainless steel body; drain provided with perforated 12 -gage stainless steel adjustable top. Provide with trap primer connection. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785- 2345; Sheliaastainlessdrains.com MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 43 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • Floor Trench Drain at Meat Prep/Rotisserie: Stainless Drains.Com SD6X1Slotted; 14 -gage stainless steel body with %" stainless steel slotted grate. Prove with SDSB sediment basket; 6" wide. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785-2345; Shelia(a-.stainlessdrains.com. • Chair Carriers: Provide wall -hung fixtures with concealed fixture hanger constructed for fixture, cast iron feet sit on sub -floor or cast in sub -floor, or supported by floor -to -ceiling pipes. Exposed arm supports, white enamel finish where fixture is mounted on plastic walls, vitreous enamel where mounted against tile or glazed finish walls. Support base shall not extend beyond wall of chase into finished space. o See Plumbing Drawings for product model numbers. • Roof & Overflow Drains: Cast iron body with polyethylene dome; Zurn Z-100, 15 -inch diameter at Warehouse; Zurn Z-121, 12 -inch diameter at Canopy. Optional 2 -inch high dam at overflow drains. Warehouse rain leader 8 -inch except 10 -inch in heavy -rain coastal areas; canopy rain leader 6 -inch. o Wrap rain leaders with PVC to 8 -feet above floor where exposed to view. DIVISION 23 MECHANICAL WORK -- GENERAL • Mechanical Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. • Work includes air conditioning, ventilation, controls and insulation of Mechanical Work. All systems shall be fully adjusted and ready to use. • Work also includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the Mechanical systems. • Contact and coordinate all utility companies as required to perform the work. • Rough -in and connect all equipment furnished by the Owner, Contractor, Vendors or Electrical Contractor. • Provide all necessary controls and control wiring to make each system complete and operable; include switches, thermostats, interlocks and time clocks. • Furnish and install smoke detectors; verify existing voltage. • Coordinate connection of equipment to the Building Management System (Enflex or Trane Tracer). • All work to comply with applicable codes/standards. • All fasteners, clamps, etc. shall be of non -corrosive material as approved by the roof manufacturer. To maintain roofing warranty, submit roof penetration method/materials to roofing manufacturer for approval. MECHANICAL BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS • Provide vibration isolation mountings and seismic restraints. • Secure all equipment to the building structure; comply all applicable codes. • Provide pipe thermometers and pressure gages as required. • Provide rain -hoods, access doors/panels, drain pans, equipment guards and drip shields above electrical equipment. • Labeling: Identify piping with color code and stencil; comply W. H. Brady Co. B-946 or equal. • Provide valve tags and name tags for all equipment; label all air conditioning units and exhaust fans with 6 -inch high block lettering on the exterior of the units. • Sleeves: Where piping passes through floors/walls, provide Schedule 40 pipe sleeves; extend sleeve full thickness of floor/wall and project 1 -inch above floor; allow 1/2 -inch radial clearance beyond pipe/insulation. Seal space between pipe and sleeve with sealant (fire -rated sealant at rated -walls); provide compression seal where pipes pass through walls below grade. MECHANICAL INSULATION • Piping Insulation: Fiberglass, phenolic foam or closed cell elastomeric as appropriate; insulate condensate drain lines, domestic hot and cold water, piping to roof drains, hot water supply and circulating piping. Continue insulation through wall/ceiling/sleeve; insulate on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used for a continuous, unbroken vapor seal. Adequately insulate and vapor seal all hangers, supports, anchors, etc. that are secured to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. • Ductwork and Air -Handling Equipment Insulation: Insulate all air -handling systems from the outside air intake to the room outlets including ductwork, plenums, casings, coils, fans and sound attenuators. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 44 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Ductwork and equipment with internal acoustical lining will not require external insulation. Do not use internal lining on ducts serving a make-up air system. Secure rigid insulation with pins; joints tightly butted. Fill joints, breaks, punctures with vapor barrier mastic and tape at cold ductwork. Apply flexible blanket insulation to ductwork with Foster 85-20 mastic; seal all punctures and voids with vapor barrier. FUEL GAS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT • General: Notify gas utility provider of changes to gas system; provide gas load values for new gas- fired equipment. Verify existing service/meter and pressure is adequate for new gas loads; if required, coordinate with gas utility for replacement of meter. • Pipe Preparation for Painting: At piping above roof or exposed to weather, prepare piping for painting. At project completion, verify no gas piping above the roof remains unpainted. • Seismic Requirements: Provide ASCE certified seismic gas shutoff valve on main gas line to building and seismic bracing for all gas piping over 2'/2 -inches. For interior gas-fired equipment, provide approved flexible gas pipe connection from drip -leg tee to each piece of equipment. • Gas Piping: o Pipe 1 '/z -inches and Smaller: Black steel, standard weight; Class 150 malleable iron threaded fittings (Wrought steel butt -welding Contractor's Option). o Pipe 2 -inches and Larger: Black steel, standard weight; wrought steel butt -welding fittings. • Gas Piping Installation: Ground gas piping electrically and bond tightly to grounding electrode. Install drip -legs at each piece of equipment and each vertical rise; install tee with bottom outlet plugged. Use insulated couplings where dissimilar metals are joined underground. SPECIAL PIPING SYSTEM (COMPRESSED AIR) • General: Air compressors and hose reels furnished by Owner; Mechanical Contractor to unpack, set and pipe. • Compressed Air Specialties: Provide filter, automatic drain, air line regulator and quick disconnect; Wilkerson, Norgren or Amflo. • Compressed Air Piping: o Tire Installation and Non -Food Areas: Galvanized standard weight. o Meat and Bakery: Type -L copper. • Piping Installation: Install piping pitched down with flow with the end drained using an automatic drain. Anchor all vertical drops and hose connections. Test at 1 '/ working pressure or 150 psi (whichever is greater) after the lines have been cleaned. ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS • HVAC Units: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing. o Provide two-year warranty for both materials and labor. o Combination gas heat/electric cooling with insulated weather -tight casing and compressors, condenser coil, condenser fans, evaporator coil, return air filters, supply motors and drives, unit controls and gas-fired heating section. o Units to be fully charged with refrigerant. o Units to have labels, decals and tags to describe service and indicate caution areas. o Internal wiring to be colored and numbered for identification. o Interface control module to Energy Management System. o Vendor shall provide startup. • HVAC Unit Installation: Set level and plumb. Coordinate installation of disconnect switches and electric power wiring by the Electrical Contractor. o Provide continuous neoprene gasket between unit and curb. o Secure unit to curb with 7 -inch long x 3/16 -inch stainless steel aircraft cable with 340P500 clevis each end; minimum four cables for first 1,000 pounds of unit weight and additional two cables for each increment of 1,000 pounds of unit weight. o Assemble and install supply/return duct drops, ductwork and diffusers for units. o Mount economizer, connect economizer electrical plugs and ready the economizer for operation. o Install all field installed accessories. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 45 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 o On projects where new and/or modified HVAC units are only controlled by programmable thermostats, furnish and install all low voltage control wiring to programmable thermostats. Make no modification to an existing Building Management System. o Provide "Dektite" flexible collars at roof penetrations and use only non -corrosive fasteners. To maintain metal roof warranty, contact Span Construction (559) 661-1111 or spancostcosales cDspanconstruction.com prior to performing any work. o Clean system/equipment, lubricate bearings, adjust belts/control valves; adjust fan speed, ready for air balancing and replace filters with new 2 -inch pleated, 40% filters. • HVAC Startup Checklist: Examples of Pre Start-Up/Readiness Checklist for BMS contractor (Trane and Novar) are at the end of the specifications document. Contractor is responsibility for obtaining current checklist for bidding and construction. For Trane Pre Start-up, contact Andy Palm at andrew.palm@trane.com. For Novar pre -start-up, contact Cody Hatch at Cody.Hatch@novar.com, or Rebecca Wilding at Rebecca.Wilding@novar.com. AIR CURTAINS • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or danj@epofwa.com for ordering of air curtains. • Product: Powered Aire Inc. 1-888-321-2473 or Berner International Corp. 1-800-2454455. Factory assembled units; U.L. Listed;'/2 HP two -speed motor, dBA rating of 54 on low speed; factory mounted electric heating coil with a capacity of 28-30Kw. EXHAUSTFANS • General: Provide two-year warranty for both materials and labor. • Ceiling Exhaust Fans: Penn, Cook or Greenheck. Factory assembled with back -draft damper; white egg -crate shaped grille, 85% free open area. Direct drive, max. 1100 rpm; rubber in shear vibration isolators; electrical disconnect, U.L. listed. • Roof Exhaust Fans: Penn or Cook. Factory assembled centrifugal fan with back draft dampers and removable bird screen. • Rotisserie/Pizza Oven Hood Exhaust Fan: Penn or Cook. o Comply U.L. Standard 762 for removal of grease -laden vapors, U.L. listed. o Sealed motor compartment cover with 4 -breather tube positive ventilation system, one-piece lower housing; vertical exhaust discharge. Motor located out -of -the airstream; single bolt belt adjustment. Controlled by on/off switch provided by Electrical Contractor. o Factory -wired safety disconnect switch and weather -resistant exterior junction box. o Provide with floating hinge and 1/16 -inch stainless steel wire rope to allow fan to open to 900; provide hasp with cotter pin to secure open end of hinged fan. o Provide vented curb extension for Type -1 hood exhaust. Minimum 40 -inch above roof discharge. • Fan Installation: Install level and plumb; secure with cadmium -plated hardware. Suspend ceiling fans from structure; use steel wire or metal straps. Support suspended units from structure using threaded steel rods. Label units. Clean plenums and casings; adjust fans, ready for air -balancing. DUCTWORK FOR REMOVAL OF GREASE AND SMOKE LADEN VAPORS • Ductwork: Metal -Fab Inc. Model 4G listed factory -built double-wall insulated grease duct; zero clearance; include all components (duct supports, guides, fittings, cleanouts, expansion joints, etc.). For use with Type -1 hoods; comply NFPA 96. o Comply ASTM E119, 2 -hour fire resistance rating and 3 -hour fire engulfment hose stream test. o Duct constructed with stainless steel inner wall, aluminized steel outer wall; 4 -inches of body soluble ceramic fiber insulation between walls. Seal joints with P080 Grease Duct Sealant. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM • General: Run ductwork straight from rooftop equipment to an architectural finish with no offsets. • Low Pressure Sheet Metal Ductwork: All ductwork galvanized steel unless noted otherwise; comply SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, 2 -inch water gage static Pressure Class Seal Class -C. o Seams: Do not use standing S -cleats, welded seams or standing seams except standing seams are permitted on plenums where seams are equipped with full-length rolled steel backing angles. Button punch snap -lock seams made on Lockformer tools will be acceptable where Pittsburgh seams are called for. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 46 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 o Provide diagonal creasing on all panels wider than 18 -inches. Elbows to have inside radius equal to maximum width of elbow; turning vanes to comply with SMACNA. o Connect sheet metal to building construction using steel angles riveted to the sheet metal and bolted using expansion bolts with compressible glass -fiber under the angle. o Access Doors and Frames: Provide wherever access to ducts or plenums is necessary. 18"x24" or 18"x36"size for access into plenums; 12"x16" minimum for access to coils or dampers. Provide die-cast latches; Ventifabrics No. 100 for doors V-0" or smaller; No. 260 for up to T-0" height; No. 310 for larger, use two. • Volume Dampers and Quadrants: Provide as required to balance the system; include damper in each supply, return or exhaust opening; locate where accessible. Set and lock all damper in "Full Open" position prior to balancing work. • Low Pressure Flexible Duct: Thermaflex M -KE or approved equal. Coated glass fiber with metal spiral and fiberglass insulation; flame spread not to exceed 25. Ducts shall be no longer than 10 -feet and be fully expanded; sheet metal elbows to grilles; no sharp turns. CONTROLS AND AUTOMATION • Connect systems to Building Management System. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING • Include supply air systems, return air systems, exhaust air systems and verifying temperature control system operation. Provide certified report. • Lubricate all motors and bearings; check fan belt tension and fan rotation; test and adjust for design CFM; test coil entering/leaving air temperatures; adjust zones to proper design CFM, supply and return; test and adjust each diffuser/grille/register; check controls for proper calibration. • Make any changes in pulleys, belts, and dampers required for correct balance at no additional cost to the Owner; seal ducts/piping and vapor barrier as required. Permanently mark equipment setting. DIVISION 24 REFRIGERATION • Refrigeration System provided by Owner; includes design, drawings, major materials and equipment. • Provide mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections shown on Refrigeration drawings; provide support system to receive equipment. Complete all rough -ins; make final connections. • Receive, unload, uncrate, handle and store equipment at site. • Seal all panel penetrations with NSF approved sealant. DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS • Electrical Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. • Work includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the Electrical systems. • Work also includes providing branch circuit panels for power and lighting, circuit wiring systems (for motors, receptacles, junction boxes, lighting, etc.), telephone conduit/boxes, lighting fixtures, wall switches, receptacles, emergency/exit lighting system, grounding, transformers, conduits, conductors, etc. necessary for a complete electrical installation. • Provide hangers, anchors, sleeves, and fixture supports. • Provide power wiring up to and including safety switches, relays, starters and final connection for mechanical equipment. • Make final connections to all Owner Supplied equipment. • Provide fire-alarm/life-safety conduit, pull wire and mounting devices; comply NFPA 70. Provide line - voltage (120 -volts maximum) and low -voltage (up to 50 VAC/DC) in separate conduits. Schedule and coordinate work of Fire-Alarm/Life-Safety Vendor. • Provide stenciled labels of etched micarta nameplates for all electrical devices, disconnect switches, panels, transformers, etc. • All systems shall be fully adjusted, tested and ready to use. • Contact and coordinate with Power Company as required to perform the work. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 47 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • All fasteners, clamps, etc. shall be of non -corrosive material as approved by the roof manufacturer: To maintain roofing warranty, submit roof penetration method/materials to roofing manufacturer for approval. ELECTRICAL BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS • General: Costco has agreement with Square -D for distribution panels, panelboards, and dry -type transformers. Costco has authorized Graybar Electric to be sole supplier for pricing of Square -D equipment. CONTACT: Tom Turner (206) 292-4848. • Grounding: Comply with NEC. Ground equipment (transformers, conduits, motors, etc.) to cold water main/grounding electrodes with Burndy or T&B ground clamps. Flexible conduit is not approved for continuity in grounding system. Connect electrical complete to -and -through all fixtures, including wiring to mechanical equipment. • Panelboards: Square -D; equipped with locks keyed alike. Breakers full rated to match panels AIC ratings. • Wiring Devices: o Duplex Receptacles: Ivory 3 -pole with "U" -shaped ground; WC 596 NEMA WD1 Heavy -Duty; stainless steel cover plates. Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton, Eagle — #53421; Pass & Seymour — # 53421 o Floor Mount Duplex Receptacles: Hubbell #S -3725/B-2529. o Isolated Ground Receptacles: Hubbell #1G5262. o Tumbler Switches: Commercial Industrial Type, 20 -amp., 120/277 -volt AC, WS896, Ivory; super stainless steel 9300 cover -plates at flush mounted switches; gang grouped switches with one cove plate. • Raceways, Fittings and Boxes: o Outdoor Conduit: Steel Rigid (RMC) or Intermediate (IMC) Metal Conduit; Liquid -tight Flexible Metallic Conduit at vibrating equipment. Conduit galvanized or sherardized; threaded fittings; running and exposed threads not permitted. o Indoor Conduit -- Exposed: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), IMC or RMC;'/2-inch minimum. o Indoor Conduit — Concealed: EMT, IMC or RMC; %-inch minimum. If EMT is used, provide separate ground wire. EMT galvanized or sherardized; insulated throat connectors; set -screw couplings and connectors for conduit less than 2 -inches and compression coupling above 2 - inches. o Flexible Metallic Conduit (FMC) and Metal -clad Cable (MC): Only allowed in Office area as short (less than 6 -feet) pigtails between junction box and fixture/outlet. No FMC or MC for home -runs or surface mount. o Underground Conduit: Schedule 40 or 80 Rigid PVC or RMC buried at least 24 -inches below indoor slab (when permitted) or minimum 36 -inches below grade; 3/ -inch minimum; watertight. Penetrations to grade to be perpendicular. No flexible metal or PVC allowed. o Conduit Seals: Install sealing fitting on conduits penetrating walls of cold rooms. • Outlet. Junction Boxes and Switch Boxes: Galvanized, code -gage metal; use deep boxes with 1 -inch and larger conduit. o Junction boxes sized and shaped to accommodate wires without crowding. Surface mounted boxes in public areas cast — no knock -outs. No plastic pull -boxes allowed. o Telephone outlets 4 -inch square box with Bakelite plate. o Unless noted or required otherwise, mount receptacles at 18 -inches above floor; mount switches at 42 -inches above floor. • Wire and Cable: o Okonite, General Cable or Rome. 0 600 -volts insulated copper wire (#12 minimum) — no aluminum wire allowed. o NEC standard #1/0 and smaller — Type THW, RHW or THWN; over #1/0, THW and THWN 75° C. o Wires in channels or fluorescent lighting fixture to be 90° C. minimum; Type AVA, VA. RJJ. or AVB. o Cables paralleled on reels; pull directly into raceways; do not lie on ground. Splicing of cables not permitted. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 48 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 o Make splices of #10 wires and smaller with insulated 3M "Scotchloks" or Ideal "Wingnuts"; splices for #8 wires and larger with copper long barrel connectors; waterproof underground splices. • Wire and Cable Installation: Install only after raceways are free of obstructions and clean. Pulling lubricants "Ideal" yellow. Wire color coded. o Tag wiring with Brady "Quick" labels at pull boxes, junction boxes and panelboards. o Wiring in panelboards and terminal cabinets neatly trained, served, and marked with circuit number. • Wire Color Code: White neutral; green ground wires. 0 208/120 V. — Phase -A, black; Phase -B, red; Phase -C, blue. 0 480/277 V. — Phase -A, brown; Phase -B, orange; Phase -C, yellow. o Verify wire colors with local code prior to installation. • Safety Switches: Heavy-duty, horsepower rated, externally operated with provisions for padlocking; quick -make, quick -break and fusible. NEMA 1 indoors; NEMA 3R Raintight outdoors. • Support System: Unistrut or Superstrut; uncolored hot -dipped galvanized -- except at meat island lights. Bolts/screws to be black steel or galvanized for interior; brass or bronze for exterior. Raceways supported at 10 -foot maximum; clamps to be one -hole malleable iron. • Dry -Type Transformers: Square -D with six 2'/z% taps, 2 above and 4 below. U.L. label; Type "H" insulation system; maximum sound rating of 50db; all copper winding. Mount on "Korfund" vibration isolators to floor. Isolate conduits entering transformer with oversize hole, ground wire and rubber grommet. • Plugmold: Plugmold 2000, outlets 12 -inches centers; coordinate mounting height. • Telephone Raceway: Provide raceways and outlet system. Raceways free and clean with pull wire; minimum %-inch conduit, two'/4-bends maximum; 4 -inch boxes, plaster ring and 1/2 -inch bushed hole cover plate. ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP • General: Install work neatly. Install raceways, fittings, and equipment, level, plumb and straight. Connectors, locknuts, screws, clamps, joints made up tightly. o Conceal conduit in wall/ceiling spaces; no surface mounted conduit or boxes. o Where conduit is allowed to be exposed, install parallel with or at right angles to walls and lines of building. o Run overhead conduits in joist space (25 -feet minimum above floor); group conduits together (not more than 2 -feet wide); do no block lighting, HVAC units or skylights. o Run branch circuit electrical feeders overhead — no underground feeders allowed. o Keep conduits 6 -inches from hot-water pipes. • Panels: Install panels with top of trim at 6'-3'. Provide/modify type -written directory. • Conduit Support: Support at 10 -foot intervals maximum and within 2 -feet of outlets or wiring enclosures. Secure to building structure with approved pipe straps/furring channels/metal studs with #23 AWG zinc -coated iron tie wire — nails, metal tape or straps not acceptable. o Conduits 1 'h -inches and larger to be suspended from building structure by pipe hangers, pipe racks or trapezes -- do not support from other piping systems. o Brace conduits to prevent sway. • Roof Penetrations: o Provide "Dektite" flexible collars at roof penetrations and use only non -corrosive fasteners. To maintain metal roof warranty, contact Span Construction (559) 661-1111 or spancostcosal es(@ spa ncon struction. corn prior to performing any work. o Do not run conduits directly on the metal roofing; use Span -approved fittings that do not allow contact with the roofing. LIGHTING • Fixture Supplier: Graybar is Costco's sole supplier for US projects. CONTACT Tom Turner at Graybar (206) 292-4848 or (800) 933-4849 for pricing for projects in US. o For Mexico projects, CONTACT Daniel Spiro at Daniel Spiro Companies (480) 946-4700 or (800) 232-4724. o Electrical Contractor to receive, handle, and verify quantities; notify Graybar or Daniel Spiro of conflict or damage. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 49 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • General: Light fixtures to be complete with required suspension accessories canopies, casings, lamps, sockets, holder, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, plaster frames, recessing boxes and other items and shall be completely wired and assembled. • Ballasts: For fluorescent fixtures -- 277 or 120 -volt; provide Energy Saving Electronic Ballast with 85% minimum ballast factor and total harmonic distortion less than 20% or as required by local jurisdiction; Class -P, conform CBM standards, CBM-ETL label. Provide "A" sound rating. Provide cold temperature ballast (minus 40 F°) for exterior lighting. • Lamps: G.E., Phillips, Venture, Sylvania. Fluorescent -lamps shall be 32 -watt T8, 2950 lumens equal as Sylvania 800 series; cool white. Incandescent -lamps rated for 125/130- volts. HID -lamps 277 - volt, Venture MP400W/BU/UVS/PS. • Lenses: For recessed troffer -type — 0.125 clear virgin acrylic plastic; upper surface smooth; bottom surface covered with uniform array of conical shape prisms with square bases. • Fixture Installation: Verify ceiling type prior to ordering fixtures. Independently support fixtures in suspended grid ceilings with minimum 12 -gage galvanized wire; twisted, wrapped and fastened. Bottom of fixtures in Sales Area to be minimum 25 -feet above floor. • Wiring: Provide Holophane Holoflex flexible wiring system for Sales Area. Provide factory -installed disconnect mean for all light fixtures per NEC. • Lighting Control System: Properly circuit to panels. DIVISION 28 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM • Fire-alarm/life-safety Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. • Work includes addressable manual pull stations, addressable analog area smoke and duct detectors, audible horns, strobes, connection to central station, air handing shut -down, and Ansul hood supervision. All systems shall be fully adjusted and ready to use. • Work also includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the fire- alarm/life-safety systems. • Comply with NFPA 72, NFPA 70, applicable U.L. Standards and applicable codes; all equipment to be U.L. listed. • Electrical Contractor to provide conduit, pull wires and mounting devices. • All fire alarm cabling in conduit. If approved by AHJ, low -voltage circuiting can run exposed using NEC-FPLP plenum rated cable per NEC Article 760; conduit is required at locations where cabling is subject to damage. Run exposed cabling tight to structure; draping of cabling not allowed. • Egress doors on time -delay hardware to automatically release upon loss of power or alarm initiation; coordinate final connection with door hardware vendor. • Coordinate in -room smoke detector final device installation with AHJ if required. • Label each alarm point/zone within fire alarm control panel. • Remove existing components no longer required. DIVISION 31 GENERAL • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. CLEARING OF SITE • Job Conditions: Prevent spread of dust; wet surfaces as required. Check with City for special requirements. On-site burning not permitted. Protect existing objects to remain; if damaged, replace or repair to satisfaction of Architect/Owner. • Preparation: Inspect entire site; locate all existing utilities and determine requirements for protection for active utilities and/or disconnecting/capping. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities; provide temporary services as required. Comply with Utility Company requirements. • Stripping Topsoil: Stockpile for later use in landscape areas; do not mix stockpile with structural fill. Remove excess material from site and legally dispose. • Clearing and Grubbing: Remove trees, stumps, etc. to 18 -inch depth below subgrade at footings and fills. Fill holes created by tree removal with clean soil; compact to required density (95% ASTM D1557 Modified Proctor unless noted otherwise). MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 50 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 • Removal of Debris: Remove all debris from site and legally dispose. Leave site and adjacent roadways in neat and orderly condition. • Water Well and Septic System: If found on the site, abandon/remove as required by Health Dept./AHJ; Contractor to obtain all necessary permits. • Sediment Control: Construct temporary sediment control measures as soon as drainage system is installed; maintain throughout construction period. Discharge water off-site through temporary sediment control measures; sediment -laden water not allowed to discharge off-site. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION • Performance Requirements: Design, provide, monitor and maintain an anchored and braced excavation system capable of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and supporting sidewalls of excavation. Keep excavation free of water; provide pumps as required. EARTHWORK • Geotechnical Report: If available, report is for information only and is not part of the Contract Documents. Opinions expressed in the report are the Geotechnical Engineer's; the Owner and Architect are not responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from report by the Contractor. • Geotechnical Engineer (if applicable): Must approve all fill material. • On -Site Fill Material: Use only soil or soil -rock mixture which is free from debris, organic matter and other deleterious substance. Fill material shall contain no rocks or lumps greater than 3 -inches with a minimum of 90 -percent passing 1 -inch. • Imported Fill Material: Non -expansive with a maximum of 8 -percent passing the 200 sieve; clay soils are not acceptable • Aggregate Base Course Under Floor Slab: Plant mix with %-inch grading; minimum 6 -inch depth of crushed, partially crushed, or naturally occurring fractured face granular material from approved sources. Place in maximum 6 -inch lifts; compact to 95% per ASTM D1557; proof roll area under slab, leave aggregate base course as stable and trimmable pad. • Finished Elevations and Lines: Set by licensed land surveyor hired by General Contractor. Provide grades stakes; replace damaged or stolen stakes. • Grading: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface and grade/slope changes. Slope grades away from building and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrade (underside of aggregate base course) to'/< -inch in 10 -feet tolerance inside building lines. • Excavating: Excavate to lines and grades shown in whatever material encounter; remove rocks/boulders, hardpan, etc. at no additional cost. On cut banks, neatly trim to the required finish surface as the cut progresses. • Preparation of Subgrade: Do not place, spread or roll fill materials if the soil exceeds the optimum moisture content or during unfavorable weather conditions. Cut or fill side slopes shall not exceed 2HA V. Remove any soil softened or eroded and re -compact the subgrade. Keep soil under footings and slabs dry and free from frost; excavate bearing surfaces softened by water or frost to solid bearing and fill with concrete at no additional cost. • Compaction of Soil Backfills and Fills: Place fill materials in maximum 8 -inch loose depth layers and compact per ASTM D1557 Modified Proctor to minimum percentages as follows: o Under Structure, Building Slabs, Walkways, Steps and Pavement: Scarify and re -compact top 12 - inches of subgrade to 95% and compact each layer of fill to 95% for full depth of fill. o Under Retaining Walls: Scarify and re -compact top 6 -inches of subgrade and each layer of fill to 92%. o Utility Trenches: Compact initial and each layer of fill to 92%. o Under Landscape and Unpaved Areas: Scarify and re -compact top 6 -inches of subgrade and each layer of fill to 90%. • Inadequate Soil Conditions: Carry excavation to depth required to obtain design bearing values if soil of inadequate density/bearing capacity — or - where new fill is placed upon existing fill exposed by excavation is encountered at elevations shown on documents. If applicable, the Geotechnical Engineer shall determine adequacy of soil bearing and decisions made in disputed cases shall be final. The Contractor is responsible for remedial measures required at no additional cost to the Owner. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 51 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 • Removal of Debris/Excess Material: Haul from site and dispose of legally at no additional cost to the Owner; comply with AHJ requirements. DIVISION 32 GENERAL • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. ASPHALT PAVEMENT General: Below is an abbreviated specification of the asphalt pavement work. Contact Architect in writing for the complete specification. See Drawings for applicable details. Aggregate Base Over Compacted Backfill and Fill Soil: Dense graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM 2940, with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve; base shall be compacted to the thickness indicated on the paving drawing at near optimum moisture and to at least 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density. When approved by Owner, asphalt treated base (ATB) is allowed with no additional compensation. o Compacted aggregate base materials shall be placed in equal layers, no thicker than 8 inches or less than 4 inches. o Aggregate base materials shall be crushed stone or gravel resulting from the artificial crushing of rocks, boulders, or large cobblestones with the resulting particles having a minimum of 85% fractured on two faces. Asphalt Concrete: o Asphalt Binder: Asphalt binder shall be Performance Grade (PG) binder oil per ASTM D 6373. The PG binder grade shall be determined based on the Federal Highway Administration's LTPPBind program version 2.1 or the most recent version, to provide the following: ■ The high-end temperature rating shall be the grade with 98 percent reliability, ■ The low-end temperature rating shall be the grade with a minimum 90 percent reliability, ■ The PG binder grade requirement may be superseded by the project Geotechnical Report. ■ When the mixture contains 20 percent or less RAP, the PG binder grade determined by the previous steps 1 through 3 shall be used. ■ When the mixture contains between 21 to 30 percent of RAP, the required PG binder grade shall be one grade softer on both high and low temperatures than the PG binder grade determined by previous steps 1 through 3. For example, if PG 58-28 is required by LTPPBind then PG 52-34 is required for high RAP mixtures. o Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA): Provide a plant -mixed dense, fine -graded, hot -mix asphalt designed in accordance with the procedures outlined as follows: ■ Provide a dense fine -graded mix design and as produced complying with the gradation table 2.1 below: Table 2.1 Aggregate Gradation Maximum Size of Aggregate (inch) 1 % 'h Nominal Maximum Size of Aggregate (inch) 3/4 ,/ 3/8, Pavement Section Application Base Course Only Base or Surface Courses Surface Courses Only U.S. Sieve Size Percent Passing Percent Passing Percent Passing 1" 100 100 100 90-100 100 100 '/2' Maximum 90 90-100 100 3/8" - Maximum 90 90-100 #4 Minimum 40 Maximum 90 #8 Minimum 40 Minimum 40 #200 3-6 3-6 3-7 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 52 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Provide hot -mix asphalt for onsite paving meeting properties showing in Table 2.2 and the following criteria: ✓ Coarse aggregate angularity (ASTM D5821): 75 percent of coarse aggregate portion should have at least one fractured face ✓ Fine aggregate angularity (AASHTO T304): 40 percent minimum ✓ Flat and elongated pieces, 5:1 ratio (ASTM D4791):10 percent maximum ✓ Sand equivalent (ASTM D2419): 40 percent minimum ✓ Natural sand content: 20 percent maximum ✓ Design binder content is selected at air voids shown in the table 2.2. ✓ Minimum Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA) based on bulk (dry) specific gravity (Gsb) are 13.0 percent for 3/4 -inch, 14.0 percent for '/z -inch, and 15.0 percent for 3/8 -inch Nominal Maximum Size of Aggregate mixes, respectively. ✓ Dust proportion based on the effective binder content (Pbe) between 0.6 to 1.2 ✓ Maximum RAP content 30 percent for base course and 30 percent for surface course. ✓ Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) shall not be allowed. ✓ Minimum Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) is 80 percent. Table 2.2 HMA Property Criteria HMA Property 50 -gyration Superpave 50 -blow Marshall Mix Design Method Superpave Marshall Compaction Energy 50 Gyrations 50 Blows per side Stability, lbs. n/a 1,200 min. Flow, 0.01 in. n/a 8 to 16 Air Voids @ design AC 3.5% 3.5% VFA 70 to 80 70 to 80 Dust to effective AC Ratio (design & production) 0.6 to 1.2 0.6 to 1.2 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP): RAP shall consist of the material obtained from highways, streets, or asphalt parking lots by crushing, milling, or planing existing asphalt concrete pavements. This material shall be transported to the asphalt concrete production facility yard and processed through an appropriate crusher so that the resulting material will contain no particles larger than the maximum aggregate size of the asphalt concrete mixture in which it will be used. All RAP shall be processed across a maximum of a 5/8" screen. The material shall be stockpiled on a free draining base and kept separate from virgin aggregates, dirt, vegetation or rubbish. The material contained in the RAP stockpiles shall have a reasonably uniform gradation from fine to coarse and shall be protected from accumulation of excessive moisture and shall not be contaminated by foreign materials. The use of RAP will be permitted provided that the end product is in conformance with the approved job -mix formula and that the RAP proportions meet the maximum requirements for the appropriate pavement section course. When RAP is used in the mix design, the following recommendations shall be observed: ✓ The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP should be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces. Fine aggregate angularity, sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles shall not be measured for the RAP aggregate. ✓ The percentage of asphalt in the RAP shall be considered when determining the optimum asphalt content. The maximum binder replacement from RAP is 30 percent for surface course and 30 percent for base course. ✓ Asphalt content of the total mixture for mix batching shall include virgin and reclaimed asphalt binder. The asphalt binder in the RAP shall be considered as part of the trial mix binder content. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 53 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 ✓ The specific gravity of the virgin binder shall be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP for mixture design. ✓ The bulk specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP shall be determined and used as the bulk specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes. The bulk specific gravity of the RAP shall be determined by the following steps: ■ Determine the maximum theoretical specific gravity (Gmm) of the RAP by ASTM D2041. ■ Determine the asphalt content of the RAP (Pb) by extraction following ASTM D2172. ■ Calculate the effective specific gravity (Gse) of the RAP from the Gmm and the RAP asphalt content (Pb). ■ Determine the absorption of the coarse aggregate from the RAP extraction. ■ Determine the bulk specific gravity of the RAP aggregate (Gsb) by the table 2.3. Table 2.3 Bulk Specific Gravity of RAP Aggregate o Use mixing and compaction temperatures for intended asphalt binder grade. • Tack Coat and Prime Coat: o Tack Coat: SS -1, SS -1 h, CSS -1 or CSS -1 h diluted with an equal amount of water, or agency acceptable product. o Prime Coat: MS -2, CMS -2, or HFMS-2s. o Tack Coat and Prime Coat: Comply with AASTHO M140 or M208. • The completed asphalt pavement surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruts, humps, depressions, irregularities, rock pockets, coarse aggregate and roller marks. Areas of handwork at joints and miscellaneous structures shall match the smooth surface texture of all other areas of new pavement. • Finished paved surface shall be uniform, clean and smooth, with no ponding, pooling or "birdbaths". Paved surfaces containing "birdbaths" will not be accepted and will be replaced and/or repaired by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. Patching will not be acceptable. ASPHALTIC SEALER • Asphalt Sealer: "Advanced Formula J-16 Pavement Sealer" by Maintenance, Inc.; or "Jennite" by Neyra Industries; or "Resurfacer" by Special Asphalt Products; or "Polymer Modified MasterSeal (PMM)" by SealMaster. Use clean, hard, durable uncoated aggregates per ASTM C 136 gradation. Repair cracks over 1/8 -inch wide per manufacturer's recommendations. Apply sealer in two coats, 28 mils dry film thickness each coat. PAVEMENT MARKING • Pavement Marking: "Setfast Low VOC Acrylic Traffic Marking Paint" by Sherwin Williams or "Fast - Dry Waterborne Traffic Marking Paint" by Aexcel Corp. Apply two coats with wet film thickness of 15 mils each coat, in white (SW TM5626 or AC 72W -A037), red (SW TM5628 or AC 72R -A005), handicap blue (SW TM5642 or AC 72L -A002), or yellow (SW TM5627 or AC 72Y -A044). Provide color to match existing or as directed by Architect. Prior to application, completely remove all oil, stains, grease, dirt, dust, curing/sealing membrane, existing paints, and other surface contaminants that may inhibit adhesion of pavement marking. TACTILE WARNING SURFACING • Wet -Set Cast -In -Place Tactile Warning Surfacing Tiles: ADA Answer Industries Model "23C -2Y" OR StrongGo Industries "Tekway Dome Tiles", 24 inches x 36 inches, yellow unless noted otherwise, with nominal 0.2 inch high domes, in-line dome pattern in both directions and center -to -center spacing of 2.35 inches (60 mm) (unless AHJ requires otherwise). Use corrosion -resistant anchors embedded into concrete. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 54 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 Absorption of the RAP coarse aggregate Absorption Cate o Bulk specific gravity of RAP aggregate >1.5% High Gsb = Gse — 0.1 <= 1.5% Low Gsb = Gse — 0.05 o Use mixing and compaction temperatures for intended asphalt binder grade. • Tack Coat and Prime Coat: o Tack Coat: SS -1, SS -1 h, CSS -1 or CSS -1 h diluted with an equal amount of water, or agency acceptable product. o Prime Coat: MS -2, CMS -2, or HFMS-2s. o Tack Coat and Prime Coat: Comply with AASTHO M140 or M208. • The completed asphalt pavement surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruts, humps, depressions, irregularities, rock pockets, coarse aggregate and roller marks. Areas of handwork at joints and miscellaneous structures shall match the smooth surface texture of all other areas of new pavement. • Finished paved surface shall be uniform, clean and smooth, with no ponding, pooling or "birdbaths". Paved surfaces containing "birdbaths" will not be accepted and will be replaced and/or repaired by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. Patching will not be acceptable. ASPHALTIC SEALER • Asphalt Sealer: "Advanced Formula J-16 Pavement Sealer" by Maintenance, Inc.; or "Jennite" by Neyra Industries; or "Resurfacer" by Special Asphalt Products; or "Polymer Modified MasterSeal (PMM)" by SealMaster. Use clean, hard, durable uncoated aggregates per ASTM C 136 gradation. Repair cracks over 1/8 -inch wide per manufacturer's recommendations. Apply sealer in two coats, 28 mils dry film thickness each coat. PAVEMENT MARKING • Pavement Marking: "Setfast Low VOC Acrylic Traffic Marking Paint" by Sherwin Williams or "Fast - Dry Waterborne Traffic Marking Paint" by Aexcel Corp. Apply two coats with wet film thickness of 15 mils each coat, in white (SW TM5626 or AC 72W -A037), red (SW TM5628 or AC 72R -A005), handicap blue (SW TM5642 or AC 72L -A002), or yellow (SW TM5627 or AC 72Y -A044). Provide color to match existing or as directed by Architect. Prior to application, completely remove all oil, stains, grease, dirt, dust, curing/sealing membrane, existing paints, and other surface contaminants that may inhibit adhesion of pavement marking. TACTILE WARNING SURFACING • Wet -Set Cast -In -Place Tactile Warning Surfacing Tiles: ADA Answer Industries Model "23C -2Y" OR StrongGo Industries "Tekway Dome Tiles", 24 inches x 36 inches, yellow unless noted otherwise, with nominal 0.2 inch high domes, in-line dome pattern in both directions and center -to -center spacing of 2.35 inches (60 mm) (unless AHJ requires otherwise). Use corrosion -resistant anchors embedded into concrete. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 54 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 • Alternate: Surface -Applied Tactile Warning Surfacing Tiles: ADA Answer Industries Model "23C-2", 24 inches x 36 inches, yellow unless noted otherwise, with nominal 0.2 inch high domes, in-line dome pattern in both directions and center -to -center spacing of 2.35 inches (60 mm) (unless AHJ requires otherwise). Use "Answer -Bond" adhesives by ADA Answer Industries. Submit alternate pricing for Owner's acceptance and approval. • Joint Sealants: BASF "MasterSeal NP1", Sika "Sikaflex— 1a", orTremco "Vulkem 116". Colors: Match tile color between tiles, and match substrate at perimeter edge of tile installation. Use 3/8 -inch wide felt filler with "A" cap at perimeter edge of tile installation. TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES • Manufacturers: Rubberform Recycled Products, LLC, (866) 422-6981 or (716) 478-0404, dial 1 for Sales, http:www.rubberform.com; or GNR Technologies Inc., (800) 641-4143, www.gnrtech.com. • Site Recycled Rubber Wheel Stops: RubberForm "Designer Series" or GNR "Park It Curb". No substitution. 4 inches high by 6 inches wide by 72 inches, with chamfered corners, drainage slots on underside, five holes for anchoring to substrate, and 8 yellow reflective stripes and 2 yellow reflective end caps, unless otherwise required. Attach each to pavement with not less than five rebar spikes or lag bolts; recessed so that top -of cap is flush with top of wheel stop. Use Eco -Bond HD100 Structural Adhesive/Sealant where drilling into pavement is prohibited. Use rubber wheel stops if installation totals more than five. • Site Precast Concrete Wheel Stops: Pre -cast, air -entrained concrete; 2500 -psi minimum compressive strength; 6 inches high x 9 inches wide x 6 feet long, with chamfered corners, drainage slots on underside, and holes 3/4 -inch diameter x 10 inches long galvanized dowels. Use concrete wheel stops where required to match existing. CHAIN-LINK FENCING • Fence and Gate Sizes: See drawings. • Chain -Link Fence Fabric: One-piece 2" mesh fabric with twisted top and knuckled bottom fabricated from 9 -gauge steel wire, Zn -5 -AI -MM aluminum-mischmetal-coated fabric, ASTM F 1345, Type III, Class 2, 1.0 oz./sq. ft. • Posts and Rails: Heavy industrial strength, Group IA, round steel pipe, schedule 40; line posts 2.375" diameter; end, corner, pull & gate posts 2.875" diameter; top, intermediate and bottom rails 1.66" diameter; with minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. average zinc coating per ASTM A 123/A 123M or 4.0-oz./sq. ft. zinc coating per ASTM A 653/A 653M. • Swing Gate: Match fence post, rail and fabric materials and finish. Weld framing members. • Gate Hardware: Hot -dip galvanized steel; extra heavy-duty non -lift-off type hinges to permit gate to outswing 180 degrees with non -removable hinge pins; forked -type or plunger -bar type latch with integral provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate; 1"x48" steel cane bolt with a keeper; gate stops. Provide size and quantity to suit gates indicated and for proper operation. • Include post caps, rail ends, rail fittings, tie wires, clips, fasteners and other accessories necessary for a complete installation. Match fencing material and finish. • Install chain-link fencing and gates level, plumb, and straight, complying with ASTM F 567. Allow minimum 4" gap between fencing and building wall and 4" inset from slab edges. Space posts uniformly at equal distance from end to end at 8'-0" maximum. Core drill holes in concrete slab to diameter and depth indicated on drawings. Clean holes, insert posts, and fill annular space with concrete, with top smoothed and flushed with adjacent concrete slab surface. Attach fabric to the outside of framing. • Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, non -alignment, misplacement, disruption or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Lubricate if necessary. DIVISION 33 GENERAL • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM, DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 55 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 • Comply with the applicable provisions of all pertinent codes and regulations. Refer to "Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction" prepared by State Chapter American Public Works Association and "Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewers" prepared by and for the sewer District for material and installation standards. • Oil and Water Separator: Precast, polymer -concrete body with interior baffle and steel support channels and steel -plate covers. See Civil Drawings for product name, size, capacity and location. • Pre -Cast Reinforced Concrete Grease Trap: ASTM C-478, concrete, pre -cast, two -cell grease trap with covers (heavy duty traffic bearing, with waterproof gasket), designed to resist lateral earth pressures imposed by an equivalent fluid with a unit weight of 100 psf. See Drawings for size and depth required. • Trench Drains at Warehouse Loading Dock: K100S pre -sloped channel with No. 461 ductile iron Quicklok grates and 600 Series catch basin, with a No. 614 long base unit and No. 610 top unit with ductile iron grate and frame by Aco Polymer Products or Polydrain pre -sloped channel with No. 512AF ductile iron grates and frames, and No. 610 catch basin with No. 614 ductile iron grate and frame by ABT, Inc. SUBDRAINAGE • Install sub -drainage system at bottom of footings of foundation walls and retaining walls. Include pipes, drain rocks, non -woven filter fabric, cleanouts and other accessories for a complete installation. END OF PROJECT MANUAL MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 56 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 Project Closeout Submittal: Submit to the Architect the Conformance Certification List that indicates: The selected manufacturer where the specifications allowed a choice of multiple manufacturers. The Reference Standard (e.g., ASTM Standards) specified if the product was not specified by manufacturer. Substitutions Attach the approved Substitution Request Forms to the Conformance Certification List. No further action is required. Substitutions: Further, lMe acknowledge that no substitutions of the Specified Materials/Products on the attached Conformance Certification List have been made except those approved by the Architect. Only materials/products submitted to the Architect on the approved Substitution Request Form and approved by the Architect are considered approved substitutions — approvals given via Request for Information (RFI) forms or verbal approvals are not valid substitutions. Non -Conforming Products: I/We agree that if non -conforming materials/products are incorporated into the work, they will be replaced immediately with specified materials/products at no cost to the Owner, no change to the construction schedule and no operational impacts to the Owner. Certification: I/We, certify that the materials/products listed on the attached Conformance Certification List are incorporated into the work and are in full compliance with the specifications. I have read the above and agree to the terms. The General Contractor and the Sub -contractor must execute the provided Conformance Submittal for each product specified. General Contractor Address Printed Name Signature Authorized Representative(s) Date MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 57 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 FIRE SPRINKLER - PLAN REVIEW CHECKLIST The Sprinkler Contractor must prepare their sprinkler submittal in compliance with code and owner requirements prior to owner review. It will be the General Contractor and Sprinkler Contractors responsibility to verify the checklist prior to issuance to the Project Architect. The contractor shall comply with this checklist in its entirety, no exceptions will be acceptable. This checklist shall be signed/dated by the General Contractor and the Sprinkler Contractor and shall be included in the Sprinkler Contractors' Submittal. If the signed/dated checklist is not part of the submittal process, this will be grounds for rejection with no further review. The submittal process includes two sprinkler submittal reviews of all required documents, no partial submittals will be reviewed; partial submittals will be rejected and will count as one submittal. If neither of the first two reviews is approved, all additional reviews will be at the expense of the General Contractor, no exceptions. The following checklist shall be used to verify submittal requirements: ❑ Have read and understand the information indicated in the written specifications. ❑ Have reviewed the contract fire protection drawings and understand the intent of these plans. ❑ Understand that partial submittals will not be reviewed and will count as a rejection; this includes issuing fire pump data, material data, etc without the fire sprinkler drawings or calculations, no exceptions. ❑ Understand that the contract documents are valid in regards to owner and code compliance but are not working or fabrication plans. The Sprinkler contractor is responsible for the development of their working drawings for submittal purposes and responsible for all field construction and coordination items. ❑ Understand that changes cannot be incorporated into the contractors' plans unless an approval was given and the RFI process was followed. Unwarranted changes regardless of intent will be grounds for rejection. ❑ The plans developed by the Sprinkler Contractor shall contain their information and notes. The use of the contract bid title block and/or notes is prohibited and is automatic grounds for rejection. ❑ Shop drawings shall be prepared in accordance with, and shall contain all information per NFPA 13, "Working Plans", including a full height cross section, all system calculations as indicated on the contract plans, dry system volume, etc. ❑ Understand that the Fire Protection Contactors submittal shall be due within fifteen (15) working days of the award of contract to the General Contractor. The contractors' plans have been coordinated with other disciplines. This includes indicating the location of all surface mounted equipment (POS freezer/coolers, Produce Cooler, Tall Bakery Freezer, etc) and proper placement of sprinklers in regards to obstruction criteria and owner requirements. ❑ All system hydraulic calculations utilize the correct location of system calculations start point as illustrated on the contract documents, no other location will be acceptable. Outside Hose Allowances placed at the fire service lead-in location prior to entrance to the Warehouse. ❑ Understand that seismic requirements are not based upon state, local or city code. NFPA 13 indicates how seismic requirements are to be applied, not if it is required. Contractor shall review the adopted building code (IBC, CNBC, etc) to determine if seismic requirements should be applied, no exceptions. If seismic consideration is not required, contractor shall provide all information indicating that seismic bracing, restraint, etc for the project is not required, no exceptions. Indicating that it is not required by the local AHJ, state or city is not an acceptable answer. If seismic bracing, restraint, etc is required, supporting calculations for brace assemblies shall be included in the submittal as partial submittals will not be reviewed. General Contractor Name & Signature: Date Sprinkler Contractor Name & Signature: Date MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 58 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 PERFORM PIPE INSPECTION ON ALL SPRINKLER PIPING. This inspection shall be performed by the senior warehouse manager and the supervising general contractor. This inspection shall take place prior to any pipe installations and after all piping is delivered to the site. The outcome of this inspection may require all sprinkler piping be re -ordered and delivered to the site, at the cost of the contractor. The following checklist shall determine if such action should be taken: Y N ❑ ❑ 01. All piping is capped (whether prefabricated or not). ❑ ❑ 02. All piping does not appear to show excessive outdoor exposure to rain or moisture. ❑ ❑ 03. All piping is clear of excessive rust. ❑ ❑ 04. All piping appears to be undamaged by dents or bends. ❑ ❑ 05. All piping is not damaged by nearby construction activity. ❑ ❑ 06. All piping is not damaged by any excessive weight of materials stored above it. ❑ ❑ 07. All piping is stored in such a manner that protects it from excessive outdoor exposure. ❑ ❑ 08. All piping is not stored directly on the ground. ❑ ❑ 09. All piping is NOT protected with clear plastic, which allows moisture to develop. ❑ ❑ 10. All piping indicates schedule _ and manufacturer & country (General Contractor to fill in blanks for item 10) SIGN BELOW IF ALL ITEMS ABOVE ARE CHECKED `YES'. CONFIRMING THAT ALL PIPING HAS BEEN VERIFIED TO BE CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFICATIONS: (If any items are checked `NO', notify MulvannyG2 Project Manager IMMEDIATELY and await further direction) Senior Warehouse Manager Name & Signature: Date Supervising General Contractor Name & Signature: Date This form will accompany the certificate of substantial completion prior to contractor final payment. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 59 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 Costco Project Location: General Contractor: Fire Suppression System Sub -Contractor: CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM (City, State) (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) The following product has been selected for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified: Fire Sprinkler Head Manufacturer: Freezer/Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler manufacturer and model I represent to Costco Wholesale that the Fire Suppression System was installed in compliance with the project drawings, specifications, and applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction. I also represent that Freezer / Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler Heads were installed according to the attached detail, including minimum lengths, materials, and sizes. General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) Fire Suppression System Sub -Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Fire Suppression Sub -Contractor) (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Fire Suppression Sub - Contractor) MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 60 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 ed INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. LOCATE HOLE AND REQUIRED SPRINKLER PROTECTION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA (SSP TYPE SPRINKLERS). 2, INSTALL DRY PENDE14T SPRINKLER PER MANUFACTURERS INSTA.LLATICN REQUIREMENTS. FROM WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM COVER PLATE FROM WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODEL 059-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT SEALWT FREEZER/COOLER CEILINC .FREEZER AREA TYCO MODEL TY3535 200'F CONGEALED DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER KLER LOW STOCK APPLICATION I= REE ER &OGLER DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER NITS MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 61 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE I. LOCATE HOLE AND REQUIRED SPRINKLER PROTECTION. IN ACCORDANCE.WITH NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA (SSP TYPE SPRINKLERS). 9, INSTALL DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. SPRINKLER CUP TYCO MODEL TY1235 SUPPLY FROM WET SUPPLY FROM VXT PENDENT SPRINKLER PIPE SPRINKLER (DO NOT USE FLUSH ESCUTCHEON) PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEW DRY BOOT SYSTEM HIGH STOCK APPLIATIt N I" NPT rIFL TEE WITH PLUG LL FEED OPTION FEED QP-flON 2-3/4" DIAMETER A NYLON TIES (w TYCO RUBBR SEAL cr BOOT MOD. 11SB-2 IN 0 Li HOLE IN CEILING DRY SPRINKLER w BARREL L 7— FREEZER AREA FREEZER AREA SPRINKLER CUP TYCO MODEL TY1235 200'1` RECESSED DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER (DO NOT USE FLUSH ESCUTCHEON) DRY BOOT FOLLOW MFG INSTALLATION REOUIREVENTS HIGH STOCK APPLIATIt N FREEZER &OOLER DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER, NTS MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 62 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 TRANE START-UP CHECKLIST: Pre Start-up — Precedent / Voyager / Impact Check sheet and Request for Serviceman Send this document to: Andy Palm — andrew.palm@trane.com or fax (425) 643 4314 Project Name: Transmit to GC Date: Complete this checklist as the unit is installed to verify that all recommended installation procedures are accomplished before the unit is started. This checklist does not replace the detailed instructions given in appropriate sections of the IOM manual. Always read the entire section carefully to become familiar with the procedures. Additional time required to complete the start-up and adjustment due to incompleteness of the installation will be invoiced at prevailing rates. Wiring: Power available [ ] System Can Be Operated Under Load Conditions [ ] General Unit Requirements: [ ] Check unit for shipping damage and material shortage. [ ] Set unit on curb; check for levelness. [ ] Install and connect drain lines to evaporator section condensate drain connections as required. [ ] Inspect the interior of the unit for tools and debris; remove any found. [ ] Verify that condenser airflow is unobstructed. [ ] Remove the tie -down bolts from under the compressor mounting frames if not already done. Refer to "Compressor Isolation" in the "Installation" section. [ ] Are the filters of the correct size and number, clean and in place? [ ] Has all work been done in accordance with applicable local and national codes? [ ] Remove shipping hold down bolts and shipping channels from supply and exhaust fans with. Refer to the IOM manual. [ ] Check supply and exhaust fan optional spring isolators for proper adjustment. [ ] Are all covers and access panels in place to prevent air loss and safety hazards? [ ] Check that ductwork is complete and all air paths are open. [ ] Ensure the factory installed economizer and barometric relief (if supplied) has been pulled out or installed into the operating position. Economizer must be sealed with silicone per the unit IOM. [ ] Install all access panels. [ ] Confirm that mist eliminators are properly installed per unit IOM. Requirements for Gas Heat Option: [ ] Connect properly sized gas supply line to factory -installed gas piping in unit heat section (control compartment). [ ] Apply proper joint sealant on all gas piping connections. [ ] Install drip leg in gas piping near unit. [ ] Check gas piping for leaks with a soap solution. [ ] Purge the gas line of all air. Measure and record gas supply pressure. See IOM for required value record value. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 63 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 Field Installed Accessories: [ ] Confirm that filter racks are properly installed in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) [ ] Confirm that crankcase heaters are properly installed and wired in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) [ ] Confirm that combustion fan flues are properly installed in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) [ ] Confirm that filter access doors are properly installed in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) Electrical: o Unlike traditional reciprocating compressors, scroll compressors are phase sensitive. Proper phasing of the electrical supply to the unit is critical for proper operation and reliability. o The compressor motor is internally connected for clockwise rotation with the incoming power supply phased as A, B, C. o Proper electrical supply phasing can be quickly determined and corrected before starting the unit by using an instrument such as an Associated Research Model 45 Phase Sequence Indicator and following the steps below: ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- _Phase Sequence Leads___________________________� Unit Power Terminal ------ Black (phase A) ; L1 Red (phase B) L2 _Yellow (phase C)- ---------------------------------!- L3 ----------------------! WARNING! High voltage is present at some control components with main unit disconnect closed. Use care when working near energized electrical components to prevent injury or death due to electrical shock. Note: All field -installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes. ] Power to unit (Correct voltage) ] Fuses in disconnect. ] Check power supply voltage to the unit at the main power fused disconnect switch. Voltage must be within the voltage utilization range. Voltage imbalance must not exceed 2 percent. Refer to "Unit Voltage". [ ] Properly ground the unit. [ ] Check all field -installed electrical connections for accuracy: all wiring terminations should be clean and tight. [ ] All factory screws MUST be replaced after work is complete in high voltage section of unit. Checklist Completed By: Signed: Dated: MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 64 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 NOVAR STARTUP CHECKLIST: Novar Site Readiness Checklist for a Costco Warehouse: DATE: July 12, 2016 JOB: WAREHOUSE: CITY: ST: DIRECTIONS: Please complete the following checklist, (yes or no with completion date) and email it to Cody Hatch and Rebecca Wilding (Cody. Hatch(a)novar.com, Rebecca.WiIdina()novar.com) if you are unable to email, fax to Rebecca at (330) 247-9415. Call Cody at (216) 682-1482 to discuss status and scheduling of the startup of the Novar EMS. Novar requires 2 weeks notice to schedule the site visit. Items that are not complete at the time this form is completed should be marked with the completion date; all items must be complete prior to Novar's arrival on site. All of the above items are complete and we want to schedule Novar on site for startup the week of --0- 0 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 65 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 Electrical Items: Yes When 1 Permanent power to all electrical Panels 2 Interior lighting installed and wired per the plans 3 Interior lighting circuit layout been tested and verified by the EC 5 Exterior lighting installed and wired per the plans 6 Exterior lighting circuit layout been tested and verified by the EC 7 120 Volt power to the Novar XCM20R located in the EDP room 8 Power to VAV-1 Vault VAV box 9 120 volt power to the Douglas lighting modules (applicable to Canada) 10 Has Douglas Lighting programmed the lighting modules (applicable to Canada) 11 All Rooftop units powered up HVAC Items: 12 Has all the Rooftop units been set in place per the plans 13 Has Natural Gas been supplied to the Rooftop Units and applicable Gas Unit Heaters 14 Has all the Rooftop units and VAV boxes been started up and performance tested 14 Has the air balancer performed their operation check 15 EF -5, EF -11 and 12 powered and operational Network Connectivity (Costco) 16 Ethernet connection the XCM20R EDP room Address.31 17 Two Ethernet connections for the Douglas lighting panels in the rear electrical mezzanine (applicable to Canada) WWC-2133 Address .33, WNP-2156 Address .34 18 Ethernet connection to the SQD power meter in the rear electrical mezzanine Address .35 19 Ethernet connection to the SqD lighting panel in the rear electrical mezzanine Address .33 20 Ethernet connection to the SqD lighting panel in the front electrical room Address .34 21 T1 line installed and operational 22 Server room up and operational All of the above items are complete and we want to schedule Novar on site for startup the week of --0- 0 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 65 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 Novar installation and commissioning time line: o Pre cabling — 5-7 business days. Mount temperature sensor, wire communications to the units (all units must be placed on the roof), Mount Novar XCM (EDP room), Mount remote 1/0 devices (exhaust fan status). We prefer to do the pre cabling prior to the racking being installed and when all the interior walls are in place. o Commissioning phase: o Lighting verification takes 1-2 days if all the above items are completed o HVAC verification takes 3-5 days if all the above items are completed o Novar remote commissioning verification 2-3 days o Total commissioning time is 6 -10 business days, 2 guys if all the above is completed NOTE: If Novar is unable to complete the startup during this site visit, an extra trip charge will apply and ultimately be the responsibility of the General Contractor. Extra trip charges MUST be pre -paid in advance at a minimum charge of $2,200.00 USD per visit; actual amount to be determined at time of additional trip request. Deficiencies not cleared may require additional trips starting at the same minimum charge mentioned above. All trade deficiencies are expected to be resolved two week prior to VIP night. PM Nam GC Name PM Signature GC Signature EC Name EC Signature MC Name MC Signature MG2 LIMITED SCOPE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 66 of 66 Current as of July 12, 2016 VSNW;nTRUCTURAL NGINEERS Engineers Northwest Inc., P.S. COSTCO WHOLESALE Tukwila, WA STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR OPTICAL REMODEL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE ?x APPROVED SEP 2 2 2016 + City ofTukwifa BUILDIN,i PIWI I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 5 2016 PERMIT CENTER August 1, 2016 ENW Project No. 87022032 • o • • • • • • • • • • • • • • O 9725 Third Avenue NE Seattle, WA 98115 . 206.525.7560 . fax 206.522.6698 www.engineersnw.com 0225 1 ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 Cl1I 7 -Lo ��-,� DATE PROJECT # O SUBJECT SHEET OF D P c R o e BY --,----------------------- -------------------------------------- ---._.._.....__._._.............. .....----------------.----------------------------.------------------ -- ------ ------ --- - ------ -------- -- - -- - ----------- ---- ------ ------ - t = -- -------��- _- e-- -- - . ; i j �� - i .._..r_ __.____ _ _ _ _----- __ _ _ _------- ---------- T I t i 11 I ©c Rv r race l— I : j ---------i-- --' - - - - -` -- - !._..--.;. - - -- ---- - . -- - -- ---- , I I : ! 1 i 1 ; i i ` I I j... ----- ---------- ------------ _......i_ --------- ,____.._¢___..._.i._.__. ._............ L---------------------------- - -__.._ _... .... _ _..._ _ ____._ _ _ ___ I1 1 ! ! 1 I I I ` .; 1 1 if? z C j ; i i i I j , ; `----------'--------'--------- !-------- -------`'---------' --- --- --- ---- -- --- ._. - ---- -- .._. - I I j j r_____. __,._ ._ ...1 _- __ i__ _ ___ ___ _ _ _ _ ... _____ _ -..__ .. 1 - ------ 4 - 1 ; I A 1 i : • -w.,. _.II - ... 1..� - ._ - - - ; ; , 1 I ---------------- ----------------------- -.. ------- ---- ----------------------- ------- ---- ---------- -------- -------------------- ----------------- ---- .-------1----------- ------ ----`----------- '.._..__-----.- -- ---- ---- ---- ---- --- i ---- -- ----- --- ---- --- ---- --- 1 - .. - --- -------- ------ ----------`t------- - - - - - I . T. ..f... t � i ; 1 : l i I _...1..______ - --------- __..-------- -.f.. _..._- _.._......._.__.._.__...____ _.._...._....__..._._'.....__ --------__............_ I 1 . 1 I I : 1 I 1 ...._. _ ---------_. _______I.._________. _.. _.. _J... ._... : 1 ' i i i i : i 8/25/2014 Design Maps Summary Report BUM Design Maps Summary Report User -Specified Input Report Title C. Tukwila WA Mon August 25, 2014 15:46:06 UTC Building Code Reference Document 2012 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 47.44560N, 122.2483411W Site Soil Classification Site Class D - "Stiff Soil" Risk Category IJII/III TW 11.1-11P Nt MCI? USGS-Provided Output Ss = 1.434 g S1 = 0.534 g ,Kent East Renton .s pHighlands SMs = 1.434 g SOS = 0.956 g S" = 0.801 g SD1 = 0.534 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk -targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the "2009 NEHRV building code reference document. 1.65 1.50 1.35 1.20 1.05 R 0.75 0.60 0.45 0.30-- 0,15.. 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.00 2.00 Period, T (sec) I CEit response Spectrum 1.10 1.00 0.So 0.90 0, 70 w 0 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20-- 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.00 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.90 1.80 2.00 Period. T (sec) Design Response Spectrum 2. Although this information is a product of the U.S. Geological Survey, we provide no warranty, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy of the data contained therein. This tool is not a substitute for technical subject -matter htipl/ehp2-ew"uele%w.usgs.goVdesigm*Wus/sur veryphip?template=minimal81ajhxle=47.4455@5&longnude=-122.24834$sitedass=3&riskm"orl=0&e... 112 7/19)2016 Search Results for Map ASCE 7 Windspeed ASCE 7 Ground Snow Load Related Resources Sponsors About ATC Contact Search Results Query Date: Tue Jul 19 2016 Latitude: 47.4454 Longitude: -122.2486 ASCE 7-10 Windspeeds (3 -sec peak gust in mph*): Risk Category I: 100 Risk Category II: 110 Risk Category 1114V. 115 MRI** 10 -Year: 72 MRI** 25 -Year: 79 MRI** 50 -Year: 85 MRI** 100 -Year: 91 ASCE 7-05 Windspeed: 85 (3 -sec peak gust in mph) ASCE 7-93 Windspeed: 70 (fastest mile in mph) 'Miles per hour "Mean Recurrence Interval Users should consult with local building officials to determine B there are community -specific wind speed requirements that govern. a — print your results ALBERTA {� °r r �SASKATCHEV %NORT W SHfNOTON7 MONTANA OAKO' 3 T OREGON IDAtd30ate. tAKO iVYOM ING NEER Les NEVADA United Sts rUTAH-COLORADO 10 PL. -Vegas A�Map data 02016 Google, INEGI WINDSPEED WEBSITE DISCLAIMER White the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the windspeed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the windspeed report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the windspeed load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund - Applied Technology Council - 201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240 - Redwood City, Califbmia 94065 - (650) 595-1542 3 httpJ/wirxispeed.atcouridl.org�irtdex.php?opbon=corn corttent8view=article&it=10&dec-18JaUhAe=47.44538081orgitude=-122-248626&risk category_i=100&ri... 1/1 C� w _d cT'1 s C" ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INC.P.S. 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 ASCE 7-10 Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful • ""' • Selsmic Loads per ASCE 7-10- Chapter 12 Seismic Design Requirements for Building Structures Input Cells = Project Number. Project Name: Location: Design By: 2012 IBC Section 1613 / ASCE 7-10 Section 12.8 Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure All references below are to ASCE 7.10 (U.N.O.) Basic Seismic Force Resisting System = Basic Seismic Force Resisting System = Is diaphragm considered flexible? = Structural height, hn = Se _ S' T, _ Site Class (soil) _ Risk Category = Top of wall elevation (parapet) _ Elev. of top of wall lateral support (max.) _ Elev, of top of wall lateral support (min.) _ Regular structure s 5 stories ? _ Site Coefficient, Fe = Site Coefficient, F„ = SMS Sal _ SDs = SDI = Seismic Design Category (SDC) = To = Te = C_ Period, T = Sa Response Modification Coefficient, R = System Overstrength Factor, Do = Deflection Amplification Factor, Cd = Importance Factor, Ie = Detailing Reference Section = Cs calc = Ce max = C'e min = Cs use = V„ = V= W6789 systems using flat SHEET OF 1z tt 1.434 spectral response acceleration at a period of 0.2s for Site Class B 0.534 spectral response acceleration at a period of 1.Os for Site Class B 6 Long -period transition period 1.5-1 (roof high point- minimum parapet) (roof low point- maximum parapet) action 12.8.1.3 Output 1 Table 11-4.1 1.5 Table 11-4.2 1.434 Eqn 11.4-1 0.801 Eqn 11.4-2 0.956 Eqn 11.4-3 0.534 Eqn 11.4-4 D Section 11.6 & Tables 11.6-1 & 11.6-2 0.112 Section 11.4.5, 0.2Sd1/Sds 0.559 Section 11.4.5, Sd1/Sds 0.02 Table 12.8-2 0.129 sec, Section 12.8.2.1 (Eqn 12.8-7) 0.956 Section 11.4.5 (Eqns 11.4-5, 11.4-6, 11.4-7) 4 Table 12.2-1 2 Table 12.2-1 3.5 Table 12.2-1 1 Table 1.5-2, by Risk Category 14.1 0.239 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqn 12.8-2 1.035 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqns 12.8-3 & 12.8-4 0.042 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqns 12.8-5 & 12.8-6 0.239 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqns 12.8-2 -12.8-6 0.239 "W (LRFD) Section 12.8.1, Eqn 12.8-1 0.167 * W (ASD) E„ = 0.191 " D - +/- SD, D (Eqn 12.4-4) - May be zero for proportioning foundations. ASCE7-10 Seismic Loadsjdsx EQ ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INC.P.S. SHEET OF 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 * * * * * Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful ASCE 7-10 -,1 Seismic Loads per ASCE 7-10- Chapter 12 Seismic Design Requirements for Building Structures Input Cells = Project Number: Project Name: Location: Design By: 2012 IBC Section 1613 / ASCE 7-10 Section 12.8 Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure All references below are to ASCE 7-10 (U.N.O.) Basic Seismic Force Resisting System = Basic Seismic Force Resisting System = Is diaphragm considered flexible? = Structural height, hn = Ss = Si = TL = Site Class (soil) = Risk Category = Top of wall elevation (parapet) = Elev. of top of wall lateral support (max.) = Elev. of top of wall lateral support (min.) = Regular structures 5 stories ? = A17. Light -frame walls with shear panels of all other materials BWS = Bearing Wall Systems ft spectral response acceleration at a period of 0.2s for Site Class B spectral response acceleration at a period of 1.0s for Site Class B Long -period transition period Table 1.5-1 ft ft (roof high point- minimum parapet) ft (roof low point- maximum parapet) Section 12.8.1.3 YES 12 1.434 0.534 6 D II 12 12 12 YES V = 0.335 * W (ASD) E„ = 0.191 * D = +/- SDs D (Eqn 12.4-4) - May be zero for proportioning foundations. no Copy of ASCE7-10 Seismic Loads with GWB.xlsx EQ Output Site Coefficient, Fe = 1 Table 11-4.1 Site Coefficient, F„ = 1.5 Table 11-4.2 Sees = 1.434 Eqn 11.4-1 SMt = 0.801 Eqn 11.4-2 SDS = 0.956 Eqn 11.4-3 SDI = 0.534 Eqn 11.44 Seismic Design Category (SDC) = D Section 11.6 & Tables 11.6-1 & 11.6-2 To = 0.112 Section 11.4.5, 0.2Shc/Sds Ts = 0.559 Section 11.4.5, Sd1/Sds Ct = 0.02 Table 12.8-2 Period, T = 0.129 sec, Section 12.8.2.1 (Eqn 12.8-7) S. = 0.956 Section 11.4.5 (Eqns 11.4-5, 11.4-6, 11.4-7) Response Modification Coefficient, R = 2 Table 12.2-1 System Overstrength Factor, Oo = 2 Table 12.2-1 Deflection Amplification Factor, Cd = 2 Table 12.2-1 Importance Factor, Ie = 1 Table 1.5-2, by Risk Category Detailing Reference Section = 14.1 and 14.5 Cs caic = 0.478 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqn 12.8-2 Cs max = 2.07 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqns 12.8-3 & 12.84 Cs min = 0.042 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqns 12.8-5 & 12.8-6 Cs use = 0.478 Section 12.8.1.1, Eqns 12.8-2 -12.8-6 V„ = 0.478 * W (LRFD) Section 12.8.1, Eqn 12.8-1 V = 0.335 * W (ASD) E„ = 0.191 * D = +/- SDs D (Eqn 12.4-4) - May be zero for proportioning foundations. no Copy of ASCE7-10 Seismic Loads with GWB.xlsx EQ ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. — STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS ,j) 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5226698 �Q PROJECT # " D 2z 32. C, TIA kVAI 1 I U ' DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF By MIT I I c Project Name: New WorkSpace Model: Beam/Stud -1 Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-20121 I 12.00 R1 R2 13.50 X Point Loads P1 Load(lb) 200 X-Dist.(ft) 6.75 Section: 80OS162-54 Single C Stud Maxo = 3065.9 Ft -Lb Moment of Intertia, l = 5.60 in^4 Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have been multiplied by 0.70 for deflection calculations Page 1 of 1 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS DesignerTm 1.5.0.0 Combined Bending and Web Cripolin Fy = 50.0 ksi Va = 2091.3 Ib Deflection (in) Ratio 0.113 U1433 Reaction or Load Bearing Pa Pn Mmax Flexural and Deflection Check Stiffeners Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc)(0.428 R1 Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb 0.11 Span 948.4 0.309 948.4 Mid -Pt 2214.3 1526.7 Distortional Buckling Check NO P1 200.0 1.50 Span K -phi Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Combined Bending and Shear Ib-infin in Ft -Lb Ma -d Reaction or Span 0.00 162.0 2734.3 0.347 V + M Combined Bending and Web Cripolin Fy = 50.0 ksi Va = 2091.3 Ib Deflection (in) Ratio 0.113 U1433 Reaction or Load Bearing Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffeners Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) (Ft -Lb) Value Required? R1 181.0 3.50 872.4 1526.7 0.0 0.11 NO R2 181.0 3.50 872.4 1526.7 0.0 0.11 NO P1 200.0 1.50 1377.7 2273.2 948.4 0.27 NO Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va V + M Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor VNa M/Ma Intr. R1 181.0 0.0 1.00 0.09 0.00 0.09 R2 181.0 0.0 1.00 0.09 0.00 0.09 P1 100.2 948.4 1.00 0.05 0.31 0.31 SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.strongbe.com Project Name: New WorkSpace Model: Beam/Stud -1 Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012] i 12.00 R1 R2 I I 13.50 �-� X Point Loads P1 Page 1 of 1 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS DesignerTm 1.5.0.0 Load(lb) 200 X-Dist.(ft) 0.75 Section: 800S162-54 Single C Stud Fy = 50.0 ksi Maxo = 3065.9 Ft -Lb Moment of Intertia, I = 5.60 in^4 Va = 2091.3 Ib Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have been multiplied by 0.70 for deflection calculations Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Deflection Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio Span 353.5 0.115 353.5 Mid -Pt 1723.7 0.205 0.051 U3206 Distortional Buckling Check Span K-phl Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Ib-infin In Ft -Lb Ma -d Span 0.00 162.0 2734.3 0.129 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Bearing Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffeners Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) (Ft -Lb) Value Required? R1 269.9 3.50 529.0 925.7 0.0 0.27 NO R2 92.1 3.50 872.4 1526.7 0.0 0.05 NO P1 200.0 1.50 440.3 770.5 199.4 0.28 NO Combined Bendina and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va V + M Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor V/Va M/Ma Intr. R1 269.9 0.0 1.00 0.13 0.00 0.13 R2 92.1 0.0 1.00 0.04 0.00 0.04 P1 261.0 199.4 1.00 0.12 0.07 0.14 SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.stmngde.com (o ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS � 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 PROJECT # D ZZ2'07PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY -- .............. ...---- --- ------------------- -............... ---- -------- "-------- --,.......--- ._; -- - { I i E i n i j vvQQiijj i i I . i ! i I ; ----------- i --- --- _.- -------------- ---------- i i ! -i - - _ I _--------------- - --....:. -------.-.--------------------- -.._.: -- -#-- - I - - -" - - - - -- - - F - - -F" -- - - '- - _. ---- - i : I I i : I I i i I i ----�--------I------. _-__....__......_-- i I _-I ......"-------- ----- -_.._ --- _.. ---- -- ! i i ; I i i i i i i i i + _:._. ._. .. _..... ... _ .__ _____.J__.._..+._ _.._ ._.. -------- : _ . r i -7r i ii i I I i ! d 37'' ! i i ' .. : ; i .i. i .___- __ ..... _____ ____ _____ ____ ____ __ i t i I i ! ' j ._. ..........A_. ___....,..____._.;__...._.._'___._._j-.........-{_._...__.+_..,_.....:..........I_____________________- -. ...j. _._... - ._._ _._._ _._. .... ._.. _._ ____ __. __.. _.. < : , 1 , -r i ! i I i 1 .. i T j i ..._ __._._ _:___.._i _...._..J.______._..____.t_ _ . .. _._.__.y...__...._r__._.._• .. ..__ _ _ __.__ _____..__ ..._ _._----- Y_______t...... __ .__ __ ____ _ _ __ ___ I i i i ---------- t--------- ._. ----------- ___..___ _ ._... _ ___.- __ .._ _ __._.._ _ _ .._._ _ __. _._.... _ .... _ _ ..._ ____ _ _ _.__ __ ---__ i _ _ • ; I ' .. I .. .! .. __ ___ __ ____ _ _ _ _ _ t i ..i ................. ..........!_-.._.____._ ___. .... .___ _.___ 1 1 i i i i , � I I I I i ; : i i i i ; I 1 i i I 1 j _. : _ _ ; i -------------- I---------- ---------- I . 1 ! ..__....................._._.._.__.._.._____t.-.._.....i_.____�___._._._._______1___._- .___ _._ _ _ r �__-___I__.___..._,___ ._.__ ..__ _ _ _.__ _ ___.__ _ _._. _____ _ .... ___ _ _ _____ _ _ _____ __.___ _..._-_ ...._ _-._..._ _... ; i : 1 I I I ; , I _ _.I .. ..I - I : I 1 I , L i I ; I 1 ; 1 i i I ; 1 : _____..________ ---------- ---------- __ _._ ____ __.._ _ ___ _ _ _ - _ _ __ __-------- ___ _ _ ___ ____------------_ __' _.. _____J----- - -- _ ! ' i r I ! 1 i I I............ ___. ----------- ----------- ----------- .__._. ' _ _ _ _ i i.. I i ' I � : 1 1 y .. 1 t I ! I ! I I I ! I _______;__._____i_.._.....-______.a______�_...._....-__________ _------------.._ ________ _._____ _ ___._ _ _---- ._.__ _ __. i : I : ._._y....__.__�__....._.•...._.___________________; _......._.I..-___ .J._.__.....�. ._._.-_-., _1.............._--_. _._. __._.__ _ ..._._ _ _ __.__ .._. i __ ._._ __ __ .. _ t ! I t I I I ...1.. I , ; Project Name: Model: Beam/Stud 2 Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012] 1 12.00 12.00 R1 R2 R3 13.42 8.00 �► X Page 1 of 2 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS Designer7m 1.5.0.0 Point Loads P1 Load(lb) 200 X-Dist.(ft) 10.38 Section : 8005162-54 Single C Stud Fy = 50.0 ksi Maxo = 3065.9 Ft -Lb Moment of Intertia, l = 5.60 in^4 Va = 2091.3 Ib Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have been multiplied by 0.70 for deflection calculations Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Deflection Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Ma(Bm) (in) Ratio Left Span 466.3 0.152 345.7 Mid -Pt 2037.7 0.170 0.045 U3551 Right Span 466.3 0.152 310.9 None 1869.1 0.166 0.010 U10066 Distortional Bucklina Check Span K -phi Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Ib4n in in Ft -Lb Ma -d Left Span 0.00 161.0 2734.3 0.171 Right Span 0.00 96.0 2734.3 0.171 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Bearing Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffeners Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) (Ft -Lb) Value Required? R1 91.1 3.50 872.4 1526.7 0.0 0.05 NO R2 376.2 3.50 1682.1 2775.5 466.3 0.21 NO R3 -10.3 3.50 872.4 1526.7 0.0 0.01 NO P1 200.0 1.50 1377.7 2273.2 299.3 0.14 NO Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va V + M Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor V/Va M/Ma Intr. R1 91.1 0.0 1.00 0.04 0.00 0.04 R2 269.9 466.3 1.00 0.13 0.15 0.20 SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.stmngUe.com Project Name: Model: Beam/Stud —2 Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012] R3 10.3 0.0 P1 233.5 299.3 /7- Project z Page 2 of 2 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS DesignerTm 1.5.0.0 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.11 0.10 0.15 SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.strongtie.com 13 ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (2206) 55226698 PROJECT # Q -70 ZU 3 -z—,PROJECT DATE D7` , 3" SUBJECT SHEET OF BY MtT, _ ._. _... --- -- ---- -------------------- ----- - -------------- - ------------------------------------ --- --- - --! - ...... - - --- - --- --- ---------- ----------------------...- ----------------{----------- ; r d n.. - -- - -- `- I I -- ` -- !------- ------- ----------'------ ! ! + - ---------------!. --- - ._.. --- --- 1�!rTT-S I !{ : {-------...-�"-- _.:_.. --- ---� --- -"-1--- .. _......- -- -- "---- - ---"-- " ._.. - --- --"-- .-- ---------_-+___._...-_----------------- ----------- -----------I C ; ;; I ! 1 - T- - - - = -i ...... ---------- --- - -- .. --- - i i ! ; .._.-._. --- - - ! ! i ; i , I I 2 t . �._._...._ .-._.._ - —------ _.___ ---------- --__ _ __._ _ ._._.. ' l--------------------- ------- -__..-_._ .-.-_....._..------.__--------__._...._..._._.._-_.. _._. __ k__._. _.___ ________.____ _-_--__ _.-. ..._.. _. ...y.I.._. ..._. .- .._.;.. j ; : ; ! i I 1... I 1 I : : 1 1 : ----------------------------- I ' I I i• 1 1 i i ---..i-...._._,-.-------`----------'•--'-- --- '---------i...--- --...--- �---------------- s.-------- --- -- ----- - --- - ------------- - --- ---- - ------ -------------------- ------ - ----- -------- ---' -- --- ---- i i - -- - -- j.- - -------- ------------- --------- - i • 1 I , i 1 � ''r ! L. 1 i --- ------ -- ------i--------+-------`- ` --- - - --- - ---- -- ---`-- ...i-.. .. ._. ._.. - --- - ----- -- --- - - __ - __.- - ----------- ..._ - - ----- -- 1 ; i i - -------------- t a -i.... ...i— -- i • ! ; ! ! i 1 !, ... _ : ___.___.-{_..._.__.---------------------I ..... .... ______ ___._ _ ...i.. _.-. _ _.._._ ______ ._._ . ._--{_-__._._. _____ __ ___.._ - _... ._. ......... ..............__._ ...._.- _.--- _. _ ; ! ! 1 i ft i _ _ _ __ ____ __ _____ _ ____.�__...._-_-.______'._._.. _ ___ __ ....__ -_.- __ ------ _ _ ____ __._.__ _ ff I 1 1 I ! i : , I i. I+ ! ! ! ' I i ! i- 1 1 i - ----------- ---1- -- ------------ ---- --- -- - - i --------------------------- ---- - ----- .........b_._. -+--------- ------- ------- ------ -- -- i i ! I 1� Project Name: Ceiling Joist member 1 Page 1 of 1 Model: Header C8 (11 ft) Date: 07/19/2016 Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012] Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS DesignerTm 1.5.0.0 I 23.00 R1 R2 11.00 �► X Point Loads P1 Load(lb) 200 X-Dist.(ft) 5.50 Section : (2) 8005162-54 Boxed C Stud Fy = 50.0 ksi Maxo = 6131.8 Ft -Lb Moment of Intertla, l =11.20 in^4 Va = 4182.6 Ib Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have not been modified for deflection calculations Flexural and Deflection Check Deflection Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio Span 897.9 0.146 897.9 None 6131.8 0.146 0.052 1-12541 Combined Bendina and Web Criaolina Reaction or Load Bearing Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffeners Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) (Ft -Lb) Value Required? R1 226.5 1.00 1149.1 2010.9 0.0 0.10 NO R2 226.5 1.00 1149.1 2010.9 0.0 0.10 NO P1 200.0 1.50 2755.4 4546.5 897.9 0.13 NO Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va V + M Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor V/Va M/Ma Intr. R1 226.5 0.0 1.00 0.05 0.00 0.05 R2 226.5 0.0 1.00 0.05 0.00 0.05 P1 100.3 897.9 1.00 0.02 0.15 0.15 SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.stmngfe.com Project Name: Model: Stud at 16 inches oc Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012] 12.00 Section : 362S162-33 Single C Stud N Page 1 of 2 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS Designer'"' 1.5.0.0 cf,J I �9 CaAe Q h1em 6-.&r a) 6.65 PS f Ia-1mf X %� 3 3 � ;f A, G1 -7 6" 6T_ r I f Maxo = 440.9 Ft -Lb Moment of Intertia, I = 0.55 in"4 Stiffeners Loads have not been modified for strength checks Required? 0.08 Loads have been multiplied by 0.70 for deflection calculations 0.08 NO Reactions have been multiplied by 1.0 for opposite load direction for connection design Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Span 119.7 0.272 119.7 48.0 432.1 Distortional Bucklina Check Span K -phi Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Ib4n/iin in Ft -Lb Ma -d Span 0.00 144.0 452.4 0.265 Combined Bending and Web Crinulina Reaction or Load Bearing Pa Pn Mmax Pt Load P(lb) (in) (lb) (lb) (Ft -Lb) R1 39.9 3.50 259.1 453.5 0.0 R2 39.9 3.50 259.1 453.5 0.0 Combined Bendina and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va Pt Load (lb) (Ft -Lb) Factor V/Va M/Ma R1 39.9 0.0 1.00 0.04 0.00 R2 39.9 0.0 1.00 0.04 0.00 Combined Bending and Axial Load Details SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. Fy = 33.0 ksi Va =1023.6 Ib Mpos/ Deflection Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio 0.277 0.134 U1078 Intr. Stiffeners Value Required? 0.08 NO 0.08 NO V+M Intr. 0.04 0.04 www.stmngfe.com Project Name: Model: Stud at 16 inches oc Code: 2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012] Design Method = AISI S100 Page 2 of 2 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS DesignerT' 1.5.0.0 K -phi Lm Bracing Allow Intr. (Ib-in/in) (in) load(lb) P/Pa Value 0.0 144.0 1501.2(c) 0.18 0.48 No. of Connect Req'd # or Stress 12-14 Ratio Anchors 0.08 2 Stress Design Ratio Ok ? 0.05 Yes W Bracing Design Length Number of LSUBH LSUBH SUBH SUBH MSUBH MSUBH Span/Cantilever (in.) Braces Pn(lb.) (Min)' (Maxp (Min)' (Max)' (Min)' (Max)' Span Varies N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1) Values in parentheses are stress ratios. 2) Bridging connectors are not designed for back-back,box, or built-up sections. 3) Reference www.stmnatie.com for latest load data, important information, and general notes 4) CFS Designer will not select bridging connectors unless all flexural and axial bracing settings are the same. 5) If the bracing length is larger than the span length, bridging connectors are not designed. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.strongtie.com Axial Ld Bracing(in) Max Span (lb) KyLy KtLt KL/r Span 270.0(c) 60.0 60.0 99 Simpson Strona-Tie Connectors Number Of Connectors Required at each Reaction : 1 No. of Simpson Req'd Shear Tension Compression Strong -Tie screws to Reaction (lb.) (lb) (lb) Connector stud R1 - No Solutions - R2 - 39.9 39.9 SC1343.5 2 Simpson Strong -Tie Wall Stud Bridging Connectors Design Method = AISI S100 Page 2 of 2 Date: 07/19/2016 Simpson Strong -Tie® CFS DesignerT' 1.5.0.0 K -phi Lm Bracing Allow Intr. (Ib-in/in) (in) load(lb) P/Pa Value 0.0 144.0 1501.2(c) 0.18 0.48 No. of Connect Req'd # or Stress 12-14 Ratio Anchors 0.08 2 Stress Design Ratio Ok ? 0.05 Yes W Bracing Design Length Number of LSUBH LSUBH SUBH SUBH MSUBH MSUBH Span/Cantilever (in.) Braces Pn(lb.) (Min)' (Maxp (Min)' (Max)' (Min)' (Max)' Span Varies N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1) Values in parentheses are stress ratios. 2) Bridging connectors are not designed for back-back,box, or built-up sections. 3) Reference www.stmnatie.com for latest load data, important information, and general notes 4) CFS Designer will not select bridging connectors unless all flexural and axial bracing settings are the same. 5) If the bracing length is larger than the span length, bridging connectors are not designed. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY INC. www.strongtie.com GltfrAl Des;c�n J E1 \ W ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5224698 PROJECT # 7 2,PROJECT C - TiAwl, I DATEo 7/13 /1 SUBJECT SHEETOF By MtT\ ---------- ----------- -- - ------- -------------- - ------------------------ ------------------_---- - ------------- -------- -, --- ......... - ---------------- --------------------------- -------------- ---------- -- ----------- ------------- ---------- - - ------- - - ----------- -_------------ - ---------- ---------- ! ------------- -- ---------- ---------- - ----- ---------- ----------- ---- I --------- N,5i\ - ------ ---------- -------------- --- ----------- 1 ---------- - WL A .... -- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- — - s -------- — -------- ------ ------ ------------- -- ---------- —----- -------------- ---------- --------------- 11701 -------- ---- - — — - - — — — -------- --------- ---- ------ --- ------------ --- ---- ----- ---------- A I -------<--- - ----------- ---- ------ ------ ----------- ----------- --- ---------- ---------- ----------- ---------- - - -------- - --- ------ _�n .Ut�-.' 611JO ----- Ot Ly-: 61 ----------- -- -------- - - ---------------- t ....................... ------------------ 4 2-i - - ---- - ----------- --- -- ---- ----- ------------ - - -- ------ ------- ---------- --------------- ---------- ---------- - ----- - -- ---------- ------------ • ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- L ----------- ------- ---------- - --- -7 ----------- ----- ---- ------ - --------- ----- ----- ------ ---------- - ---------- - -- - - - ---------- -------- -- ( ----------- I- ---------- ------ __..__._t_.._....i ------ IN ---- -------- - . ...... - ------- . ...... - --- --------- ----------- ------ ---------- -- - --------- ----------------_ ------ - - -- -- - ------------ ....... - --------- ------ ------------ ...... . ------------- ----------- --- ---------- --------- --- ---- - ------- ---------- ----------- --- ----- ---- -- -------- ---------- ---------- ------------- ---------- ----------- ii IV ----------- --- -------- ----------- I rA- 11 ------------ 1I ---------- ----- ..... ----------- ---------- ------ ---- — ------ ---- ------------- ---- --- -------- -------- ---------- --------- ------ ---------- --------- - IS ENW ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 PROJECT # PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEETOF By ----------- ---------- ----------------- ----------- ---- --------------- ----- ----- ---------------------- ---- --------------- ----- ------- ----------- !1 moi:---------------- --- --- -- -- - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - --- --- --- --- - -- - ---- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- ------ ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. — STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS I ) 1 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 522'6698 PROJECT # O PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY - - ----- --' --- - -- ` - - ---------- - - - - -- - d �t- - ------ - - - --- ----------- vv- . -....-------------- ...... :.------ --------i- - -'->--' ----....--------- i ! i ; r ---'----------- ---------.-_-<--------- - - - - - _.------- - - - - -------- -------- - -- - ---- --------- ----- - - - ---------- 416 - - I ! 4 i p1 -- -- - ! --- '- - - - - --- -.. ; - : i i .i. i I i „ : --------------- :i T - - ---- -' - -- - - - - -- ---w - - - - - - -- - -- �-a--------- � - ---- il; I „ i _..._ .. -__...------------ -I-1: -- - - I�11'irl. • I �000 ; I y. i I : Q L __ _.._ 1 .__. _.._ __.__. _ _ .__ ____ __ _ I I I : ; ! I : ! ! i s lswl� 5heo.K de M. m v 1 . i 1' , ------ - - - -- -- - - - =- -- ------ -- ----------- ' - - ---- - - - -- • i _.....- ------..-+- - -- {-------- ------ - - : I 3 i, i : i - - -- i--- • I r.. 1 1 i i j. 1 I 1 __ ____ _--------- ------------ __._. _._ ------- _ __ _ __ - _ _____ _____ _ ________ _____ _ _ ____ _ .... __._._._...._._...-_.;._.__.....�.._._._._-.1. I _.___. - ._..._._.._._.__......... .. ........ _..-�.......__y-- ___ _ _ __ ---------- ----------- _ ___ _._._._ _ ___ _ __ ...._ ___ -___ _.....___ ---------- ._._ __ ! i ! -- -------- -_.__ _ _-_. ____ __ _______ _ ____ __._- _ _...__ -----------------------------------___ _____ _ __._ _ ..___ _ .__ ------- i --------- --- - - ._- i i 1 I 1 _. --;... i I i 1 1 i i i 1 i i_. ......,.______.__.... __._._�____.-..- ---------- ______. -_- _ _ i _..___. _ . _________r..__._._-::____._ ___ _.__ __. __. i ! : 1 ' I : i !j _ ____.__ _-------- -.__ ___-__ _____ , I i i i 1 i ..__r.._____.,__.- i l ._ .__._ _ _... _ ___ __ ..._._---------- ----------__... .. _. ____ .... .__- __ ------ -- _ _._ _. ...._ _ _ __ ___ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ I i i i i i i i i i : ! ! i I t i i i I i i i i I i I ! I , I i I i i --- --------- ----'+'----- -- ------ -- ----- -- ---- ''- --- --- -- - - - -------------------- -- --- - --'-- --- '- -- - --------- i i i i i .. __._..._ �___......;_......_-- 1 --'--- - i ----+---------- '---------- i--------1--------` ---------- y------- '----------- ------------------------ ----'------ ------- ----- ---- --" - ------- -------------- --- --- -------------- --------------- ---- -- i 1 j i i • i i i ; - -- - A -- - 1 -- - -'-�._._--'-----'-'----- -- ---------'- --- 1 i i ! ; j i- -j- i i, IW ENwENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5224698 Z_ PROJECT # 0 PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEETOF By T17__ i fita2 -- - ------- --- - - ...... -------- 1-1 ---------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- -- -------- - ---------- ---------------- . . . . . . . . . . 21 ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 2-7,03 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 525 2 7560 FAX (206) 526698 PROJECT # g7 O Zi%� o3 - PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY --;._........: - - -- - - - -- -- - -'- - - - - -- - -- ------------------ - - - - - - - - i ----'T'--'-- r------�-..__._ --- ----._ ._. ._..-- -' ---- ----- ------- ---- ---... -- -- -.._. ._.- ------ -------- `----------- I I I i ----------- F — -- — — ...._.,._._._.....-------------------------------- ------------:..— — .--- --- ---- — --- ---- i — -------------------------------- ------- _..i — -- E a — — --- — --- - — --- ------ ---- -- --' — --' — i� _ _ .__:__:_ _— _ _ _ i _ ¢___ :_ _fi: _ _ ____: _ _ _ _ __r _ _ Ili i __ __---------: _ _ .{ ___ _ __ : _ _ _ _ ___ is ; :I I:I x: I 1 �S Nab j i i ._.--___.___..._...__-__:__._.-..___ _ __.__ _ ___ __.. _ -.. ____.__ __ ._._ -_ i Jr ._. ___ ____ _______ _ .-.. ___._ ___._ ..... _._ - T ____ __ ..__ _ 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _____.'._ --------- --- _off "-� � � .t ; --- - - - -- : --- - -;- ---- t � : : 1Py --------- ------- .......,. - 1----------i----------------- ' ......_._---'------------------+- -' iI -- - - - lt-------;- - I i :_..--- -- - - --- - - ---- - -- -- - _ ......- ----- - - ; : I -' - - - ------ - - - - - - l i i: i l, _.. ---- -' ---- -. .------------- i i : ---r-- ------ ;._"'-'- �------- --"--- i -----'------- - - -------- - --- - - _._ - ..- --------- - --- - ----- -' - "---- - - -- - -_. ------ ----------- -.. _ .. i i i i i i r 4-1v Aj i " i 1 It ....� x `2 �i i -- -- --------------------- i ^ .{ �. _ _ ...� _..-.__._ _...__{_.___..... ---------{.__.____. _._......_ _ _YM.__ - __._.. _ --- __-_ _ __.... _ -. .... _... _ ___.__ --- ---_ _ .. I I ..._ ________ _._ _- .... _... __. .__ i : I I 1 { _._ ____ __ -.. t OM1 G S _ ----------- I_ . -ems - 5-'...x... C - - -,P - - ' --- -- -- --- r.... S' I.. : ; I - - - - _ g' 3 I } - --- - 1 - - - - -- - - x__�_ - .QSYa11c 5�2r 0n ill 1 I I I I i i 1 - - - -- --- --- -- -- -------- . ----------- - - -- -- ---------- -- ------ _. ; i - - I I : i - ,--- _...1-- - - - - i i : i - .... - -- -- --- - i -- -, - -- - - - t ----- - -- - ---t-- ' ..... ,i i : Oil..:.. _ - - y---9'---�-�---i - -- ---- : I t ; i ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INC.P.S. SHEET Of 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) REV. 12/05/11 SEATTLE, WA. 98115 2 Z- AISI 2007 DESIGN OF AN X -BRACED METAL STUD SHEARWALL Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., Seattle - Use by others unlawful • •' INPUT = Project: JCostco Tukwila Job No.: 87022032 Wall MK: lWall 2 Notes: • All analyses per 2007 AISI Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing •' Analyses do not include wall design for gravity loads or out -of -plane lateral. These need to be evaluated separately. DESIGN DATA V x PDL AHD 20 GA. DBL WALL STUC WD TY = 1998 lbs T� 2433 lbs is ca STRAP DESIGN DATA CHD THD USD Wind or Seismic: Seismic AHD P = pp "HD R= 4 TY = 1998 lbs T� 2433 lbs is ca STRAP DESIGN DATA ASD or USD Design: USD Wind or Seismic: Seismic P = 1.0 R= 4 SDS = 1.004 Cs = 0.251 [USD] DE = 2.0 V = 518 lbs [USD] WD = 0 plf [ASD] wew = 7 psf tswd = 33 mils ttmck = 54 mils tgusset Piste 54 mils tStmp = 54 mils wetrep = 3.0 in Screw Size = #8 h = 12.0 ft e- = 8.3 ft CHD = 4.3 in 4iD = 8.0 It WALL DESIGN OUTPUT Tetrep = 2433 lbs [USD] (Tn)yield = 8806 lbs [USD] (TA..ture = 8497 lbs [USD] Therefore, Strap Design Okay HOLDDOWN OUTPUT (ASD ALT LOAD COMBO 0.9101 t EM A) (9) 48 SCREWS (MIN.) MOT = Vh = 5,193 Ib -ft [ASD] (7) 48 SCREWS (MIN.) PD = 700 lbs [ASD] (4)#8 SCREWS G SSET PDL c®lbs [ASD] — 18 GA. GUSSET PLATE x = ft TX = 1387 lbs TE = 651 lbs [ASD] TUPLIFT = 386 lbs [ASD] Use Simpson SILTT20 Holddown w/ Tallow = 1200 lbs [ASD] Mtl Stud Shearwall w X -Bracing 7/13/2016 1 / 1 AISI 2007 Light Framed Shearwall Design -wall 2.xlsx z3 ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5226698 PROJECT # O Z� 7� PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF By Z Z Q< Z.8 F 0 0 CO Z 2 05 N a U U S/LTT, S/DTT and HTT Tension Ties The HTT is a single -piece formed tension tie — no rivets, and a 4 -ply formed seat. No washers are required. S/DTT2Z tension tie is suitable for lighter -duty hold-down applications on single or back-to-back studs, and installed easily with #14 self -drilling screws. The HTT, S/DTT and S/LTT Tension Ties are ideal for retrofit or new construction projects. They provide high-strength, post -pour, concrete -to -steel connections. Material: HTT-111 mil (11 ga) S/DTT2Z-68 mil (14ga) . S/LTT20B—Strap: 97 mil (12ga); Plate: 229 mil (3ga) Finish: HTT, SA-TT—Galvanized; S/DTT2Z—ZMAX® coating Installation: • Use all specified fasteners. • Use the specified number of type of screws to attach the strap portion to the steel stud. Bolt the base to the wall or foundation with a suitable anchor; see table for the required bolt diameter. • S/DTT2Z requires a standard cut washer (included) be installed between the nut and the seat. • Do not install S/LTT208 raised off of the bottom track. • See SB and SSTB Anchor Botts on pages 108 -111 for anchorage options. • See SET -XP® and AT -XP® adhesive products for anchor bolt retrofit options. Codes: See page 11 for Code Report Reference Key Chart. Dimensions (in.) I Fasteners Stud Model Member Anchor Bolt W H Diameter' Stud Thickness (in.) Fasteners' mil (ga.) ASD (ff�s.) ' LRFD (Ibs.) Tension enecuon Tension Load at ASD Load Load S/LTT20 2 20 % 31 8 - #10 33 (20 ga) 1200 0.125 1890 33 (20 ga) 1570 0.138 OO S/DTT2z 1% 61%s 14is 34 8 #14 � 1 - 43 (18 ga) 1685 0.151. 2355 2-33 (2-20 ga) 1735 0.153 2430 HTT4 2h 123A 1% '/3 18 - #10 33 (20 ga) 3180 0.104 4770 2-33 (2-20 ga) 4395 0.125 6675 43 (18 ga) 4240 0.125 HTT5 234 16 13/3 % 6505 g 6970 ' 45rnm 10 - These products are available with additional 70 Q- i N � ' r are based on a minimum stud thickness for fastener connection. 3. Deflection at ASD or LRFD includes fastener Washer slip, holdown deformation and anchor rod elongation for holdowns installed up to 4" above top of concrete. Holdowns may be installed raised, up to 18" above top of concrete, with no load reduction provided that additional elongation of the not tt 40.250C12365 required F4 85 S/D1T2ZHTT5 (HTT4 similar) • e 5 • Typical HTT5 • Installation ' as a Holdown 11 I� 11 I ' O ASD (ff�s.) ' LRFD (Ibs.) Tension enecuon Tension Load at ASD Load Load S/LTT20 2 20 % 31 8 - #10 33 (20 ga) 1200 0.125 1890 33 (20 ga) 1570 0.138 OO S/DTT2z 1% 61%s 14is 34 8 #14 2200 - 43 (18 ga) 1685 0.151. 2355 2-33 (2-20 ga) 1735 0.153 2430 HTT4 2h 123A 1% '/3 18 - #10 33 (20 ga) 3180 0.104 4770 2-33 (2-20 ga) 4395 0.125 6675 43 (18 ga) 4240 0.125 HTT5 234 16 13/3 % 6505 26 - #10 2-43 (2-18 ga) 4670 0.125 6970 1-54(1-16ga) . 4150 0.125 6425 - These products are available with additional 70 corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option. Check with Simpson Strong -Tie for details. 1. The Designer shall specify the foundation anchor material type, embedment and configuration. 2. Stud design by Specifier. Tabulated loads are based on a minimum stud thickness for fastener connection. 3. Deflection at ASD or LRFD includes fastener slip, holdown deformation and anchor rod elongation for holdowns installed up to 4" above top of concrete. Holdowns may be installed raised, up to 18" above top of concrete, with no load reduction provided that additional elongation of the 5 anchor rod is accounted for. See bottom of page 114 for installation detail 40.250C12365 4. The Nominal Tension Load is based on the tested average ultimate (peak) load and is provided for design in accordance with section 05 of AISI S213 that requires a tension tie to have a nominal strength to resist the lesser of the amplified seismic load or the maximum force the system can deliver. 5. See pages 65 through 81 for more information on Simpson Strong -Tie fasteners. 11 SIMPSOI Strong -TI Load Transfer Plate - Washer not required S/LTT20 1' Nominal Deflection Tenslon Load' Code at LRFD :(lbs.) Ref. Load3 0.250 4625 0.250 4265 70 5 Ipi, 5 L2, 40.250C12365 35 F4 85 5 5 1' ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. — STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 1 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 PROJECT # q70 2.ZU ��ROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY, L kFD ----- ------ --- --------- - -... - ---- --------------------------- --------- - --- --- -._..- - -- ___X -- ----- - -- - - - - --/ : I I i i i i i I I 1 I �, W� , I 1 _ : i , i i I t -- - - -- _.-..- - ---------------- - ......... - - - - - - - ----------- ------------- ---- - - ----- -- I i l .>_._..__ ......... - ..__;..- -P ? _ ..__.._ - - i - _ - - - -- - - -- --- - --- ---------- 'o2 ------- ! : - - r i 's 8 k z :o�x �Z 7 1 i i i i I i i / i ! I Ii IL : I i ------------------*------- }- - ' ................_ _......_:-------._._.---------- - - - - - - - - -- - - - --- - - --.- --- - -- -- ------- 44 i ; , t 1 t' ................. .. _ . .-._------ _: . .. _• .._... � _ .. _._. : : I 11�1da�r Q'f `t�^' " w►✓i Wtk1 fJt ---- �' J y. 1./ P 'or. ! -ir I - I : ,I I , " ; ,i -- ._ __..__: -- _. .. - -------- ------------ i! ,I ; fi { S`'�) h Irv) 0 !"'i 2Nt Z Z T — -�6 1--------- ---------- i[-------------- Irv) - - : I : I i I , --------+------ ----- ...........:...._..: --......r...._....;....- - ........, ' - - -- -.... - - -..._ _ .... _ .... - -- -- - ---- - - - -- - -- -- - -- - , I : -- - --- -- - „ ; I ; -r - -- -- -- - ...__ _ & - - - - „ ----------- i ----------- ---------- ------- - --- --------- - - 0--� --- ---------- (-A : : , ; r : i i : i i, i i Z6 ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. — STRUCTURALENGINEERS � u725THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 2O7 SEATTLE, W*9@ll5 (206)525-7560p^x(206)522-6698 PnoJEcr# DATE SUBJECT SosaT------OF-_-__- B __ _ ------------- ENWENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SuiTE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5226698 7- PROJECT # PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEETOF By ------------------------------ - ------ ----------------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------- ------ --------- -- --------------------------- ----- c ----------- - -------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------- pL___t )10, ......... .. ----------- . ..... _- ------ ----- - ------ ---------- ----------- ---------- --------------- ---------- ------------ ----------------------- -Y ----------- : ---------- et�jc ------------ - ... . ...... ----- --- --- ---------------- -------- . . . ---------- --- - ---- - ---------- --------------------- -------- - ------ - -- ---------- - -------- ---------- ---------- - ----- --------- i --------- - ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- WAIII 54.4-1 v44qir K! ---------- ----------- ----- ----------- ------------ ---------- --------------- - - ---------- --------- - zl� 3 5 b "ftll, 24 ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS . 7 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 PROJECT # / Dy 3 ZPROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY -._......._-.:---------- :------------ --------- ----------- } ----------- ------ ---------- ---- --- - - - t -- 1 --------'-------- -----------------.------------------------------ ------ ----- ---- --------- -- - --- - - ... - ----------- ------------ ----- ---- o x o 3 n ----------- .------ 3 - - ; North American Standard For Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Lateral Design 11 Tote C2.1-1 lt/arlAea►A4rAlr &WAAu av Nombal Shear Strengd+ (Ro) for Wind and Ot1w 1n44one Lwb for shear Waft MAr. r (Pwmds Per red) Assembly Desedpltton Aspect Ratio (h/w) 6 4 3 2 �.v� vs. VN YVW.NI +N. wNN m.�i -T MVI, 2:1 10653 - - - - one side 7/16" rated sheathing (OSB), one side 2:1 910 3 1410 1735 1910 7/16" rated sheathing (OSB), one aide 2:1 1020 - oriented perpendicular to framing. " 7/16" rated sheathing (OSB), one side 1 2:16 - 1025. 1425 9.825 10.018" steel sheet, one side 2:1 1 485 1 - I - I - j 0.027" steel sheet. one side I -- 4i-i_'.1j �1� 1170 1 L Nominal strengths shall be multiplied by the > anc a factor %) to determine jdesign stner�hor divided by the safety In Sectkm -� 2. Screws In the flleld of the pane sl hairmine aflowabh- llled 12 Is set ncises (305 mm) ac. unless otherwise shown. 3. Where fully blocked gypsum board is applied to the opposite side of this swembly, per tabb 0212 with screw spacing at 7 Inches (178 mm) o c. edge and 7 Inches (178 mm) o.c. field, these nominal strengths are permimed to be Increased by 309L 4. See Section C23. for requirements for sheathing applied to moth skies of wall. 5. shear wag height to width aspect ratio's (h/w) greater than 2,1, but not exceeding 4:1, shall be permitted provided the norninal streno is multiplied by 2w/h. See Section C2L 6. Shear values are permitted for use in seismic design where the seismic response modification factor, R, is taken equal to or less than 3, suNect to the limitations In Section c1.L 7. For wood structural panel sheathed shear walls, tabuleted Rn values shall be applicable for short tern load durow (wind loads). For other fn -plane lateiral loads of normal or permanent load duration as defined by the AF&PA NDS, the values in the table above for wood structural panel sheathed shear walls shall be multiplied by 0.63 (nominal) or 0.56 (permanent). (a W 8 cit f e l }�► S. Forr1° Sk a 25.4 mm,1 foal = 0.305 m, i Ib = 4.45 N TaMe02.12 Or (0.35) t s> �Aelvv - 4n b IT Nominai Shear Sh (R,) forMod and Selsadc goads 2 . e; for Shear Wails raced with ft�m Board er Rberboard » (Pounds Per Foal) Maudmum Fastener Spacing at Panel Edges/Field (inches) Assembly Description Aspect Rano WWII) T/7 4/4 4/12 8/12 4J6 3/8 2/6 3h" gypsum board on one side 2.1 290 425 295 230 - - - of wall; studs max. .24" o.c. 'h" fiberboard on one side of 1.1 - - - - 425 615 670 wall; studs max. 24" o.c. ° i. Nominal strerrgrhs shall be multiplied by the resistance factor (�) to determine design strength or divided by the so" r ffector (d2) th detemnne allowable strengths as set forth in Section C21. 2. See Section C2.1 for requirements for sheathing applied to both sides of wail. 3. For gypsum or fiberboard sheathed shear wails, tabulated values shall be applicable for short-term load duration only �. (wind or seismic loads). 4. For Sl: V - 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 0.305 m,11b - 4.45 N 30 North American Standard For CAW Wnied Steel Framing - Lateral Design 7 1 ' Setbacks of structural walls shall not exceed the web depth of the floor jnfst except when designed for the additional toads, but in no case shall the setback exceed four times the web depth of the floor. joist member. C2.1 Available S`trengtb Facbred lieslstence) The ava",leshmgth jack+ 4 ressst,RanaeJ� shall be determined- streng& [nominal resistance] shown in Tables C2.1-1 through � C7-1-5, permitted and applicable, and dividing by theappropriate suety factor � (Sl) or multiplying by the appropriate resistancefollows: S2 = 2.50 for ASD aeric C1 - 2.00 for ASD (wind or other in -plane lateral loads) = 0.60 for LRFD (seismic) } = 065 for I RFD (wind or other in plane lateral loads) = 0.70 for LSD (except as noted below) ¢ = 060 for LSD (gypsum sheathed walls) Where a height to width aspect ratio (h/w) of a shear wall segment is greater than the tabulated value, as permitted in footnotes to Tables C21-1, C21-3 and C2.14 the available shmgfh [frrchVW resistance) shallbe multiplied by 2w/h, but in no case shall the height to width aspect ratio (h/w) exceed 4:1. The amrTable shrngth t6dvred resistance] for shear panels with different sheathing materials and . fastener configurations applied to the same side of a wall is not cumulative. For walls with material of the same type and nominal strength [nominal resistance] applied to opposite faces of the same wall the avar7able strength Vack wed resistance] of material of the same capacity is cumulative. Where the material nominal stmgths jnominal resistances] are not equal the avaaable strength VAdDred resistance] shall be either two times the ano7able strength (factored rawsta»ce] of the material with the smaller value or shall be taken as the value of the stronger side, whichever is greater. Summing the available strengths Vwtoreed resistance] of dissimilar material applied to opposite faces or to the same wall line is not allowed unless permitted by Table 02.11 C2.11 DesWn Deft Won The deflection of a blocked wood structural panel or sheet steel shear wait fastened throughout shall be permitted to be calculated according to the following: E .4 b +curd pC:t h +6> 514 CO2 v 2 +h8y (Eq. C2.1-1)• A 2vh3 vh (50290fl) 2 For SI: s = 3E A b + �i�s t .1 5/4h' %W4 v+ h(Eq. C2.1-2) a . PG ^Y`^'3 b where. Ac = Gross cross-sectional area of chord member, in square inches (mm2) b = Width of the shear wall, in feet (mm) F. = Modulus of elasticity of steel = 29500,000 psi (203,000 MPa) G = Shear modulus of sheathing material, in pounds per square inch (MPa) h = Wall height, in feet (mm) s = Maximum fastener spacing at panel edges, in inches (mm) L.\ AiSI 521"7 10 permitted to resist horizontal forces produced by wind or seismic loads subject to the :_..._, folio . 2. Nominal strengths [r+esistances) shall be as given in the following fables, as applicable: (a) In the UnW States and Mexico: Table C2.1-2. (b) In Canada. Table C2.1-5. 3. Gypsum board shall be applied perpendicular to framing with strap blodang behind the hori ental joint and with solid bbdbng between the first two end studs, at•each end of the wall, or applied vertically with all edges attached to framing members. Unblocked assemblies are 'toed provided the nominal strength [nmianae] values are muliiplied 0.35. 4. Screws used to attach gypsum board a minimum No. 6 in accordance with ASTM C954 or ASTM 01002, as applicable. C2,Z4 Fiberboard Panel S'beethft in the United States and l ACO Cold formed steel framed wall systems, sheathed with fiberboard, shall be permitted to resist horizontal forces produced by wind or seismic loads m seismic design categories A, B and C subject to the followin97 1. Fgwrboard panels shall comply with AHA A194.1 or ASTM C 208. 2. Nominal shear strengths shall be given in Table 021-2. 3. F&-rbwd shall be applied perpendicular to framing with strap blocking behind the horizontal joint and with solid blodcfng between the 6M two end studs, at 'each end of the wall,- or applied vertically with all edges attached to framing members. 4. Screws used to attach fiberboard shall be a minimum No. S in accordance with ASTM 01513. Head style shall be selected to provide a flat bearing surface in contact with the sheathing with a head diameter not less than 0 43 inches (10.9 mm). Screws shall be driven so that their flat bearing surface is flush with the surface of the sheathing. i . 3z ENw ENGINEERS -z- ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. — STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AVE NE, Sum 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5224698 ITI PROJECT # O 2zo ROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEETOF By A 141 oil d Ir -------------- --- --------------- - ------------- ---------- N : \ - '•-a--... 1 — --- ------- ------- ------ - -- - - �P , br�Una ___ __._-- -- - ----------- ---------- ------ - -- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------- ----- --- ----------- ------------- ---------- -------------- ( IA ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. SHEET OF 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207 SEATTLE, WA 98115 * * * * * Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful * * * * * 7 2001 AISI SPECIFICATION PROVISIONS FOR SCREWS 7 Steel Sheet Properties Gauge Mils Design Thickness (in) Fu ksi) 25 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 18 27 33 43 54 68 97 118 0.0188 0.0283 0.0346 0.0451 0.0566 0.0713 0.1017 0.1242 45 45 45 45 65 65 65 65 * TABLE ASSUMES THAT CONNECTED MEMBERS ARE THE SAME THICKNESS * MINIMUM VALUES FOR EDGE DISTANCE & o/c SPACING ARE BASED ON VALUES FOR 1.5d & 3d, RESPECTIVELY * SCREWS TO HAVE 5/16" MINIMUM HEAD DIAMETER DESIGN STRENGTH ASD FOR TWO DIFFERENT THICKNESSES POUNDS THICKNESS OF MEMBER IN CONTACT WITH SCREW HEAD= THICKNESS OF MEMBER NOT IN CONTACT WITH SCREW HEAD = SCREW SCHEDULE - ASD DESIGN VALUES POUNDS Mils = 54 = = 54 = Inches 0.0566 0.0566 1/4 #12 #10 0.25 0.216 0.19 0. SCREW DIA(in.) GAUGE 1/4 0.25 SHEAR TENSION #12 0.216 SHEAR TENSION #10 0.19 SHEAR TENSION #8 0.164 SHEAR TENSION #6 0.138 SHEAR TENSION 25 18 mils 81 132 60 75 52 71 46 66 39 60 33 22 (27 mils) 150 90 139 78 131 69 121 59 111 50 20 33 mils) 203 110 188 95 177 84 164 72 132 61 18 43 mils) 302 144 280 124 263 109 244 94 132 79 16 (54 mils) 613 261 501 225 324 198 268 171 132 144 14 68 mils 651 328 501 284 324 249 268 215 132 181 12 (97 mils) 651 468 501 405 324 356 268 267 132 258 10 (118 mils) 651 572 1 501 494 324 365 1 268 1 267 132 267 Min edge dist. = Min o/c spac. = 0.375 0.750 0.324 0.648 0.285 0.570 0.246 0.492 0.207 0.414 * TABLE ASSUMES THAT CONNECTED MEMBERS ARE THE SAME THICKNESS * MINIMUM VALUES FOR EDGE DISTANCE & o/c SPACING ARE BASED ON VALUES FOR 1.5d & 3d, RESPECTIVELY * SCREWS TO HAVE 5/16" MINIMUM HEAD DIAMETER DESIGN STRENGTH ASD FOR TWO DIFFERENT THICKNESSES POUNDS THICKNESS OF MEMBER IN CONTACT WITH SCREW HEAD= THICKNESS OF MEMBER NOT IN CONTACT WITH SCREW HEAD = Ga 16 16 Mils = 54 = = 54 = Inches 0.0566 0.0566 1/4 #12 #10 0.25 0.216 0.19 0. #6 0.138 SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION 613 T 261 501 225 324 198 2681 171 132 144 7/19/2016 AISI 2001 Cold Formed Steel Connections.xlsx VAC Rep lacemRh'ot-I- ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AvE NE, SuiTE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 PROJECT # V Z- CA Z PROJECT. SUBJECT r V 1 6 A ^ v 1:4 i1 AcA DATE. SHEET By OF EN W ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. ^- STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS PROJECT #i 07-m 3Z PROJECT SUBJECT v - 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5226698 DATE SHEET OF BY - - -- - --a-- - - - - - --; -t - - - - --- - - -- - - - - -- * - -- ; i I I T 1 I ..__.-;..__...____.._.._...---------- r_. _... __._ ......... .__.. .... ... .. ... ._.{_ h...-_ ..._. .........------------ _... __ ...... . ....... . .... . ...- _ ----------- --- _ i i ; i ,a ' I j , i y 1 1 - - - ---- - - w� -�- i -- - --- - -- - -- ?.. .-...- ---- ' --- - ----------- - --.._.:.._..._.__-- ................... _ _... _ i i : , i. _I . � . L s.... : ; I ; . i - -- ; i .i : , 8 • --; - : � - � �.-----�_-�-iSn.�r/. -- -� - -- - ---- ---• -- ---- -- - 200 �; I I; • X • • i �i 1 i 1 ---------.. 5 -' i -.- - d wP,iubf f� 1 i i , h • i - t I I : i t : - ------- - I I t ! i t i ---r--------_ -- - ._ .. _..... 1 ----------------- -. - t -----; --- - - - -- - - -------- - - - -- - - - - - .. i -- ;1- I- - ._. - - --- -- i i I ! ___ 1 __.__ ______ .... _ ... I i I 1 : fir' D _.. , , i :i t ---------- ------- ._,._. I I • , I i.. 1 i I _----------- __- i r- - - - - ---------t --- - ------ ---- ------------- ---------------- ------------ - - - - I I i -t i I { : � 1 1 �.__.__._ _____ 1 ____ -_._._-_...___..I__....__' t i : 1 ' < i i i I • i I i -- -- - 1 _ ,....----- --- - -- --- ------ --- ---- -------- - ---- : i --- i ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INC.P.S. SHEET OF_ 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 • • • • Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful • • • EXISTING STEEL JOIST ANALYSIS WITH NON-UNIFORM LOADS Input = Project Number = Project Name = Location = Design By = a INPUT JOIST INFO: Joist Type = LH -Series Joist Designation = 32LH Span, L = 42.5 ft Modulus of Elasticity, E = 29000 ksi Moment of Inertia, Ix =1 843 in° ORIGINAL DESIGN LOADS Full Uniform: W = 296 Ib/ft start Distribute RL End Moment: d ftM (ft -Ib. 1 2 3 NEW DESIGN LOADS Full Uniforrn: W = 296 Ib/ft Start End Distribute Moment: d ftM (ft -Ib. 1 2 31 1 Point: Point: al 1r RR 7/29/2016 Copy of ExisUoistAnalysis xlsx OUTPUT ORIGINAL DESIGN LOADS End Reactions: RL = 6427.2024 lbs. ENGIN E E RS•NORTH W EST, INC.P.S. 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 RR = 6357.4 lbs. Minimum Design Web Shear: VW -MIN = 1606.81 lbs. (25% of end reaction per SJI Specifications) Maximum Moments: MMmAx = 68271.123 ft -lb @ x = 21.0223 ft MOmAx = -6.36E-06 ft -Ib @ x = 42.5 ft Point of Zero Shear: X (v --o) = 21.022 ft Maximum Deflections: -AMAX = -1.07 +AMAX = 0 ARAno = U477 in @ x = 21.3825 ft in @ x= 42.5 ft NEW DESIGN LOADS End Reactions: RL = 6607.4565 lbs. RR = 6445.94 lbs. Maximum Moments: MMmAx = 70186.128 ft -Ib @ x = 20.7232 ft MI-)MAx = -6.45E-06 ft -Ib @ x = 42.5 ft SHEET Of Point of Zero Shear: X (v -o) = 20.723 ft Note: If the location of the point of zero shear moves more than V-0" +/- between the original design loads and the new design loads, stress reversals could occur in the diagonal web members. If adjacent diagonal web members are not the same size, further detailed joist analysis would be required. Maximum Deflections: -AMAX = -1.07 +AMAX = 0 ARATIO = U477 in @ x = 21.1553 ft in @ x= 42.5 ft MAXIMUM STRESS RATIOS Ushew =� 1.076 @ x= 13.6 ft Ubending = 1.041 @ x= 13.6 ft COMMENTS: �tse Energy c -f m &ke ,k "is�i CTL 13 "110 3� 7/29/2016 Copy of ExisUoistAnalyslsAu ' 8000 6000 4000 2000 a d 0 -2000 -4000 -6000 -8000 80000 70000 60000 50000 N a 40000 c d E 30000 0 g 20000 10000 0 -10000 ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INCPS. SHEET OF 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 Shear Diagram x (ft) Moment Diagram x (ft) — — — — — • = curves for original design loads = curves for new design loads 38 7/29/2016 Copy of ExisUoistAnalysis xlsx Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can change this area Engineer: Project ID: using the 'Settings' menu item Project Descr: and then using the *Printing & Title Block' selection. Title Block Line 6 Printed• 29 JUL 2016 1103AM Wood Beam = �rJrW,.r,. r'casr"r",e�M,� n.- ._.�� ,.�,�A FNe 11192 i68.8254xdc IitXeryiiGCXUW-�S18T A"-20UIYPS=IITIRP8M-k C6 Description: GLB Puriin Span # Max Stress Ratios M V C d C FN CODEREFERENCES Cr C m C t CL Calculations per NDS 2012, IBC 2012, CBC 2013, ASCE 7-10 Fb V Shear Values fv F'v +D+H Load Combination Set: ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method: Allowable Stress Design Fb - Tension 2,400.0 psi E: Modulus of Elasficky Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Fb - Compr 1,850.0 psi Ebend- xx 1,800.Oksi 0.157 Fc - Pdl 1,650.0 psi Eminbend - xx 930.0 ksi Wood Species : DF/DF Fc - Perp 650.0 psi Ebend- yy 1,600.Oksi Wood Grade :24F - V4 Fv 265.0 psi Eminbend - yy 830.0 ksi Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsion buckling 1,100.0 psi Density 31.20pcf 5.125x21 Span = 42.50 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load: D = 0.0960, S = 0.20 , Tributary Width =1.0 ft Point Load : D = 0.50 k (x),12.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY--- -- - - -- e Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = 0.984 1 aximum Shear Stress Ratio = 0.302 :1 Section used for this span 5. 25x Section used for this span 5.125x21 fb : Actual 2,393.30psi fv : Actual 91.98 psi FB: Allowable = 2,432.14psi Fv : Allowable = 304.75 psi Load Combination +D+S+H Load Combination +D+S+H Location of maximum on span = 20.785ft Location of maximum on span = 0.000 ft Span # where maximum occurs = Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs = Span # 1 Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection 2.074 in Ratio = 245 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <240 Max Downward Total Deflection 3.460 in Ratio = 147 Max Upward Total Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <120 Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Segment Length Span # Max Stress Ratios M V C d C FN C i Cr C m C t CL Moment Values M fb Fb V Shear Values fv F'v +D+H 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.502 0.157 0.90 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 1903.41 2.69 37.50 238.50 +D+L+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.452 0.142 1.00 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 2114.90 2.69 37.50 265.00 +D+Lr+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.362 0.113 1.25 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 2643.63 2.69 37.50 331.25 +D+S+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.984 0.302 1.15 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 75.13 2,393.30 2432.14 6.60 91.98 304.75 +040.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 It 1 0.362 0.113 1.25 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 2643.63 2.69 37.50 331.25 Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can change this area Engineer: using the'Settings" menu item Project Descr: and then using the 'Printing & Title Block" selection. Description: GLB Pudin Project ID: Pmded: 29 JUL 2016,11:03AM Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Moment Values Shear Values Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN C i Cr C m C t CL M Po F'b V tv Pv +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 It 1 0.836 0.257 1.15 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 63.84 2,033.84 2432.14 5.62 78.36 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 It 1 0.283 0.088 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 3383.84 2.69 37.50 424.00 +D+0.70E-4-1 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 It 1 0.283 0.088 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 3383.84 2.69 37.50 424.00 +0+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.283 0.088 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.02 956.44 3383.84 2.69 37.50 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.601 0.185 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 63.84 2,033.84 3383.84 5.62 78.36 424.00 +0+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.601 0.185 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 63.84 2,033.84 3383.84 5.62 78.36 424.00 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.170 0.053 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 18.01 573.86 3383.84 1.61 22.50 424.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 42.50 ft 1 0.170 0.053 1.60 0.881 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 18.01 573.86 3383.84 1.61 22.50 424.00 OVOW1 MaximumDeflections Load Combination Span Max.' " Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +0+S+H 1 3.4597 21.250 0.0000 0.000 Vertical Reactions. Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 7.144 6.927 Overall MINimum 1.737 1.606 +D+H 2.894 2.677 +D+L+H 2.894 2.677 +D+Lr+H 2.894 2.677 +D+S+H 7.144 6.927 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 2.894 2.677 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 6.082 5.864 +D+0.60W+H 2.894 2.677 +D+0.70E+H 2.894 2.677 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 2.894 2.677 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 6.082 5.864 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 6.082 5.864 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 1.737 1.606 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 1.737 1.606 D Only 2.894 2.677 Lr Only L Only S Only 4.250 4.250 W Only E Only H Only ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS PROJECT # D Z2 0 32PROJECT fl 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAx (206) 5226698 DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY ------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------- ..- ---------- ----- - -- ----- - ----------------------------------- - - -- --------- - ---- --'------- ' - I 1 che�c-x 6 D i i.S )e - i ---------i------- - - rov - T— - :_ - - --'>-------=-----------;_-------:. i �t I -- i-- - ._ ----- -- - -- i �q i - - - - - - - - - -- - -- ---. - - ----- - '- ; ; _1 -1 __ __ t _._.. .. ._.. ..._. .._ .... __.. _... ___. ..._ .....------ T._. __ 1 1 T --- ----------- ----------y _ _ _ _ __ __ _ "_ __ —_ ___ _ ...._ __.__ _ ___ : i 1 t I 1 I i } I : `. i : I t i I .............__.}.__.___..__._._.--------- __._.___.__}_.__—__{. ._._.1__. .•.._........'_.._...-y...."....-..�-._.-..._} _..._....1-_._.___.r__.____ _...._ _ _...._. {....___.__.r------------ ._._ .... _._.__ __ _._.____ _._____ ... _ ..... _..._ __..._ _ _._.___---------- -u ._ . : I : t • i .. _ I I ; i 1 ._ _...--------------------------------- t_ ._._ _._- .___ _.__ .._ __. __. ..__ __. ---------- .__ ----------------- I I 1 { I j 1 I i : I 1 1 a... I � i I t I i 1 ; i : i ; ; 1 ; t t y..j _i . 1 t i j t i 1 I , I • I I ' I .. _ _.. .__.._. _ ..... .... .... ------ ---------- ....._. .... _ ___..._---------- ----------- ._. .... .__ .__- .... ..... _... .__. .... .._. ._.. . - "--- _.._ ---- .._.----------- ---------- .___ _._. .... ..y.. ..-1..- .--,_ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ...-4._. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ j : I .__s_.._..-..._.._ ............. _ ; ; 1 I : 1 : r 1 � i i 1 ; t I ` j I i j i I I I I i ...i.. -------------------- • 1 I : t : i ................ �......... _._....._._.___._.__.____.._._..,......._.._ ....__.._ ..____'_. _..... _.. .._. ..... ---------- ---- .._-_. ____ ._ I ; .i. t i I _______ ____t ________________._.___.___ _._____.I -------- -----------1 I ------ - _ ___ I ----- _ 1 1 i ; i 1 1 I � I 1 _ __-.-_____.___........___._._.___._._._.__—.____..._. _ .._ _ _____..__ ------------ ___.___ _____ _... _ __..- _ _ _______ ____.___ _______ _ _ _____ ____ ---------- -A ___.._.__ --------------- ---------- ___.._ _ __._.. v 1 I i i I t t ' t I 1 E : I 1 i - - - -- - - - ----------- ---------- - - --- — ------- ----"- -------- -_._-- -- -- - --- - - --- ----- - "— - — - i I i i I"y a Title Block Line 1 Project Title: You can change this area Engineer: Project ID: using the'Settings' menu item ProJect Descr. 2. 4 and then using the'Printing & Title Block' selection. Title Block line 6 Printed: 29 JUL 2016,11:16AM Wood Beam File=11192168 8251p10 Gl�aUW-6rylfGCX18i)(R9(5-W18KlJSHU-210U1YPS*11-nRP8M-M.fC6 Point Load : D = 0.40 k O 4.0 ft ENERCALC: INC. 198332015. Ikift6.15.10A Vec6.16:228 Description : roof wood sleepper CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2012, IBC 2012, CBC 2013, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set: ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method: Allowable Stress Design Fb - Tension 1,000.0 psi E: Modulus of Elasticity Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Fb - Compr 1,000.0 psi Ebend- xx 1 300.Oksi Wood Species Wood Grade Beam Bracing : Completely Unbraced Fc - Pill 1,000.0 psi Fc - Perp 1,000.0 psi Fv 65.0 psi Ft 65.0 psi -------------- D(O-4) - i Eminbend -xx 1,300.Oksi Density 34.Opcf 4x6 Span = 6.0 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Point Load : D = 0.40 k O 4.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY (568. • Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = 3 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = 0.288: 1 Section used for this span 6 Section used for this span 4x6 fb : Actual = si fv : Actual = 16.85 psi FB: Allowable = 898.86psi Fv: Allowable = 58.50 psi Load Combination +D+H Load Combination +D+H Location of maximum on span = 4.000ft Location of maximum on span = 7.562 ft Span # where maximum occurs = Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs = Span # 1 Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <360 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <360 Max Downward Total Deflection 0.124 in Ratio = 773 Max Upward Total Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <180 Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Moment Values Shear Values Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C i Cr Cm C t CL M fb Fb V fv Fv +D+H 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 It 1 0.633 0.288 0.90 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 898.86 0.22 16.85 58.50 +D+L+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 It 1 0.570 0.259 1.00 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 998.58 0.22 16.85 65.00 +D+Lr+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 It 1 0.456 0.207 1.25 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1247.77 0.22 16.85 81.25 +D+S+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.495 0.225 1.15 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1148.12 0.22 16.85 74.75 +D+0.75pLr+0.750L+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 It 1 0.456 0.207 1.25 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1247.77 0.22 16.85 81.25 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Title Block Line 1 You can change this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block' selection. Project Title: Engineer: Project Descr: Project ID: ME Description: root wood sieepper Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Moment Values Shear Values Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN C i Cr Cm C t CL M fb Pb V fv F'v Length = 8.0 it 1 0.495 0.225 1.15 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1148.12 0.22 16.85 74.75 +D+0.60W+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.356 0.162 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1596.32 0.22 16.85 104.00 +D+0.70E+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 It 1 0.356 0.162 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1596.32 0.22 16.85 104.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.356 0.162 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1596.32 0.22 16.85 104.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.356 0.162 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1596.32 0.22 16.85 104.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 It 1 0.356 0.162 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 568.77 1596.32 0.22 16.85 104.00 -460N0.60*4601-1 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.214 0.097 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.50 341.26 1596.32 0.13 10.11 104.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.214 0.097 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.50 341.26 1596.32 0.13 10.11 104.00 Overall Maldmum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. " ' Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Deil Location in Span D Only 1 0.1242 4.029 0.0000 0.000 VB010hReacti0ns _ Support notation: Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 0.218 0.218 Overall MINimum 0.131 0.131 +D+H 0.218 0.218 +D+L+H 0.218 0.218 +D+Lr+H 0.218 0.218 +D+S+H 0.218 0.218 +O+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.218 0.218 +D+0.750L40.750S+H 0.218 0.218 +O+0.60W+H 0.218 0.218 +D+0.70E+H 0.218 0.218 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.218 0.218 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.218 0.218 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.218 0.218 +0.6013+0.60W+0.601-1 0.131 0.131 +0.60D+0.70E+0.601-1 0.131 0.131 D Only 0.218 0.218 Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. SHEET OF 9725 THIRD AVENUE NE (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA 98115 * " • • ASCE 7-10 Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.-Use by others unlawful ` • * " 4 -q - Seismic Loads per ASCE 7-10- Chapter 13 Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components Input Cells = Project Number: Project Name: Location: Design By: ASCE 7-10 Section 13.3 Seismic Demands on Nonstructural Components (Mechanical & Electrical Components) All references below are to ASCE 7-10 (U.N.O.) Mechanical and Electrical Component Table 13.6-1 Category Ss S, Site Class (soil) Risk Category Average roof height of structure, h Height in stricture of point of attachment of component with respect to base, z = 31 ft Component importance factor, IP = 1.0 Sed 13.1.3 Operating weight of mechanical unit, Wp = 800 Ib. Qutout Site Coefficient, FB = 1 Table 11-4.1 Sms = 1.434 Eqn 11.4-1 SDs = 0.956 Eqn 11.4-3 z/h = 1 Component amplification factor, ap = 2.5 Component response modification factor, RP = 6 Component overstrength factor, 0. = 2.5 Fp = 0.478 ' Wp, Eqn 13.3-1 Fp max = 1.53 ' Wp, Eqn 13.3-2 Fp_mi,, = 0.287 ' Wp, Eqn 13.3-3 FP no,t = 0.478 ' Wp Fpj., = 382A Ib (ULT) Fp vert = +/- 0.191 ' Wp, Sed. 13.3.1 (apply concurrently with horizontal force) Fp-", =+/- 162.8 Ib (ULT), Sect 13.3.1 (appy concurrently with horizontal force) NOTES: 1. Anchors in concrete shall be designed in accordance with Appendix D of ACI 318. 2. Anchors in masonry shall be designed in accordance with TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. Anchors shall be designed to be governed by the tensile or shear strength of a ductile steel element. See Sect 13.4.2.2 for exception. 3. Post -installed anchors in concrete shall be prequalified for seismic applications in accordance with ACI 355.2 or other approved qualification procedures. Post -installed anchors in masonry shall be prequalified for seismic applications in accordance with approved qualification procedures. 4. Power actuated fasteners in concrete or steel shall not be used for sustained tension loads or for brace applications in Seismic Design Categories D, E, or F unless approved for seismic loading. Power actuated fasteners in masonry are not permitted unless approved for seismic loading. See Section 13.4.5 for exceptions. 5. Friction dips in Seismic Design Categories D, E, or F shall not be used for supporting sustained loads in addition to resisting seismic forces. Copy of ASCE7-10 Seismic Loads-HVAC.)dsx Elec Mech Components �1 ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. SHEET OF 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA 98115 * * * * * Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful ASCE 7-10 Wind Loads per ASCE 7-10- Chapter 29 Other Structures and Building Appurtenances- Rooftop Equipment Input Cells = Project Number: Project Name: Location: Design By: Program Limitations: 1. Mean roof height h less than or equal to 60 ft. BUILDING, SITE, AND MECHANICAL UNIT INFORMATION Building width, B = Building length, L = Building eave height, he = Building ridge height, h, = Roof slope, s = Risk Category = Wind velocity, V = Exposure = Topographic factor, Kt = Wind directionality factor, Kd = M/U width = M/U depth = M/U height = 500 ft (perpendicular to wind) ft (parallel to wind) ft ft = 1.19 degrees mi/hr = 85 mi/hr ft (perpendicular to wind) ft (parallel to wind) ft 427.17 30.5 31.5 0.25 in./ft. 11 110 C 1 0.85 4.33 3.75 4.5 4.33 ft (GC,)„ O;ft = 1.5 Vertical uplift wind pressure, p„ = 39.1 psf (LRFD) Vertical uplift wind force, F„ = 635 Ib (LRFD) NOTE: To convert to ASD multiply by 0.6 +5' Copy of ASCE7-10 Wind Loads Low Rise.)dsx Mach Unit OUTPUT Mean roof height, h = 30.5 ft Pressure exposure coeff, Kh = 0.99 Velocity pressure, qh = 26.07 psf (GCr)1at.1= 1.9 Horizontal wind pressure, ph = 49.5 psf (LRFD) Horizontal wind force, Fh = 965.2 Ib (LRFD) (GC,)„ O;ft = 1.5 Vertical uplift wind pressure, p„ = 39.1 psf (LRFD) Vertical uplift wind force, F„ = 635 Ib (LRFD) NOTE: To convert to ASD multiply by 0.6 +5' Copy of ASCE7-10 Wind Loads Low Rise.)dsx Mach Unit ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA 98115 •' .. • Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful Lateral Loading on Mechanical Unita Input Calls = Project Number: Project Name: Location: Design By: Mechanical and Electrical Component Table 13.6-1 Category Risk Category Building Width Roof height above ground level Mechanical unit operating weight Mechanical unit length Mechanical unit depth Mechanical unit height Hoklown clearance, cttD iAtPEtle HVAC, ran$, ah haMlets, air Oot16fior p units, cobbw heaters, a* ditbuWn bam. end older,,ediJ ,Seismic Parameters SDS = 0.956 Force inputted in = LRFD Horizontal seismic force, Fp w� = 383 Ib Vertical seismic force, Fp ,,, = 153 Ib Vertical center of mass of meth. unit, h = 2.25 ft See seismic bads spreadsheet for addiitional data Wind Parameters Foroe inputted in = LRFD Horizontal Wind force, Fn = 966 Ib Vertical uplift wind force, F„ = 635 Ib See wind loads spreadsheet for addit anal date Output LATERAL LOADS AND REACTIONS Ultimate (LRFD) Working ASD Seismic overturning moment = 862 ftab 603 ft4b Seismic uplift @ each end of unit = 30 Ib 33 lb Seismic shear @ each side of unit = 192 Ib 134 Ib Wind overturning moment = 2174 ft -lb 1304 4b Wind uplift @ each end of unit = 748 Ib 25 Ib Wind shear @ each side of unit = 483 Ib 290 Ib 9ove ( ns iq 4.33 ft 4.5 fill (:,- SHEET OF 11-6 375ft IF- F, -, 4.5 It v MOT CFtD TvC IPon PDt2 Copy of Mechanical Unit Lateral.)dsx Basic ENWENGINEERs NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AvE NE, Sum 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5226698 PROJECT # PROJECT ]SATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY - -- — --- ----------------------------- i.. I ' i : i I i ! i a i h'1 S i -- -? r i -""I ; 1 ... + ! i # i; - : i "_ ! - f; S t -- r--------�---------+-------- --- - ------ -- - - -- - ---- -- - ------ - -- -1-------'-- --- ; I I 1 , , i i ! i ! ! ! i ! i i ! i t 1' i I i i I ! I I ; I i _..._!—__—r-- .�._—_—�_ 1 I , ! r ! ! i ! _.1. i • I I I I � I � '` 1 i I ' i ! i 1 I 1 i i i ! • I i f �i "" i". �---- / I 1 i i • I I I I i I I I , ; i i _ ------- i I i .......... I ; i i ! - - ----- ! i i ; ! -- --------- ; ! moi. --- ------- --- -, i. ; t I � ; I j ! i j i ! i I : I ; 1 1 i —. • j_ _ _t f- i-------- --- ___r__—__—_ ._ _i_ ____ i ' 1 I ! i i ; I i I I i i ---- ----- I j : i --- - 1 1 i I i : : I t i i i i !--------- L i i ; I I ; i ---- ------ i ! i --- ...--'----'--------;- --i-- i 1 I i I i i 1 ! i I 1 ; T I i ! ; i _ 1 I I i I I it f - - -- - - - -i ! t .:. ! -Zt Z- -- -- - - -- -- - ! I ; ; i i ---''t--------i----------i-.__..---------!---_....! _.- -- • -- -`--_._----'--------- .__.__:._-__--- - --------'- --- _j. - ---- ! I ! ! i , - ------ --------- i 1 I it -- -... - - i ! t i : I I ! j i i i i i i i I _! ! , '�i I i i i i ! ; -} I i --I- i- --'--- i i ! i i j 1 I I --I -- --I-- I i 1 --- ------- ---'---- ------ ----" .---- ------- -----i'___------------------•`------`T-------i--'----"r--------- ------=----------'----._._'------_�._.-.._--�--- i i -- I -'i-- - ! j ! , 1 1 I , 5/25/2016 Connection Calculator Design MethodIll Allowable Stress Design (ASD) • Connection TypeLateral loading Fastener TypeLag Screw • Loading ScenaliO111 Single Shear Main Member Typelll Douglas Fir -Larch • Main Member Thickness 11. s in. • Cain Member. Angle o Load to Grain 0 Side Member Type Steel VII Side Member Thickness 1116 gage Side Member: Angle o Load to Grain 0 Washer Thickness 1/8 in. • Nominal Diameter i/2 in. • Length 4 in. Load Duration Factor C D = 1.6 • Wet Service Factor C M _=1 o End Grain Facto C eg = 0.67 • Temperature Factor 11 C t = 1.0 Connection Yield Modes Im 19501bs. Is 3691bs. II 8781bs. II1m1033 lbs. HIS 5 lbs. IV 572 lbs. Adjusted ASD Capacity 69 lbs. • Lag Screw bending yield strength of 45000 psi is assumed. • The Adjusted ASD Capacity is only applicable for lag screws with adequate end distance, edge distance and spacing per NDS chapter 11. • ASTM A36 Steel is assumed for steel side members 1/4 in. thick, and ASTM A653 Grade 33 Steel is assumed for steel side members less than 1/4 in. thick. While every effort has been made to insure the accuracy of the information presented, and special effort has been made to assure that the information reflects the state-of-the-art, 4- J neither the American Wood Council nor its members assume any responsibility for any particular design prepared from this on-line Connection Calculator. Those using this on- line Connection Calculator assume all liability from its use. The Connection Calculator was designed and created by Cameron Knudson, Michael http://www.awc.orglcalculators/connectioncalc.160106/ccstyie asp?design method=ASDBcormection type=Weral+lcecirg&fastener_types=L.ag+Screw8loadn.. 1/2 505016 J Connection CalcWator Design Method11 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Connection Type Withdrawal loading Fastener i3j]ell Lag Screw I Loading Scenario N/A Main Member Type 11 Douglas Fir -Larch • Main Member Thickness 5.5 in. • Side Member Type 11 Steel Side Member Thickness 16 gage Washer Thickness 11/8 in. • Nominal Diameter i/2 in. • Length 4 in. Load Duration Factor C_D = 1.6 • Wet Service FactorliC M = 1.0 • End Grain Factor C eg = 0.75 Temperature Facto C t = 1-o Adjusted ASD Capacity 993 lbs. The Adjusted ASD Capacity only applies to withdrawal of the fastener from the main member. It does not address head pull-through capacity of the fastener in the side member. While every effort has been made to insure the accuracy of the information presented, and special effort has been made to assure that the information reflects the state-of-the-art, neither the American Wood Council nor its members assume any responsibility for any particular design prepared from this on-line Connection Calculator. Those using this on- line Connection Calculator assume all liability from its use. The Connection Calculator was designed and created by Cameron Knudson, Michael Dodson and David Pollock at Washington State University. Support for development of the Connection Calculator was provided by American Wood Council. 50 httpJAvww.awc.orgk dctdators/connectioncalc.160106/ccstyle.asp?design method=ASD&comection type=Withdrawal+loacfing&fastww types=Lag+ScrewBJ... 1/1 �e/vJ FfVA X11' 0. Product Specifications ted in wan AMKi stands ord X40 outdoor coil. standard rating conditions are: 80 D.B.67 W. B. entering air to indoor coil. 95 D.B. entering air to ou (b) Sound Power values are not adjusted for AHRI 270-95 tonal corrections. W Ratings shown are for elevations up to 2000 ft. For higher elevations reduce ratings at a rate of 4% per 1000 ft. elevation. (d) Convertible to LPG. (e) This value is approximate. For more precise value, see Unit Nameplate. M Standard Air — Dry Coil — Outdoor. (9) Based on U.S. Government Standard Tests. (h) Filters must be installed in return air stream. Square footages listed are based on 300 f.p.m. face velocity. If permanent filters are used size per manufacturer's recommendation with a clean resistance of 0.05" W.C. Mo Eco r .ircr�ii_on�_ ar*x►, o w rc_ atm _:u► RATED Volts/PH/Hz 208-230/1/60 208-230/1/60 208-230/1/60 a Performance Cooling BTUH (a) 40500 40500 46500 Motor — HP/R. P.M. 1/34/3350 1/34/3290 1/34/3290 1/34/3075 Volts/Ph/Hz 230/1/60 230/1/60 230/1/60 230/1/60 FLA .20 .20 .20 .24 72.5 NO NO NO NO Type Recommended^ THROWAWAY THROWAWAY THROWAWAY THROWAWAY Recmd. Face Area (sq. ft) (h) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 wo Charge (lbs.) 5.24 6.94 7.2 7,2 Subcooling 12° 11° 11° 110 Min. Brch. Cir. Ampacity (e) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 Crated (in.) 46 X 45 X 52 46 X 45 X 52 48 X 45 X 52 48 X 45 X 52 Shipping (lbs.) /Net (lbs.) 43�35 451 / 377 438/374 453/379 ted in wan AMKi stands ord X40 outdoor coil. standard rating conditions are: 80 D.B.67 W. B. entering air to indoor coil. 95 D.B. entering air to ou (b) Sound Power values are not adjusted for AHRI 270-95 tonal corrections. W Ratings shown are for elevations up to 2000 ft. For higher elevations reduce ratings at a rate of 4% per 1000 ft. elevation. (d) Convertible to LPG. (e) This value is approximate. For more precise value, see Unit Nameplate. M Standard Air — Dry Coil — Outdoor. (9) Based on U.S. Government Standard Tests. (h) Filters must be installed in return air stream. Square footages listed are based on 300 f.p.m. face velocity. If permanent filters are used size per manufacturer's recommendation with a clean resistance of 0.05" W.C. Mo Eco r .ircr�ii_on�_ ar*x►, o w rc_ atm _:u► RATED Volts/PH/Hz 208-230/1/60 208-230/1/60 208-230/1/60 a Performance Cooling BTUH (a) 40500 40500 46500 Indoor Airflow (CFM) 1450 1450 1600 Power Input (KW) 3.4 3.4 4.06 EER/SEER (BTU/Watt-Hr.) 12.0/14.00 12.0/14.00 11.50/14.00 Sound Power Rating [dB(A)] (b) 74.6 74,6 72.5 ER�oRiaic)H►hi�s(�� _ Yz input BTUH-ist stage Natural Gas (a) 60000 90000 70000 AFUE 81 81 81 Temp. Rise — Min/Max (°F) 30/60 35/65 30/6b Orifice Qty/Drill Sz. (Natural Gas) 2/#37 3/#37 2/ #33 P0111�RCO�i1N. Y%Pfijlilr 208 230�1J60 - 208'230/1'/6Q: Z08 23DJi%fi0 � _ Min. Brch. Cir. Ampacity (e) 28.5f 28.5 32.0 Fuse Size — Max. (amps) 45 45 50 Fuse Size — Recmd. (amps) 45 45 50 COMPRESSOR' " SCROLL` SCROLL = ;- SCROLL VOLTS/PH/HZ 208-230/1/60 208-230/1/60 . 208-230/1/60 R.L. Amps — L.R. Amps 16.7/109.0 16.7/109.0 19.6/130.0 OUTDOOR to*— T'YPE SPINE-FIN SPINE -FIN SPINE -FIN Rows/F. P.1 2/24 2/24 2/24 Face Area (sq. ft.) 15.63 15.63 20.54 Tube Size (in.) 3/8 3/8 3/8 INDOOR COIL — TYPE MCHE % MCHE MCHE Rows/F.P.I 2/16 2/16 2/16 22-1901-1 B -EN MG2 Corporation 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101 September 8, 2016 Re: Costco Wholesale — Tukwila, WA Optical Remodel 400 Costco Drive Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: Allen Johannessen Project Number: 93-0440-30 Subject: Correction Letter #1 (Permit # D16-0225) Mr. Allen Johannessen: 206 962 6500 MG2.com This letter is in response to the Costco Wholesale - 400 Costco Drive — Optical Remodel project's General Notes, and Building Review Comments dated August 23, 2016. Please note that any correspondence should be sent to the revised address of 1101 2nd Ave. Suite 100, Seattle, WA 98101 General Note and Building Review Notes comment: 1. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) RESPONSE. Noted. New revised plan sheet are the same size sheet as previously submitted. 2. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient. RESPONSE. Two (2) set stamped and signed front sheet of Specification has been included with this submittal. 3. (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) The architectural plan notes, engineers plan notes and calculations specify 2012 international codes. As of July 1, 2016 City of Tukwila adopted the 2015 International codes. Provide revised plan sheet documents showing compliance with the current 2015 International Building codes with Washington State Amendments to include 2015 UPC, IMC, 2015 IEC, 2015 WSEC, 2009 ANSI and current local City of Tukwila codes. Code references shall be shown on the cover sheet. All other plan set code references and details shall also reference current codes. RECEIVED CORRE TIORI CITY OF Ti UKWILA LTR# SEP 0 8 2016 PERMIT CENTER 91 nor 0?026 RESPONSE: Two (2) set of Architectural cover sheet, Mechanical, Electrical, and Structural revision sheet has been included with this submittal. ***End of comments*** Should you require any additional information regarding this response, please contact me at 206.962.6498 or tanya.smudraprabhut@mg2.com Thank you, Tanya Smudraprabhut Associate Page 2 of 2 MG2 Corporation 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101 TRANSMITTAL 206 962 6500 MG2.com To City of Tukwila - Department of Community Development Attn Allen Johannessen Date September 8, 2016 Rachelle Ripley Phone 206-433-7165 Project Costco Tukwila Optical Remodel Fax Project Number 93-0440-30 09 From Tanya Smudraprabhut Number Of Pages Incl. Cover Page Cc Send Via Hand Deliver Re Correction Letter #1 (Permit# D16-0225) Cd (A S j 0 di d O d LL CL mC c a E v a 6 E a+ iv o 7 >- Qty Description 6 0 E o U LL S Cr a 2 Stamped/Signed Architectural Cover sheet x 2 Set Stamped/Signed Mechanical and Electrical x 2 Stamped/Signed Structural x 2 Specification Stamped/Signed x 1 Correction Letter Response Notes Hi Allen, Please find the following in this revision package; - Two (2) stamped/signed Architectural cover sheet with revision - Two (2) stamped/signed Mechanical and Electrical with revision - Two (2) stamped/signed Structural with revision - Two (2) stamped/signed Specification cover sheet - A response letter for Correction Letter #1 Should you require any additional information, please contact me at 206.962.6498 or email at tanya.smudraprabhut@mg2.com RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CORRECTION Thank you, LTR Tanya Smudraprabhut SEP U 8 2Q16 PERMIT CENTER � iV*1Privileged and confidential information. the information in this document is intended only for the use of the above named recipient. Any wrongful review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If errors occur in transmission, or enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at once. City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director August 23, 2016 TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT 1101 2ND AVE, SUITE 200 ISSAQUAH, WA 98101 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D16-0225 COSTCO WHOLESALE - 400 COSTCO DR Dear TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 2406; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient. (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020) (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. The architectural plan notes, engineers plan notes and calculations specify 2012 international codes. As of July 1 2016 City of Tukwila adopted the 2015 International codes. Provide revised plan sheet documents showing compliance with the current 2015 International Building codes with Washington State Amendments to include 2015 UPC, IMC, 2015 IEC, 2015 WSEC, 2009 ANSI and current local City of Tukwila codes. Code references shall be shown on the cover sheet. All other plan set code references and details shall also reference current codes. 2. All architectural plan sheets and engineers' sheets shall be signed, with stamp and expiration date. Most the sheets and engineer's sheets are stamped and signed however some are missing the expiration dates. Please see General Notes above with "Stamp and Signatures" and provide the revised sheets. Note: This permit plan review may not be complete as revised plans may require further corrections. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two 2 sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206)433-7165. Sincerely, I/ ?" [/Z k'/ 1, Rachelle Ripley Permit Technician File No. D16-0225 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 MG2 Corporation 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 206 962 6500 Seattle, WA 98101 MG2.com TRANSMITTAL To City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn Rachelle Ripley (Permit Technician) Date August 3, 2016 Phone Project Costco Tukwila WA Optical Remodel Fax Project Number 93-0440-30 08 From Tanya Smudraprabhut - MG2 Number Of Pages Incl. Cover Page Cc Geir Mjelde Send Via Hand Deliver Re Costco Tukwila WA Optical Remodel Permit Submittal v N ; N i N 7 di � ► N V1 Cr Gdi d o A E o E a c C d E LL i+ L d o o a t Description o `o `C o LL .. E o 8 Q d d & d 4 sets Full size set of plans - Stamped and signed X- 4 sets Structural calculation - Stamped and Signed x 4 sets Project Manual x 1 Construction Permit Application - Signed x 1 Plan review fee check check #6136829 x Notes Hi Rachelle, Enclosed are four (4) sets stamped and signed full size set and structual calculation. Four (4) copy of project manual. Construction permit application signed and plan review check (check#6136829). Please contact me at the number below with any questions. Thank you. Tanya Smudraprabhut 206-962-6498 tanya.smudraprabhut@gmail.com RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 5 2016 iD2o416 PERMIT CENTER himPrivileged and confidential information: the information in this document is intended only for the use of the alcove named recipient. Any wrongful review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If errors occur in transmission, or enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at once. City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director July 27, 2016 MG2 Tanya Smudraprabhut 1101 2nd Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101 Dear Ms. Smudraprabhut, Allan Ekberg, Mayor The plan review fee for the Costco Optical remodel, based on the valuation provided of $180,000 is going to be $1,424.54. There is no appointment needed, we are walk in only. If you have any questions please let me know. Sincerely, Rachelle Ripley Permit Technician RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 5 2016 PERMIT CENTER Tukwila City Hall - 6200 Southcenter Boulevard - Tukwila, WA 98188 - 206-433-1800 - Website: TukwilaWA.gov PERMIT COORD COP'S, PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D16-0225 DATE: 09/08/16 PROJECT NAME: COSTCO WHOLESALE OPTICAL REMODEL SITE ADDRESS: 400 COSTCO DR Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Butldmg Division Fire Prevention ❑ Planning Division ❑ Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 09/13/16 Not Applicable ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 10/11/16 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/16/2013 PERMIT COORD COPS PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D16-0225 DATE: 08/05/16 PROJECT NAME: COSTCO WHOLESALE SITE ADDRESS: 400 COSTCO DR X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: AW xdt c Bu ding Division 41 PANG 011 Fire Prevention (,,� qk, m-l� Planning Division ❑ 0.4, 04� ❑ ublic Works Structural Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 08/09/16 Not Applicable ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DATE: DUE DATE: 09/06/16 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: hLtp://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 9/8/2016 Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: Costco Wholesale Tukwila Optical Remodel Project Address: 400 Costco Drive, Tukwila WA, 98188 D16-0225 Contact Person: Tanya Smudraprabhut Phone Number: Summary of Revision: 206-962-6498 Please see attached letter for complete response 1) Revised Architectural, Structural, Electrical, and Mechanical plan showing 2015 International codes stamped and signed. 2) Stamped and signed front sheet of Specification RECEWED CITY OF TUKWII A SEP 0 8 2016 Sheet Number(s)• TS -101, M-1, M-2, E-1, S1.1, Specification cover sheet "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: [Y Entered in TRAKiT on q- Q6 - W:\Pemilt Center\Templates\Forms\Revision Submittal Form.doc Revised: August 2015 R FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC Aft Washington State Department of Ch Labor & Industries Page 1 of 3 Horne I spahol Contact ;Search L&I A-% Index I letp b1y L&I Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC Owner or tradesperson 13810 SE EASTGAE WAY STE 110 BELLEVUE, WA 98005-4417 Principals 425-974-8400 VACURA, TODD M, PRESIDENT KING County BENNETT, GARY J, VICE PRESIDENT JANSSEN, CHRIS L, SECRETARY PRESCOTT, LARRY (End: 01/01/1980) BENNETT, GARY J, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 04/30/2012) EASTON, MARGO, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/05/2004) LUNSFORD, LARRY JR, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/09/2002) RAFTERY, CHRIS, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/09/2002) SURINA, DON, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/09/2002) HALL, JAY L, TREASURER (End: 05/09/2002) COLIN, GENE J, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (End: 05/10/2016) BALBO, TOM C, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 10/11/2011) Doing business as FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC WA UBI No. Business type 578 023 619 Corporation Governing persons CHRIS JANSSEN GARY BENNETT; GENE J COLIN; JAMES E DE FRANCO; LARRY R PRESCOTT; TODD VACURA; TOM BALBO; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. .......... Meets current requirements. Help us improve https:Hsecure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=578023619&LIC=FERGUCIOOOLA&SAW= 10/10/2016 FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC License specialties GENERAL License no. FERGUCIOOOLA Effective — expiration 06/01/2000— 06/01/2018 Bond ................. TRAVELERS CAS & STY CO OF AMER Bond account no. 968384 Received by L&I 06/21/2006 Insurance ............................ Phoenix Insurance Company, The Policy no. DTCO2F202334PHX15 Received by L&I 12/01/2015 $12,000.00 Effective date 06/01/2006 Expiration date Until Canceled $1,000,000.00 Effective date 12/01/2015 Expiration date 12/01/2016 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No L81 tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations ........................................................ No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. L&I Account ID Account is current. 157,094-00 ...... _......................... Doing business as FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION Estimated workers reported Quarter 2 of Year 2016 "51 to 75 Workers" L&I account representative T4 / TERRI MADISON (360)902-4654 - Email: KIRT235@lni.wa.gov Workplace safety and health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. Inspection results date 06/03/2016 No violations Inspection no. 317940796 Location 1010 Lake Drive Issaquah, WA 98027 Inspection results date 11/30/2015 No violations Inspection no. 317938276 Location 2100 North 45th St. Seattle, WA 98103 Page 2 of 3 Help us improve https://secure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=578023619&LIC=FERGUCIOOOLA&SAW= 10/10/2016 COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 www.costco.com BI® ISSUE BRIAN J. BONAR, ARCHITECT 9-775 E „.F7 t;P'-'HITECT o t I SRIANI J. BC -111N AP, D MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproduced n any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. Q I DATE I DESCRIPTION 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE 8/11/16 BID ISSUE 1 8/29/16 ADDENDUM 1 2 9/6/16 PERMIT REVISION TITLE SHEET T II II II I 71 l/ " I� 0 II II I I I I II L— ---------J 2 TON HVAC UNIT, PER MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN ABOVE OPTICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION KEYNOTES FDEMOLISH EXISTING RECEPTION AREA 2 ] DEMOLISH EXISTING CASEWORK AND EQUIPMENT 3❑ DEMOLISH EXISTING WALL 4] DEMOLISH EXISTING OPTICAL KIOSK RELOCATE RACKING BY WAREHOUSE 6� DEMOLISH EXISTING DOOR (K_ K -- EXISTING EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING EXAM ROOM CEILING TO REMAIN 6 501 T 23'-3" 4" 1— 11'-3" Q E 7'-8 '/8" _._ _.,_.... . 011 ABOVE D EXISTING EXAM E EXAM -._ ROOM #2 D ROOM #3 100 011 ' N 175 176 I - , t C'M GM ABOVE 108 t Q T-1 a" RECEPTION E E AROVF THERMOS AT 173 EXISTING EXAM ROOM #1 CO 174 I 100 F1 I 5'-51/2" f T 113 107 106 414" 4'-O" 5141 O114 © o 17'-0" " '4n 29'-3" 11 11'-3" \_U01 OPTICAL I �� CASEWORK - SEELEGEND 9 6 a' 0 N 9'-2" EXISTING EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN T 1'-U" = 2b. -U" 22'-11 1/8" OUTLINE OF REVISED OPTICAL. PREP FLOORING AS REQUIRED. 28'-11" OUTLINE OF REVISED OPTICAL, PREP FLOORING AS REQUIRED. ¢ z No ELECTRICAL POST—) T SIGNAGE ABOVE, CENTER ON CASEWORK I 7Z_��____T= ZK1 TYP K2 TYP L TYP DISPENSING COUNTER ADA ACCESSIBLE 2'-10" H MAX W/ 36" L TRANSACTION SF c --- -- ---- ---�- I ---�----=-I-� T-73/8" ------------ .--T LC� -- --- ^<�' B�-----------------------L------------- j L ---------------IG i 1 �." RUN BASE BEHIND Jel_� MOVABLE CASE I III I OPTICAL ADA r A KIOSK I hl I NOTE: 1 172 i O i° i SEE A506.1 FOR OF INTERIOR ELEVATII L_J I I III I --- L 0 II l` ��� ul '' •BOE �, In �` ,��E 4 II ; ; i i NOTE: ------------------------------------------�_ OPTICAL ROOM - PF ------ --- -------------------------------J�===� INSULATION ALL WF KIOSK AND NOTE: 16 103 DISPLAY RUBBER BASE AT GC NOTE: CASEWORK - OUTSIDE AND INSIDE OF PROVIDE BACKING 1 506.1 SEE LEGEND O CABINETS BY GC, TYPICAL MOUNTED EQUIPME SEE 8 / A601 29'-8" Z OPTICAL PLAN T T SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" OPTICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE I S SAQ UAH , WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 www.costco.com PERMIT ISSUE KEY PLAN DMIAN J. bUfVAK -------------------�---------- --- Ti STATE OFVVASHINGTON F----------T— ' I I I I 11 L ------- ----I-- © MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproducec in any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. — — — — — Z__ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J 5 0 —�—F---_, — �____� c----= DATE DESCRIPTION I 1 I I I 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE -- _j I_ ----_j L-----_ REVIEWED FOR ---------------- I — — — CODE COMPLIANCE w APPROVED � � 2 N SEP 2 2 2016 LL w z _-------- Cl/ of Tukwila oL-------- I I BUILDING DIVISION L------� II 4i AS -BUILT ISSUE RECEIVED TUKWILA 93-0440-30 - T T ------ r— — -� J I I AUG 4 5 206 PM: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT r DRAWN: TS OPTICAL PLANS OPTICAL CASEWORK LEGEND EQ NO CASE QTY DESCRIPTION SIZE REMARKS 101-A 1 OPTICAL RECEPTION CABINET 30" X 48" SECURE TO WALL 101-B 1 OPTICAL RECEPTION RETURN 24" X47" SECURE TO WALL 101-C 2 OPTICAL DRAWER UNIT SEE CASEWORK LEGEND MOVABLE 101-D 3 OPTICAL 36" SINK BASE MOVABLE, DO NOT SECURE TO WALL W/ SINK & FAUCET 101-E 5 OPTICAL 36" WALL CABINET 3&'X 35' MOUNT BOT EDGE 50" AFF 101-F 2 OPTICAL 24" BASE CABINET MOVABLE 101-G 1 OPTICAL CONTACT LENS TABLE MOVABLE 101-1 1 OPTICAL COAT CLOSET 16" X 62112' MOVABLE 101-1 2 OPTICAL CONSULT DESK MOVABLE 101-T 1 OPTICAL 36" DRAWER CABINET 30" X 621/2' IMOVABLE 2 OPTICAL KIOSK AND DISPLAY CASEWORK LEGEND CASE QTY DESCRIPTION SIZE REMARKS 103-A 2 CABINET 64 3/4!'X V-91/2' OPTICAL KIOSK AND DISPLAY EQUIPMENT LIST 103-A1 1 CABINET 3'-1 3/8" X V-91/2' REMARKS 103-B 1 CABINET CORNER 3'-1 15/16" X V-10" PULLOUT KEYBOARD 103-B1 1 CABINET CORNER 3'-1 15/16" X 1'-10" 103-C 1 CABINET 4'-4'X V-9" 103-D 1 CABINET 4'-4'X V-9" 103-E 3 DISPLAY CABINET 6'-0" X 1'-8" SLIDING DOORS 103-G 1 CABINET 4'-4!'X V-5' 103-G1 1 CABINET 3'-0" X V-9" 103-H 1 CABINET 4'-4!'X V-8" 103-J 1 CABINET 5'-8" X 1'-9" 103-K1 9 BASE CABINET 2'-0" X 1'-27/8" 103-K2 9 WALL CABINET WITH MIRROR Z-0" X 1'-1/2' 103-L 7 FRAME DISPLAY CABINET 3'-4" x V-2' 103-M 1 CONTACT LENS CABINET 3'-4!'x V-2' 103-N 1 DISPLAY CABINET "KIDS" 6'-0" X V-8 MOVABLE - FACE TO ENTRY T II II II I 71 l/ " I� 0 II II I I I I II L— ---------J 2 TON HVAC UNIT, PER MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN ABOVE OPTICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION KEYNOTES FDEMOLISH EXISTING RECEPTION AREA 2 ] DEMOLISH EXISTING CASEWORK AND EQUIPMENT 3❑ DEMOLISH EXISTING WALL 4] DEMOLISH EXISTING OPTICAL KIOSK RELOCATE RACKING BY WAREHOUSE 6� DEMOLISH EXISTING DOOR (K_ K -- EXISTING EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING EXAM ROOM CEILING TO REMAIN 6 501 T 23'-3" 4" 1— 11'-3" Q E 7'-8 '/8" _._ _.,_.... . 011 ABOVE D EXISTING EXAM E EXAM -._ ROOM #2 D ROOM #3 100 011 ' N 175 176 I - , t C'M GM ABOVE 108 t Q T-1 a" RECEPTION E E AROVF THERMOS AT 173 EXISTING EXAM ROOM #1 CO 174 I 100 F1 I 5'-51/2" f T 113 107 106 414" 4'-O" 5141 O114 © o 17'-0" " '4n 29'-3" 11 11'-3" \_U01 OPTICAL I �� CASEWORK - SEELEGEND 9 6 a' 0 N 9'-2" EXISTING EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN T 1'-U" = 2b. -U" 22'-11 1/8" OUTLINE OF REVISED OPTICAL. PREP FLOORING AS REQUIRED. 28'-11" OUTLINE OF REVISED OPTICAL, PREP FLOORING AS REQUIRED. ¢ z No ELECTRICAL POST—) T SIGNAGE ABOVE, CENTER ON CASEWORK I 7Z_��____T= ZK1 TYP K2 TYP L TYP DISPENSING COUNTER ADA ACCESSIBLE 2'-10" H MAX W/ 36" L TRANSACTION SF c --- -- ---- ---�- I ---�----=-I-� T-73/8" ------------ .--T LC� -- --- ^<�' B�-----------------------L------------- j L ---------------IG i 1 �." RUN BASE BEHIND Jel_� MOVABLE CASE I III I OPTICAL ADA r A KIOSK I hl I NOTE: 1 172 i O i° i SEE A506.1 FOR OF INTERIOR ELEVATII L_J I I III I --- L 0 II l` ��� ul '' •BOE �, In �` ,��E 4 II ; ; i i NOTE: ------------------------------------------�_ OPTICAL ROOM - PF ------ --- -------------------------------J�===� INSULATION ALL WF KIOSK AND NOTE: 16 103 DISPLAY RUBBER BASE AT GC NOTE: CASEWORK - OUTSIDE AND INSIDE OF PROVIDE BACKING 1 506.1 SEE LEGEND O CABINETS BY GC, TYPICAL MOUNTED EQUIPME SEE 8 / A601 29'-8" Z OPTICAL PLAN T T SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" OPTICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE I S SAQ UAH , WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 www.costco.com PERMIT ISSUE KEY PLAN DMIAN J. bUfVAK -------------------�---------- --- Ti STATE OFVVASHINGTON F----------T— ' I I I I 11 L ------- ----I-- © MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproducec in any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. — — — — — Z__ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J 5 0 —�—F---_, — �____� c----= DATE DESCRIPTION I 1 I I I 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE -- _j I_ ----_j L-----_ REVIEWED FOR ---------------- I — — — CODE COMPLIANCE w APPROVED � � 2 N SEP 2 2 2016 LL w z _-------- Cl/ of Tukwila oL-------- I I BUILDING DIVISION L------� II 4i AS -BUILT ISSUE RECEIVED TUKWILA 93-0440-30 - T T ------ r— — -� J I I AUG 4 5 206 PM: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT r DRAWN: TS OPTICAL PLANS OPTICAL EQUIPMENT LIST EQ NO QTY DESCRIPTION SUPPLY/ INSTALL REMARKS 011 2 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SOIC 100 2 CONSULT CHAIR SIO 101 1 OPTICAL CASEWORK SET SOIC SEE CASEWORK LEGEND 102 2 INSTRUMENT STAND SIO MOVABLE, DO NOT SECURE TO WALL 105 2 DIGITAL SCREEN SIO 106 1 AUTO REFRACTOR SIO 107 2 TONOMETER SIO 108 2 MIRROR SIO CENTER ON CONSULT CHAIR 111 2 LENSOMETER SIO 112 6 CHAIRS SIO RECEPTION ROOM 113 2 INSTRUMENT TABLE SIO MOVABLE, DO NOT SECURE TO WALL 114 2 VISUAL FIELDS SIO OPTICAL KIOSK AND DISPLAY EQUIPMENT LIST EQ NO QTY DESCRIPTION SUPPLY/ INSTALL REMARKS 103 1 1 1 KIOSK & DISPLAY CASEWORK SET ISOIC ISEE CASEWORK LEGEND T II II II I 71 l/ " I� 0 II II I I I I II L— ---------J 2 TON HVAC UNIT, PER MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN ABOVE OPTICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION KEYNOTES FDEMOLISH EXISTING RECEPTION AREA 2 ] DEMOLISH EXISTING CASEWORK AND EQUIPMENT 3❑ DEMOLISH EXISTING WALL 4] DEMOLISH EXISTING OPTICAL KIOSK RELOCATE RACKING BY WAREHOUSE 6� DEMOLISH EXISTING DOOR (K_ K -- EXISTING EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING EXAM ROOM CEILING TO REMAIN 6 501 T 23'-3" 4" 1— 11'-3" Q E 7'-8 '/8" _._ _.,_.... . 011 ABOVE D EXISTING EXAM E EXAM -._ ROOM #2 D ROOM #3 100 011 ' N 175 176 I - , t C'M GM ABOVE 108 t Q T-1 a" RECEPTION E E AROVF THERMOS AT 173 EXISTING EXAM ROOM #1 CO 174 I 100 F1 I 5'-51/2" f T 113 107 106 414" 4'-O" 5141 O114 © o 17'-0" " '4n 29'-3" 11 11'-3" \_U01 OPTICAL I �� CASEWORK - SEELEGEND 9 6 a' 0 N 9'-2" EXISTING EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN T 1'-U" = 2b. -U" 22'-11 1/8" OUTLINE OF REVISED OPTICAL. PREP FLOORING AS REQUIRED. 28'-11" OUTLINE OF REVISED OPTICAL, PREP FLOORING AS REQUIRED. ¢ z No ELECTRICAL POST—) T SIGNAGE ABOVE, CENTER ON CASEWORK I 7Z_��____T= ZK1 TYP K2 TYP L TYP DISPENSING COUNTER ADA ACCESSIBLE 2'-10" H MAX W/ 36" L TRANSACTION SF c --- -- ---- ---�- I ---�----=-I-� T-73/8" ------------ .--T LC� -- --- ^<�' B�-----------------------L------------- j L ---------------IG i 1 �." RUN BASE BEHIND Jel_� MOVABLE CASE I III I OPTICAL ADA r A KIOSK I hl I NOTE: 1 172 i O i° i SEE A506.1 FOR OF INTERIOR ELEVATII L_J I I III I --- L 0 II l` ��� ul '' •BOE �, In �` ,��E 4 II ; ; i i NOTE: ------------------------------------------�_ OPTICAL ROOM - PF ------ --- -------------------------------J�===� INSULATION ALL WF KIOSK AND NOTE: 16 103 DISPLAY RUBBER BASE AT GC NOTE: CASEWORK - OUTSIDE AND INSIDE OF PROVIDE BACKING 1 506.1 SEE LEGEND O CABINETS BY GC, TYPICAL MOUNTED EQUIPME SEE 8 / A601 29'-8" Z OPTICAL PLAN T T SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" OPTICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE I S SAQ UAH , WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 www.costco.com PERMIT ISSUE KEY PLAN DMIAN J. bUfVAK -------------------�---------- --- Ti STATE OFVVASHINGTON F----------T— ' I I I I 11 L ------- ----I-- © MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproducec in any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. — — — — — Z__ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J 5 0 —�—F---_, — �____� c----= DATE DESCRIPTION I 1 I I I 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE -- _j I_ ----_j L-----_ REVIEWED FOR ---------------- I — — — CODE COMPLIANCE w APPROVED � � 2 N SEP 2 2 2016 LL w z _-------- Cl/ of Tukwila oL-------- I I BUILDING DIVISION L------� II 4i AS -BUILT ISSUE RECEIVED TUKWILA 93-0440-30 - T T ------ r— — -� J I I AUG 4 5 206 PM: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT r DRAWN: TS OPTICAL PLANS F1 II SLIDER - SEE PLAN FOR DIRECTION OF SLIDING PANEL PLUGMOLD AWB - PAINT EDGE TRIM, TYP, BY GC EXISTING OPTICAL EXISTING EXAM ROOM PAINT FRAMES TO MATCH WALL CASEWORK IN FOREGROUND CASEWORK IN FOREGROUND RECEPTION MAIN WALL RECEPTION FRONT WALL )-RECEPTION SIDE WALL RECEPTION BACK WALL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 EXAM ROOM #3 BACK WALL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DATA CHASE, SIM POWER FOR DIGITAL SCREEN, SEE ELEC n 105 II F 11wL CONDUIT TYPICAL PANEL BUTT JOINT - SEE GC NOTE BELOW LOCATE OUTLETS BEHIND EQUIPMENT, TYPICAL EXAM ROOM #3 SIDE WALL EXAM ROOM #3 SIDE WALL 0315 � SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 �,� SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 �,� SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 0315 EXAM ROOM #1 FRONT WALL DATA CHASE, SIM POWER FOR DIGITAL SCREEN, SEE ELEC M 105 II HURL 1" `—LOCATE OUTLETS CONDUIT BEHIND EQUIPMENT, TYPICAL EXAM ROOM #1 SIDE WALLEXAM ROOM #1 SIDE WALL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 �/ SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 �/ SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 35'-4" 0315 Z Q _m OPTICAL ENTRY 1 o16 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0315 AND SIDES BY GC SEE 10 / A506.1 FOR KIOSK CASEWORK ISOMETRIC RUBBER BASE BY GC CASEWORK IN FOREGROUND SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 8'-0" CENTER SIGN ON DOOR (SOIC) 1 x3 WOOD 12'-0" AFF E E TRIM EXAMS GC NOTE: INSTALL SECONDARY SIGNS ON WHITE BACKER BOARD x�x _1j;0 FIN FLR = 0'-o" OPTICAL ENTRY BREAKAWAY SLIDER - SEE PLAN FOR DIRECTION OF SLIDING PANEL CASEWORK IN FOREGROUND OPTICAL ENTRY 0315(15 SCALE: 0315 COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 www.costco.com PERMIT ISSUE GWB -� PAINT KEY PLAN 0315 BRIAN J. BONAR, ARCHITECT 9,7775 REGISTERED ARCHITECT �"RIAVN J. BONAR E ( VJASHINGTON Ilk © MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproducec --REVIEVs [ED FOR in any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. CODE COMPLIANCE 0 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE SLP 2 2 206 Cts 0 Tttt i4a BUILDING ED1,VISION Y Of TUKD CIT WILD AU6 0 5 2016 PERMIT CEIVTER ELEVATIONS umv W�o If %91 v - BOLLARD AND SLEEVE WELD BOLLARD TO BASE PLATE WELD (4)114" METAL BRACE AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE (8)1/2" BOLT W/ WASHER EMBED 4"W/ HILTI HY-150 ADHESIVE • - . II. all. Y <U • - ~ 4 '- ' a• 11,0 111511010iniv I1100jeja Man twum 2 x 8 CART RAIL + 2'-10" AFF FRPP BETWEEN CART RAILS GWB ON 3-5/8" (UNO) METAL STUDS AT 16" OC 2 x 8 CART RAIL + 0'-6" AFF_ 6" RUBBER BASE CONCRETE SLAB FIN FL = 0'-0" ° d d v , ° d A ° CART RAIL SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" 0806 1/4" LONG MTL l "HUGGERS" AT ' t 10 DEGREES TYPICAL END z N ; 2" MIN CART RAIL WHERE OCCURS 'L - SHAPED' 16 GA SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL OAT CORNER FINISH STAINLESS STEEL ©AT WING WALL FRPP WHERE OCCURS DOUBLE STUD NOTE: - EXTEND CORNER GUARDS TO FINISH FLOOR WHERE POLYMER BASE OCCURS UNO - FULL HEIGHT OF OPENING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - ADHESIVE TO WALL - SEE A5 SERIES FOR LOCATIONS CORNER GUARDS (CG, 4 _ 12'-0" AFF VERIFY 1 x 3 TRIM WHERE OCCURS METAL JOIST SIGN (SOIC) 3'-0" MINIMUM ORAS NOTED ON ELEVATION SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" "A CTAI QTl Irl 1010 BACKING. SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 0513 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 0912 V SCALE:NOT TO SCALE 1012 DATA CHAS 3-518" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC, MAX, EXCEPT 6" METAL STUDS AT BACK WALL OF CONSULT ROOMS SOUND BATT INSULATION SHIM AS REQUIRED COMMUNICATION FITTING, S166BLK ATTACHING RING, CATALOG # 437-7/8" 4 8'-6" AFF SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TEE GRID CEILING 3 x 3 RACEWAY DFRPP ON GWB PULL STRING, BY GC COMMUNICATION FITTING S166B WITH COVER PLATE 829STC SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT HORZ 2" CONDUIT WHERE SHOWN ATTACHING RING, CATALOG # 437-7/8" SHIM AS REQUIRED E 0315 S T A 1 A601 USPENDED EE GRID W/ COUSTICAL BOARD 8'-6" UNO STEEL JOISTS PER STRUCT 12'-0" UNO 1 x 3 WOOD TRIM SOUND BATT INSULATION NETTING TO SUPPORT INSULATION GWB - PAINTED EXTEND GWB FULL HEIGHT SOUND BATT INSULATION SOUND INSULATED WALL CEILING SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" 0315 1 DOOR 6 --MAXIMUM OUT OF PLUMB 1:6 - IF GREATER FINISH MINIMUM 12 GA WIRE KEY PROVIDE COUNTER -SLOPING WIRES 8" MAXIMUM 4'-0" OC, MAXIMUM HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM FLOOR BASE SPREADER BAR WALL CEILING DOOR 3/4" MIN MINIMUM (3) TURNS IN 1-1/2" MAIN RUNNER AT 4'-0" OC, MAX NO ROOM NAME w FT, F7,71 11 11111 [LOCATION NO. LAY -IN BOARD, SEE t -- CD CROSS TEE POP RIVET o ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE w (SEE NOTES O WIDTH HEIGHT _ MATERIAL MATERIAL FINISH ARMSTRONG z MATERIAL NOTE: CEILING MEMBERS MAY BE ATTACHED FINISH MATERIAL BERC2 CLIP wTO NO MORE THAN (2) ADJACENT WALLS OUNATTACHED WALL ©MAIN RUNNERS & CROSS TEES @ATTACHEDWALL PARALLEL TO MAIN RUNNER, MIN (4) TURNS PARALLEL TO 12 GA WIRE, TYPICAL IN 1-1/2" NO CROSS TEE 45° mAx SEAL 46' NOTE: GWB FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES SEE OTS 7'-0" STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 2,3 173 RECEPTION PARALLEL TO CONC A601 SEAL MAIN RUNNER SLIDING WITH BREAKAWAY GWB/DFRPP 45" MqX PARALLEL TO CROSS TEE45A AIN RUNNY VERTICAL STRUT COMPRESSION POST TO 2" NOTE: STRUCTURE ABOVE 12'-0" OC EACH WAY, SEISMIC BRACING ONLY START 6'-0" MAXIMUM FROM EDGE OF CEILING AROUND PERIMETER SEE STRUCTURAL OSEISMIC BRACING REQUIRED IN SEISMIC CATEGORIES D, E & F - 5 SUSPENDED TEE GRID CEILING 1 WOOD SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 0213 v - BOLLARD AND SLEEVE WELD BOLLARD TO BASE PLATE WELD (4)114" METAL BRACE AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE (8)1/2" BOLT W/ WASHER EMBED 4"W/ HILTI HY-150 ADHESIVE • - . II. all. Y <U • - ~ 4 '- ' a• 11,0 111511010iniv I1100jeja Man twum 2 x 8 CART RAIL + 2'-10" AFF FRPP BETWEEN CART RAILS GWB ON 3-5/8" (UNO) METAL STUDS AT 16" OC 2 x 8 CART RAIL + 0'-6" AFF_ 6" RUBBER BASE CONCRETE SLAB FIN FL = 0'-0" ° d d v , ° d A ° CART RAIL SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" 0806 1/4" LONG MTL l "HUGGERS" AT ' t 10 DEGREES TYPICAL END z N ; 2" MIN CART RAIL WHERE OCCURS 'L - SHAPED' 16 GA SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL OAT CORNER FINISH STAINLESS STEEL ©AT WING WALL FRPP WHERE OCCURS DOUBLE STUD NOTE: - EXTEND CORNER GUARDS TO FINISH FLOOR WHERE POLYMER BASE OCCURS UNO - FULL HEIGHT OF OPENING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - ADHESIVE TO WALL - SEE A5 SERIES FOR LOCATIONS CORNER GUARDS (CG, 4 _ 12'-0" AFF VERIFY 1 x 3 TRIM WHERE OCCURS METAL JOIST SIGN (SOIC) 3'-0" MINIMUM ORAS NOTED ON ELEVATION SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" "A CTAI QTl Irl 1010 BACKING. SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 0513 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 0912 V SCALE:NOT TO SCALE 1012 DATA CHAS 3-518" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC, MAX, EXCEPT 6" METAL STUDS AT BACK WALL OF CONSULT ROOMS SOUND BATT INSULATION SHIM AS REQUIRED COMMUNICATION FITTING, S166BLK ATTACHING RING, CATALOG # 437-7/8" 4 8'-6" AFF SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TEE GRID CEILING 3 x 3 RACEWAY DFRPP ON GWB PULL STRING, BY GC COMMUNICATION FITTING S166B WITH COVER PLATE 829STC SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT HORZ 2" CONDUIT WHERE SHOWN ATTACHING RING, CATALOG # 437-7/8" SHIM AS REQUIRED E 0315 S T A 1 A601 USPENDED EE GRID W/ COUSTICAL BOARD 8'-6" UNO STEEL JOISTS PER STRUCT 12'-0" UNO 1 x 3 WOOD TRIM SOUND BATT INSULATION NETTING TO SUPPORT INSULATION GWB - PAINTED EXTEND GWB FULL HEIGHT SOUND BATT INSULATION SOUND INSULATED WALL CEILING SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" 0315 AC -1 24x48 SUSPENDED GRID WITH LAY -IN ACOUSTIC BOARD CONC CONCRETE DFRPP DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE P PAINT - EGGSHELL FINISH RB -4 RUBBER BASE - 4" HIGH SEAL SEALER DOOR ROOM FINISHSCHEDULE FINISH ABBREVIATION KEY FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING DOOR REMARKS LOCATION NO ROOM NAME w 15 SECOND DELAY [LOCATION NO. o (SEE NOTES O WIDTH HEIGHT TYPE MATERIAL MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL _ FINISH MATERIAL FINISH HT BELOW) 172 OPTICAL KIOSK CONC SEAL RB -4 GWB P OTS 7'-0" 71-" 6 2,3 173 RECEPTION ALUMINUM CONC A601 SEAL RB -4 SLIDING WITH BREAKAWAY GWB/DFRPP P AC -1 8'-6" 3 OPTICAL 5 3'-0" 7'-0" J WOOD STEEL 10 A601 19 PAINT METAL FRAME TO MATCH WALL COLOR 174 CONSULT ROOM #1 CONC SEAL RB -4 GWB/DFRPP P AC -1 8'-6" 3,24 176 CONSULT ROOM #3 CONC SEAL RB -4 GWB/DFRPP P AC -1 mamma= 8'-6" MEMMMMEIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 3,24 AC -1 24x48 SUSPENDED GRID WITH LAY -IN ACOUSTIC BOARD CONC CONCRETE DFRPP DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE P PAINT - EGGSHELL FINISH RB -4 RUBBER BASE - 4" HIGH SEAL SEALER DOOR SCHEDULE rROOM FINISH ABBREVIATION KEY AC -1 24x48 SUSPENDED GRID WITH LAY -IN ACOUSTIC BOARD CONC CONCRETE DFRPP DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE P PAINT - EGGSHELL FINISH RB -4 RUBBER BASE - 4" HIGH SEAL SEALER DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SINGLE TYPICAL INTERIOR ti DOOR EQUIPPED WITH SINGLE -EFFORT, NON-GRASPH HARDWARE CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 44" LOUVER - WHERE NOTED ON MECH DRAWINGS KICKPLATE WHERE SCHEDULED 7'-0" TEMPERED GLASS, TYP 7 BREAKAWAY SLIDER - SEE PLAN FOR DIRECTION OF SLIDING PANEL MANUAL SLIDING OPTICAL RECEPTION OC HEAD A SILL n OPTICAL B "UD WALL I-TYP STUDS AT JAMB 1EQUIRED ALL AROUND BOTH 'PICAL ALUMINUM HEADER )DIZED ALUM FRAME 1/4" TEMP GLASS THRESHOLD BELOW 4112" ANODIZED ALUM FRAME SHIM AS REQUIRED SEALANT ALL AROUND BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMB METAL STUD WALL PER PLAN -TYP REAKAWAY SLIDER SCALE: 3" = V-0" 0714 5/8" GWB 3 5/8" METAL STUDS DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMB 1/2" TYP HM FRAME (PAINT) N JAMB ANCHOR MIN 3 PER JAMB DOOR PER SCHEDULE FACE OF INTERSECTING WALL LU z 0 C� zz W = 2 LU LU o� LU 00 cN—n 5 7/8" LINO HM DOOR JAMB AT INTERIOR PARTITION (HEAD SIM) SCALE: 3" = V-0" 0714 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE { APPROVED SEP 2 2 ME City eah Tuk- Cita BUILDING DIVISION CITY OF TUK WILA AVG 05 2016 PERMIT CENTER COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 vwwv.costco.com PERMIT ISSUE BRIAN J. BONAR, ARCHITECT 9775 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN J. SONAR STATE OF WASHINGTON © MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproducec in any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. A DATE DESCRIPTION 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE IAS -BUILT ISSUE 93-0440-30 PM: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT DRAWN: bsd DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME w 15 SECOND DELAY [LOCATION NO. o O WIDTH HEIGHT TYPE LABEL MATERIAL MATERIAL DET. # SHT. # _ p REMARKS 4 7'-0" 71-" 6 K ALUMINUM ALUMINUM 19 A601 39 SLIDING WITH BREAKAWAY OPT OPTICAL 5 3'-0" 7'-0" J WOOD STEEL 10 A601 19 PAINT METAL FRAME TO MATCH WALL COLOR DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SINGLE TYPICAL INTERIOR ti DOOR EQUIPPED WITH SINGLE -EFFORT, NON-GRASPH HARDWARE CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 44" LOUVER - WHERE NOTED ON MECH DRAWINGS KICKPLATE WHERE SCHEDULED 7'-0" TEMPERED GLASS, TYP 7 BREAKAWAY SLIDER - SEE PLAN FOR DIRECTION OF SLIDING PANEL MANUAL SLIDING OPTICAL RECEPTION OC HEAD A SILL n OPTICAL B "UD WALL I-TYP STUDS AT JAMB 1EQUIRED ALL AROUND BOTH 'PICAL ALUMINUM HEADER )DIZED ALUM FRAME 1/4" TEMP GLASS THRESHOLD BELOW 4112" ANODIZED ALUM FRAME SHIM AS REQUIRED SEALANT ALL AROUND BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMB METAL STUD WALL PER PLAN -TYP REAKAWAY SLIDER SCALE: 3" = V-0" 0714 5/8" GWB 3 5/8" METAL STUDS DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMB 1/2" TYP HM FRAME (PAINT) N JAMB ANCHOR MIN 3 PER JAMB DOOR PER SCHEDULE FACE OF INTERSECTING WALL LU z 0 C� zz W = 2 LU LU o� LU 00 cN—n 5 7/8" LINO HM DOOR JAMB AT INTERIOR PARTITION (HEAD SIM) SCALE: 3" = V-0" 0714 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE { APPROVED SEP 2 2 ME City eah Tuk- Cita BUILDING DIVISION CITY OF TUK WILA AVG 05 2016 PERMIT CENTER COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 vwwv.costco.com PERMIT ISSUE BRIAN J. BONAR, ARCHITECT 9775 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN J. SONAR STATE OF WASHINGTON © MG2, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this document maybe reproducec in any form or by any means without permission in writing from MG2, Inc. A DATE DESCRIPTION 8/3/16 PERMIT ISSUE IAS -BUILT ISSUE 93-0440-30 PM: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT DRAWN: bsd 00 v r m L CL co 0 CD 0 3 04 M 0 N O op 00 N C cu GENERAL NOTE THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - ASTM'S NOTED ARE TO BE LATEST EDITION. 1. DESCRIPTION Building Name & Site Location - Costco Wholesale - Tukwila, WA 2. DESIGN CODE AND STANDARDS 2 Applicable Code (Edition/Name) - 2015 International Building Code (IBC) Other documents referenced by these notes shall be the specific edition referenced by the building code specified above, or if not specified, shall be the latest edition. 3. DESIGN LOADS a. Roof Live Load See snow load b. Snow Load Basic roof snow load - Pf = 25 psf Importance factor - IS = 1.0, snow exposure factor - Ce = 1.0 c. Seismic Risk Category II Ss = 1.434, S1 = 0.534, le = 1.0, Site Class "D", SDS = 0.956, SDI = 0.534 Seismic Design Category = D Resisting System(s) = Light frame wall system using flat strap bracing. CS = 0.167 (ASD), R = 4. Equivalent lateral force procedure was used. d. Wind Load Risk Category II Basic wind speed (3 sec. gust) VULT = 110 mph, VASD = 85 mph Exposure C. Kzt = 1.0 IBC Load Cases per sec. 1605.2 or 1605.3.1 only Kd = 0.85 Importance factor 1.0. e. Dead loads Weight of structure. f. Special Loads The following special loads are to be considered: Mechanical equipment on roof. Sprinkler lines, canopy & other reactions as noted on structural drawings. g. Load Combinations All Code required load combinations are to be used in the building design. Column reactions from these load combinations are to be given to the foundation engineer. OSHA STANDARDS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT OSHA STANDARDS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THESE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY NONCOMPLIANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MEANS AND METHODS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM ENW OF ANY NONCOMPLIANCE SO THE DRAWINGS MAY BE MODIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS AS WELL AS JOBSITE SAFETY ON THIS PROJECT. LIGHT GAGE STEEL FRAMING AND DECKING (SEE DRAWINGS) FRAMING LUMBER GRADES & STRESSES SHALL CONFORM WITH LATEST EDITION OF "WESTERN LUMBER GRADING RULES", WWPA OR "STANDARD NO. 17 GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER", WCLIB. ALL LUMBER S4S AND S -DRY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, USE THE FOLLOWING: SPECIES GRADE BASE VALUE Fb VISUALLY GRADED DIMENSION LUMBER (2" TO 4" THICK BY 2' & WIDER) STUDS - TYPICAL DOUG FIR STANDARD 550 PSI STUDS - WHERE NOTED DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI JOISTS & RAFTERS - TYPICAL DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI JOISTS & RAFTERS - WHERE NOTED DOUG FIR #1 1000 PSI PLATES & LEDGERS DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI BEAMS & HEADERS - TYPICAL DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI VISUALLY GRADED TIMBERS (5"X5' & LARGER) BEAMS & STRINGERS (WIDTH MORE THAN 2" OF THICKNESS DOUG FIR #1 1350 PSI POSTS & TIMBERS (WIDTH 2" OR LESS OF THICKNESS) DOUG FIR #1 1200 PSI EACH PIECE SHALL BEAR A VALID GRADE STAMP THAT IS NOT TO BE REMOVED. BOLT HEADS AND NUTS BEARING AGAINST WOOD SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STANDARD CUT WASHERS. ALL BASE VALUE STRESSES TO BE ADJUSTED WITH APPROPRIATE SIZE FACTORS. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESERVATIVE TREATED. USE STANDARD LENGTH COMMON NAILS CONFORMING WITH FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FF -N -105B FOR ALL NAILING EXCEPT WHERE SHORTER NAILS PROVIDE THE REQUIRED PENETRATION IN DIAPHRAGMS. ALL FASTENERS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE TREATED WOOD SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, ZMAX (G185 HDG PER ASTM A653), HOT -DIP GALVANIZED (HDG) PER ASTM A123 FOR CONNECTORS AND ASTM A153 FOR FASTENERS, OR MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED FASTENERS PER ASTM 8695, CLASS 55 OR GREATER. PROVIDE MIN. NAILING PER IBC TABLE 2304.9.1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL HANGERS, TIES AND CONNECTORS ARE SIMPSON. OTHER MANUFACTURERS WITH ICC -ES APPROVED LOAD CAPACITIES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THAT SPECIFIED MAY BE USED. NAIL ALL HOLES WITH NAILS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CUT NO HOLES IN ANY STRUCTURAL FRAMING WITHOUT ENGINEERS APPROVAL, EXCEPT THAT 1 -INCH DIAMETER HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN 2X STUDS AND PLATES --NO MORE THAN ONE HOLE EVERY 6 -INCHES. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS INSPECTIONS ARE TO BE PER THE CODE INDICATED ABOVE AND ARE TO BE BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB APPROVED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION BY THE BUILDING DEPT. AND THE ARCHITECT. INSPECT ALL SHOP WELDING UNLESS THE SHOP IS CERTIFIED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT. CONC. EXPANSION & MASONRY ANCHORS & DRILLED -IN DOWELS: COPY OF ICC REPORT FOR ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE SYSTEM USED MUST BE AVAILABLE AT JOB SITE. VERIFY ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPORT. VERIFY CERTIFICATION OF INSTALLER FOR ADHESIVE ANCHORS. LIGHT GAGE STEEL FRAMING: VERIFY SIZE, GAGE AND SPACING. INSPECT WELDING. VERIFY CERTIFICATION OF WELDERS. SPECIAL CONDITIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ABBREVIATIONS M.B.S. METAL BLDG SUPPLIER ARCH. ARCHITECT N.F. NEAR FACE BAL. BALANCE N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE B. OR BOT. BOTTOM oc ON CENTER BTWN. BETWEEN O.F. OUTSIDE FACE BLDG. BUILDING O.S. OUTSIDE BRG. BEARING O.T.O. OUT TO OUT C.I.P. CAST IN PLACE PL PLATE C.J. CONSTRUCTION JOINT REINF. REINFORCING CL CENTERLINE REM. REMAINDER CLR. CLEAR R.O. ROUGH OPENING CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT SECT. SECTIONS COL. COLUMN SIM. SIMILAR CONC. CONCRETE S.J SHRINKAGE JOINT C.S.J. CLOSURE STRIP JOINT STL. STEEL EA. EACH SW SHEARWALL E.E. EACH END SYMM. SYMMETRICAL E.F. EACH FACE T. TOP E.J. EXPANSION JOINT T.O.B. TOP OF BEAM EL. OR ELEV. ELEVATION T.O.F. TOP OF FOOTING E.N.W. OR ENW ENGINEERS NORTHWEST T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL EQ. EQUAL T.O.S. TOP OF SLAB E.S. EACH SIDE T.O.W. TOP OF WALL E.W. EACH WAY TYP. TYPICAL AT ALL SIMILAR PLACES F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE F.O.S. FACE OF STUD V.E.F. VERTICAL EACH FACE F.O.W. FACE OF WALL VERT. VERTICAL FTG. FOOTING V.F.F. VERTICAL FAR FACE GA. GAGE VFY VERIFY GALV. HOT DIP GALVANIZED V.I.F. VERTICAL INSIDE FACE G.W.B. GYPSUM WALL BOARD V.N.F. VERTICAL NEAR FACE H. OR HORIZ. HORIZONTAL V.O.F. VERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE I.B.C. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W.A.B.O. WASHINGTON ASSOC. OF BUILDING I.C.C. INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL OFFICIALS LF INSIDE FACE w/ WITH INC. INCLUDING w/o WITH OUT K KIP (1000 POUNDS) W.H.S. WELD HEAD STUD L.W. LONG WAY @ AT WALL BRACING SCHEDULE MARK STRAP (50 k.s.i.) HOLDOWN NUMBER OF SCREWS GUSSET TO T. & B. TRACK GUSSET TO DBL. STUDS GUSSET TO STRAP 1O 1/2" G.W.B. -__ UNBLOCKED SCREW @ 7"oc EDGES AND 7"oc FIELD 20 3" x 16GA. S/LTT20 12 18 15 NOTE: 1.) SCREWS MUST BE PLACED AT LEAST 3/4" APART AND MUST BE 3/4" FROM EDGE OR END OF ALL METAL PIECES. 2.) G.W.B. REPLACES DIAGONAL STRAP BRACES HOLDOWN SCHEDULE HOLDOWN ANCHORS SCREWS SIMPSON S/LTT20 1/2"0 SIMPSON TITEN HD (EMBED 3 1/4") INSPECTED 8 #10 STRAP SPLICE INSTALLATION I.C.C. ESR 2713 3" x 16GA. SIMPSON S/HTT4 5/8"0 SIMPSON TITEN HD (EMBED 3 1/4") INSPECTED 18 #10 16 INSTALLATION I.C.C. ESR 2713 .0538 CEILING BRACING SCHEDULE MARK STRAP/CRC (50 k.s.i.) NUMBER OF SCREWS 22 GUSSET TO TRACK GUSSET TO STRAP STRAP SPLICE AO 3" x 16GA. 4 4 4 NOTES: 1.) SCREWS MUST BE PLACED AT LEAST 3/4" APART AND MUST BE 3/4" FROM EDGE OR END OF ALL METAL PIECES. 2.) SEE SECTION 1/S2.1 FOR BALANCE OF INFO. THICKNESS OF STEEL COMPONENTS I GAGE DESIGN THICKNESS MINIMUM THICKNESS 2 22 .0283 .0269 20 .0346 .0329 18 .0451 .0428 16 .0566 .0538 14 .0713 .0677 12 .1017 .0966 10 .1240 .1265 NOTES: 1.) UNCOATED STEEL THICKNESS. THICKNESS IS FOR CARBON SHEET STEEL. 2.) MINIMUM THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF DESIGN THICKNESS AND IS THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE THICKNESS DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE BASED ON SECTION A2.4 OF THE 2007 A.I.S.I. CODE. JOIST BRACING SCHEDULE JOIST SPAN TOP AND BOTTOM FLANGE BRACING UP TO AND INCLUDING 10' NONE 10' UP TO AND INCLUDING 14' ONE ROW AT MID -SPAN 14' UP TO AND INCLUDING 18' TWO ROWS AT THIRD SPANS 18' UP TO AND INCLUDING 25' THREE ROWS AT QUARTERS SPANS NOTES: 1.) USE 1 1/2" x 16GA. FLAT STRAP ON TOP & BOT. OF JOIST. OMIT TOP STRAP IF DECK OCCURS. OR 1 1/2" CRC ON TOP OF JOIST. FASTEN TO EA. JOIST w/2 SCREWS. 2.) SPACE BRACING AS NOTED ABOVE EXCEPT WHEN NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 3.) SEE SECT. 1/S2.1 FOR DETAILS AND EXCEPTIONS. LIGHT GAGE & MISC. PARTS SCHEDULE co 0 CD C N MINIMUM PROPERTIES * APPROVED SUPPLIERS & THEIR r 0 0 N Cnz CALLOUT FOR THESE ITEMS ITEM CALLOUT 00 �Y Fy (K.S.i.) I(m.4) S(in) 3 A(in.2) ry SSMA I.C.C. ESR -3064P -W to C12 HEADERS ** (2) 12" x 15/8" x 14GA. 50 36.80 5.29 2.24 1.44 (2)1200S162 - 68 (50ksi) (22'-8" MAX. SPAN) z��� W C8 HEADERS ** (TYP. U.N.O.) (2) 8" x 1 5/8" x 16GA. 50 11.20 2.46 1.34 1.39 (2)80OS162 - 54 (50ksi) (12'-0" MAX. SPAN) -v^rn _C N a� u C RIM JOISTS & BLKG. ** 8" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 4.75 1.16 0.59 0.31 80OT125 - 54 (50ksi) CEILING JOIST** 8" x 1 5/8" x 16GA. 50 5.74 1.43 0.67 0.54 80OS162 - 54 (50ksi) CEILING TRACK** 8" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 4.75 1.16 0.59 0.31 800T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL TOP TRACK ** (U.N.O.) 3 5/8" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 0.72 0.38 0.35 - 0.37 362T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL TOP TRACK ** (SPCL.) 3 5/8" x 1 1/4" x 12GA. 50 1.34 0.67 0.62 0.36 362T125 - 97 (50ksi) WALL BOT. TRACK ** (U.N.O.) 3 5/8"x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 0.72 0.38 0.35 0.37 362T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL STUDS 3 5/8" x 15/8" x 20GA. 33 0.55 0.30 0.26 0.61 362S162-33 WALL TOP TRACK ** 6" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 2.34 0.76 0.48 0.34 600T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL BOT. TRACK ** 6" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 2.34 0.76 0.48 0.34 600T125 - 54 (50ksi) O WALL STUDS 6"x 1 5/8" x 20GA. 33 1.79 0.60 0.34 0.58 600S162 - 33 16GA W OSTRAPS WIDE x 16GA. FLAT STRAP ALT. 50 --- --- --- --- SEE CEILING BRACING SCHEDULE (IN CEILING) 1 1/2" x 16GA. C.R.C. z 1 1/2" x 20GA. BRACING 1 1/2" WIDE x 20GA. FLAT STRAP ALT. STRAPS (HORIZ. IN WALLS) 1 1/2" x 16GA. C.R.C. 33 --- --- --- -- --- O16GA STRAPS z (DIAGONAL IN WIDE x 16GA. FLAT STRAP 50 --- --- -- --- SEE WALL BRACING SCHEDULE WALLS) 2" x 2" ANGLE GAGE TO MATCH SUPPORTED 33 MEMBER SCREWS #8-18 x 1" HWH #2 OR PPH #2 HILTI wl 5/16"0 MIN. (MTL. TO MTL.) HEAD SCREWS (G.W.B. TO MTL.) #10-24 x 1 1/2" PWH #3 HILTI SCREWS (PLYWOOD TO 6"oc EDGES & MTL.) #8-18 x 1 1/2" PWH #3 HILTI 12"oc FIELD WALL & BOTTOM TRACK #DS37P10 (0:177"0 X 1 1/2" LOW HILTI I.C.C. ESR -1663 ANCHORS VELOCITY DRIVE PINS NOTES: 1.) * SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER SUPPLIERS FOR THESE ITEMS NOT ALLOWED. **THESE JOIST & TRACK MEMBERS TO BE UNPUNCHED. 2.) SINGLE FRAMING MEMBER SHOWN THUS: C 3.) DOUBLE FRAMING MEMBER SHOWN THUS: (U.N.O.) Cj CONTRACTOR TO 2 1 VERIFY (E) 1/2" GWB 2 2 A TYP @ ONE SIDE MIN. I8C8I 11 I ( JOIST BRACING PER SCHEDULE \\ ---------111- -------- X ------ (E)HDR--HDR �1 --------- _ 2 W Q� CD01 10 1 of F.: 1 / 01 / 1I QI NX o I / QI ,\ U \ / I 100 Uco I I 2 --�--- 1-------� 1 /- - - - - - - I--------� /--------� STRIP (E) - -�- �'C- SHEATHING AND /\ 1 / 1 \ j j �\ W j ADD (N) X -BRACE w co ri(E) HDRIC-------------------yJ CONTRACTOR TO CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY (E) C8 HDR MIN. 1 VERIFY (E) 1/2" GWB 2 (N) 3 5/8"x20GA STUD !� @ ONE SIDE MIN. WALL @ 16"oc TYP. �0 PARTIAL CEILING FRAMING PLAN NOTES: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1. ALL ITEMS ARE NEW UNLESS NOTED AS EXISTING (E). 2. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ENW IF EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND SECTIONS. 3. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS w/ ARCH. 4. SEE DETAIL 1/S2.1 FOR TYP. FRAMING DTLS. (U.N.O.). 5. WHERE "HILTI" BRAND ADHESIVE ANCHORS ARE CALLED OUT DO NOT SUBSTITUTE OTHER BRAND ANCHORS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENW. NOTE: ONLY ANCHORS WITH CURRENT CODE APPROVED VALUES WILL BE CONSIDERED. 6. WHERE BEARING WALLS SUPPORT JOISTS @ 16"oc SPACE THE STUDS @ 16"oc DIRECTLY BELOW JOISTS. WHERE BEARING WALLS SUPPORT JOISTS @ 24"oc OR 48"oc SPACE THE STUDS @ 24"oc DIRECTLY BELOW JOISTS. WHERE WALLS ARE PARALLEL TO JOISTS SPACE THE STUDS @ 24"oc. SEAT STUD WEBS OF TOP & BOT. TRACKS, TYP. 7. PROVIDE JOIST BLOCKING / BRACING PER DETAIL 1/S2.1. SEE "JOIST BRACING SCHEDULE" THIS SHEET. 8. X -BRACES / SHEAR WALLS SHOWN THUS: �:� & NOTED AS OARE PER ELEVATION 2/S2.1 & WALL BRACING SCHEDULE. 9. CEILING STRAPS SHOWN THUS: & NOTED OSEE "CEILING SCHEDULE". z J D, IL in J C9 w NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS & DIMENSIONS 9 MW 1/4" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR. CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 2 2 2016 City OY Tukitiita BUILDING DIVISION RFCEIVEO CITY OF: TUKWILA SEP 0 8 2016 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN NTS W Q co 0 CD C N �Wd� M o 0 CD N r 0 0 N Cnz F- W Z U 00 �Y h ` J U W -W to O f _ �, O N N z��� W N zo 3 N LO > r�12 <L6C,j 0 mOW -v^rn _C N a� u C In 04 W 0) D z 0 z O z z w O D_ m U 0 F- O O O LL LL W a m m m O N z (0 W � O z W � co 0 CD C N �Wd� Cnz F- W Z U 00 �Y h ` U W -W to O f _ �, cn N N z��� W N zo 3 N LO > r�12 <L6C,j 0 -v^rn _C N a� u C In 04 W 0) z z O 0 F- W a O N z J g (1) U) �Wd� F- W Z U 00 �Y h ` U W -W to f _ �, '= N N z��� N zo 3 N LO > r�12 J g (1) U) �Wd� F- W Z U 00 � j U W -W to N v7 �, '= N N z��� N zo 3 N LO > r�12 <L6C,j 0 -v^rn _C N a� u C In 04 W 0) JOB NO: 87022032 ENGINEER: M. TAN DRAWN: C. HUH DATE: 2016-07-18 SHEET NO: S1.1 GENERAL NOTE THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - ASTM'S NOTED ARE TO BE LATEST EDITION. 1. DESCRIPTION Building Name & Site Location - Costco Wholesale - Tukwila, WA 2. DESIGN CODE AND STANDARDS 2 Applicable Code (Edition/Name) - 2015 International Building Code (IBC) Other documents referenced by these notes shall be the specific edition referenced by the building code specified above, or if not specified, shall be the latest edition. a. Roof Live Load See snow load b. Snow Load Basic roof snow load - Pf = 25 psf STUDS - WHERE NOTED Importance factor - IS = 1.0, snow exposure factor - Ce = 1.0 c. Seismic Risk Category II JOISTS & RAFTERS - TYPICAL Ss = 1.434, S1 = 0.534, le = 1.0, Site Class "D", #2 SDS = 0.956, SD1 = 0.534 JOISTS & RAFTERS - WHERE NOTED Seismic Design Category = D #1 Resisting System(s) = Light frame wall system using flat strap bracing. PLATES & LEDGERS CS = 0.167 (ASD), R = 4. Equivalent lateral force procedure was used. d. Wind Load Risk Category II BEAMS & HEADERS - TYPICAL Basic wind speed (3 sec. gust) VULT = 110 mph, VASD = 85 mph #2 Exposure C. MUST BE AVAILABLE AT JOB SITE. KZt = 1.0 2.24 IBC Load Cases per sec. 1605.2 or 1605.3.1 only Kd = 0.85 (2)1200S162 - 68 (50ksi) Importance factor 1.0. e. Dead loads Weight of structure. f. Special Loads The following special loads are to be considered: Z Mechanical equipment on roof. Sprinkler lines, canopy & other reactions as noted on structural (2) 8" x 1 5/8" x 16GA. drawings. g. Load Combinations All Code required load combinations are to be used in the building design. 1.34 Column reactions from these load combinations are to be given to the foundation engineer. OSHA STANDARDS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT OSHA STANDARDS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THESE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY NONCOMPLIANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MEANS AND METHODS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM ENW OFANYNONCOMPLIANCE SO THE DRAWINGS MAY BE MODIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS AS WELL AS JOBSITE SAFETY ON THIS PROJECT. LIGHT GAGE STEEL FRAMING AND DECKING (SEE DRAWINGS) FRAMING LUMBER GRADES & STRESSES SHALL CONFORM WITH LATEST EDITION OF "WESTERN LUMBER GRADING RULES", WWPA OR "STANDARD NO. 17 GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER", WCLIB. ALL LUMBER S4S AND S -DRY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, USE THE FOLLOWING: SPECIES GRADE BASE VALUE Fb VISUALLY GRADED DIMENSION LUMBER (2" TO 4- THICK BY 2" & WIDER) STUDS - TYPICAL DOUG FIR STANDARD 550 PSI STUDS - WHERE NOTED DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI JOISTS & RAFTERS - TYPICAL DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI JOISTS & RAFTERS - WHERE NOTED DOUG FIR #1 1000 PSI PLATES & LEDGERS DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI BEAMS & HEADERS - TYPICAL DOUG FIR #2 900 PSI VISUALLY GRADED TIMBERS (5-X5" & LARGER) BEAMS & STRINGERS (WIDTH MORE THAN 2- OF THICKNESS DOUG FIR #1 1350 PSI POSTS & TIMBERS (WIDTH 2- OR LESS OF THICKNESS) DOUG FIR #1 1200 PSI EACH PIECE SHALL BEAR A VALID GRADE STAMP THAT IS NOT TO BE REMOVED. BOLT HEADS AND NUTS BEARING AGAINST WOOD SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STANDARD CUT WASHERS. ALL BASE VALUE STRESSES TO BE ADJUSTED WITH APPROPRIATE SIZE FACTORS. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESERVATIVE TREATED. USE STANDARD LENGTH COMMON NAILS CONFORMING WITH FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FF -N -105B FOR ALL NAILING EXCEPT WHERE SHORTER NAILS PROVIDE THE REQUIRED PENETRATION IN DIAPHRAGMS. ALL FASTENERS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE TREATED WOOD SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, ZMAX (G185 HDG PER ASTM A653), HOT -DIP GALVANIZED (HDG) PER ASTM A123 FOR CONNECTORS AND ASTM A153 FOR FASTENERS, OR MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED FASTENERS PER ASTM B695, CLASS 55 OR GREATER. PROVIDE MIN. NAILING PER IBC TABLE 2304.9.1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL HANGERS, TIES AND CONNECTORS ARE SIMPSON. OTHER MANUFACTURERS WITH ICC -ES APPROVED LOAD CAPACITIES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THAT SPECIFIED MAY BE USED. NAIL ALL HOLES WITH NAILS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CUT NO HOLES IN ANY STRUCTURAL FRAMING WITHOUT ENGINEERS APPROVAL, EXCEPT THAT 1 -INCH DIAMETER HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN 2X STUDS AND PLATES --NO MORE THAN ONE HOLE EVERY 6 -INCHES. WALL BRACING SCHEDULE= SPECIAL INSPECTIONS STRAP (50 k.s.i.) HOEDOWN NUMBER OF SCREWS INSPECTIONS ARE TO BE PER THE CODE INDICATED ABOVE AND ARE TO BE BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB APPROVED GUSSET TO DBL. STUDS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION BY THE BUILDING DEPT. AND THE ARCHITECT. INSPECT ALL SHOP WELDING UNLESS THE 1/2" G.W.B. SHOP IS CERTIFIED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT. UNBLOCKED SCREW @ 7"oc EDGES AND 7"oc FIELD O3" CONC. EXPANSION S/LTT20 12 18 & MASONRY ANCHORS .0677 12 .1017 & DRILLED -IN DOWELS: COPY OF ICC REPORT FOR ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE SYSTEM USED .1240 MUST BE AVAILABLE AT JOB SITE. VERIFY ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE 2.24 SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPORT. VERIFY CERTIFICATION OF INSTALLER FOR ADHESIVE (2)1200S162 - 68 (50ksi) ANCHORS. r � :=9E LIGHT GAGE STEEL Z z FRAMING: VERIFY SIZE, GAGE AND SPACING. INSPECT WELDING. VERIFY CERTIFICATION OF WELDERS. (2) 8" x 1 5/8" x 16GA. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 11.20 2.46 1.34 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL (2)800S162 - 54 (50ksi) STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO F. 1C.:41 ami INSTALLATION. C LC) 04 ABBREVIATIONS M.B.S. METAL BLDG SUPPLIER 50 ARCH. ARCHITECT N.F. NEAR FACE 0.31 BAL. BALANCE N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE 50 B. OR BOT. BOTTOM oc ON CENTER 0.54 BTWN. BETWEEN O.F. OUTSIDE FACE 50 BLDG. BUILDING O.S. OUTSIDE 0.31 BRG. BEARING O.T.O. OUT TO OUT 50 C.I.P. CAST IN PLACE PL PLATE 0.37 C.J. CONSTRUCTION JOINT REINF. REINFORCING 50 CL CENTERLINE REM. REMAINDER 0.36 CLR. CLEAR R.O. ROUGH OPENING 50 CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT SECT. SECTIONS 0.37 COL. COLUMN SIM. SIMILAR 33 CONC. CONCRETE S.J SHRINKAGE JOINT 0.61 C.S.J. CLOSURE STRIP JOINT STL. STEEL 50 EA. EACH SW SHEARWALL 0.34 E.E. EACH END SYMM. SYMMETRICAL 50 E.F. EACH FACE T. TOP 0.34 E.J. EXPANSION JOINT T.O.B. TOP OF BEAM 33 EL. OR ELEV. ELEVATION T.O.F. TOP OF FOOTING 0.58 E.N.W. OR ENW ENGINEERS NORTHWEST T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL v EQ. EQUAL T.O.S. TOP OF SLAB --- E.S. EACH SIDE T.O.W. TOP OF WALL r E.W. EACH WAY TYP. TYPICAL AT ALL SIMILAR PLACES F- F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE EV.E.F. CL F.O.S. FACE OF STUD VERTICAL EACH FACE T_ F.O.W. FACE OF WALL VERT. VERTICAL 1 1/2" x 16GA. C.R.C. FTG. FOOTING V.F.F. VERTICAL FAR FACE �O GA. GAGE VFY VERIFY o GALV. HOT DIP GALVANIZED V.I.F. VERTICAL INSIDE FACE o, G.W.B. GYPSUM WALL BOARD V.N.F. VERTICAL NEAR FACE WIDE x 16GA. FLAT STRAP H. OR HORIZ. HORIZONTAL V.O.F. VERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE --- I.B.C. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WA.B.O. WASHINGTON ASSOC. OF BUILDING M I.C.C. INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL OFFICIALS C LF INSIDE FACE w/ WITH cNv INC. INCLUDING w/o WITH OUT -� K KIP (1000 POUNDS) W.H.S. WELD HEAD STUD C0 L.W. LONG WAY @ AT WALL BRACING SCHEDULE= MARK STRAP (50 k.s.i.) HOEDOWN NUMBER OF SCREWS GUSSET TO T. & B. TRACK GUSSET TO DBL. STUDS FGUSSET TO STRAP 1O 1/2" G.W.B. SIMPSON S/HTT4 UNBLOCKED SCREW @ 7"oc EDGES AND 7"oc FIELD O3" x 16GA. S/LTT20 12 18 15 NOTE: 1.) SCREWS MUST BE PLACED AT LEAST 3/4" APART AND MUST BE 3/4" FROM EDGE OR END OF ALL METAL PIECES. 2.) G.W.B. REPLACES DIAGONAL STRAP BRACES HOLDOWN SCHEDULE HOLDOWN ANCHORS SCREWS SIMPSON S/LTT20 1/2"0 SIMPSON TITEN HD (EMBED 3 1/4") INSPECTED 8 #10 STRAP SPLICE INSTALLATION I.C.C. ESR 2713 3" x 16GA. SIMPSON S/HTT4 5/8"0 SIMPSON TITEN HD (EMBED 3 1/4") INSPECTED 18 #10 16 INSTALLATION I.C.C. ESR 2713 .0538 CEILING BRACING SCHEDULE MARK STRAP/CRC (50 k.s.i.) NUMBER OF SCREWS 22 GUSSET TO TRACK GUSSET TO STRAP STRAP SPLICE OA 3" x 16GA. 4 4 4 NOTES: 1.) SCREWS MUST BE PLACED AT LEAST 3/4" APART AND MUST BE 3/4" FROM EDGE OR END OF ALL METAL PIECES. 2.) SEE SECTION 1/S2.1 FOR BALANCE OF INFO. THICKNESS OF STEEL COMPONENTS GAGE DESIGN THICKNESS MINIMUM THICKNESS 2 22 .0283 .0269 20 .0346 .0329 18 1 .0451 .0428 16 .0566 .0538 14 .0713 .0677 12 .1017 .0966 10 .1240 .1265 NOTES: 1.) UNCOATED STEEL THICKNESS. THICKNESS IS FOR CARBON SHEET STEEL. 2.) MINIMUM THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF DESIGN THICKNESS AND IS THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE THICKNESS DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE BASED ON SECTION A2.4 OF THE 2007 A.I.S.I. CODE. JOIST BRACING SCHEDULE JOIST SPAN TOP AND BOTTOM FLANGE BRACING UP TO AND INCLUDING 10' NONE 10' UP TO AND INCLUDING 14' ONE ROW AT MID -SPAN 14' UP TO AND INCLUDING 18' TWO ROWS AT THIRD SPANS 18' UP TO AND INCLUDING 25' THREE ROWS AT QUARTERS SPANS NOTES: 1.) USE 1 1/2" x 16GA. FLAT STRAP ON TOP & BOT. OF JOIST. OMIT TOP STRAP IF DECK OCCURS. OR 1 1/2" CRC ON TOP OF JOIST. FASTEN TO EA. JOIST w/2 SCREWS. 2.) SPACE BRACING AS NOTED ABOVE EXCEPT WHEN NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 3.) SEE SECT. 1/S2.1 FOR DETAILS AND EXCEPTIONS. LIGHT GAGE & MISC. PARTS SCHEDULE z z' MINIMUM PROPERTIES * APPROVED SUPPLIERS & THEIR r C 0 0 CV I=- w Z O CALLOUT FOR THESE ITEMS ITEM CALLOUT c, z Fy (K.S.i.) I(in.°) S(in.3 A(in.2) ry SSMA I.C.C. ESR -3064P J '_ J C12 HEADERS ** (2) 12" x 1 5/8" x 14GA. 50 36.80 5.29 2.24 1.44 (2)1200S162 - 68 (50ksi) (22'-8" MAX. SPAN) r � :=9E Z z C8 HEADERS ** (TYP. U.N.O.) (2) 8" x 1 5/8" x 16GA. 50 11.20 2.46 1.34 1.39 (2)800S162 - 54 (50ksi) (12'-0" MAX. SPAN) F. 1C.:41 ami O C LC) 04 m RIM JOISTS & BLKG. ** 8" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 4.75 1.16 0.59 0.31 80OT125 - 54 (50ksi) CEILING JOIST** 8" x 1 5/8" x 16GA. 50 5.74 1.43 0.67 0.54 80OS162 - 54 (50ksi) CEILING TRACK** 8" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 4.75 1.16 0.59 0.31 800T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL TOP TRACK ** (U.N.O.) 3 5/8" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 0.72 0.38 0.35 0.37 362T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL TOP TRACK ** (SPCL.) 3 5/8" x 1 1/4" x 12GA. 50 1.34 0.67 0.62 0.36 362T125 - 97 (50ksi) WALL BOT. TRACK ** (U.N.O.) 3 5/8"x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 0.72 0.38 0.35 0.37 362T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL STUDS 3 5/8" x 1 5/8" x 20GA. 33 0.55 0.30 0.26 0.61 362S162 - 33 WALL TOP TRACK ** 6" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 2.34 0.76 0.48 0.34 600T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL BOT. TRACK ** 6" x 1 1/4" x 16GA. 50 2.34 0.76 0.48 0.34 60OT125 - 54 (50ksi) O WALL STUDS 6"x 15/8" x 20GA. 33 1.79 0.60 0.34 0.58 600S162 - 33 16GA OSTRAPS WIDE x 16GA. FLAT STRAP ALT. 50 --- --- --- --- SEE CEILING BRACING SCHEDULE (IN CEILING) 1 1/2" x 16GA. C.R.C. I= F- F- 1 1/2" x 20GA. BRACING 1 1/2" WIDE x 20GA. FLAT STRAP ALT. 33 STRAPS (HORIZ. IN WALLS) 1 1/2" x 16GA. C.R.C. O16GA STRAPS > m (DIAGONAL IN WIDE x 16GA. FLAT STRAP 50 __ --- --- -� SEE WALL BRACING SCHEDULE WALLS) z 2" x 2" ANGLE GAGE TO MATCH SUPPORTED 33 --- --- -� -� --- MEMBER SCREWS #8-18 x 1" HWH #2 OR PPH #2 HILTI w/ 5/16"0 MIN. (MTL. TO MTL.) HEAD SCREWS (G.W.B. TO MTL.) #10-24 x 1 1/2" PWH #3 HILTI SCREWS (PLYWOOD TO 6"oc EDGES & MTL.) #8-18 x 1 1/2" PWH #3 HILTI 12"oc FIELD WALL & BOTTOM TRACK #DS37P10 (0.177"0 X 1 1/2" LOW HILTI I.C.C. ESR -1663 ANCHORS VELOCITY DRIVE PINS NOTES: 1.) SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER SUPPLIERS FOR THESE ITEMS NOT ALLOWED. ** THESE JOIST & TRACK MEMBERS TO BE UNPUNCHED. 2.) SINGLE FRAMING MEMBER SHOWN THUS: C 3.) DOUBLE FRAMING MEMBER SHOWN THUS: (U.N.O.) C3 K CONTRACTOR TO 2 1 VERIFY (E) 1/2" GWB2 2 TYP A �O @ ONE SIDE MIN. 4---------I- X ------ - 1 \ \ II (E) HDR . _... 1 ---------SII C8 HDR � 1 �Nj w \ / U)l 0 BU I / 5221CD 01-_ \ r v: / O I /o -II f O of `O ¢I �WX o \ I 0 2 --�--- I-------crI /------- I--------� /--------� STRIP (E) - --}- �- /-\ I SHEATHING AND 01 ADD (N) X -BRACE 001 =1 \'ISI / (E) HDR \,..._. �I iC �I� m.. C CONTRACTOR TO CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY (E) C8 HDR MIN. 1 VERIFY (E) 1/2" GWB 2 (N) 3 5/8"x20GA STUD @ ONE SIDE MIN. WALL @ 18"oc TTP. L CEILING FRAMING PLAN JOIST BRACING PER SCHEDULE MEN 1/41' = 1'-0" NOTES: 1. ALL ITEMS ARE NEW UNLESS NOTED AS EXISTING (E). 2. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ENW IF EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND SECTIONS. 3. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS w/ ARCH. 4. SEE DETAIL 1/S2.1 FOR TYP. FRAMING DTLS. (U.N.O.). 5. WHERE "HILTI" BRAND ADHESIVE ANCHORS ARE CALLED OUT DO NOT SUBSTITUTE OTHER BRAND ANCHORS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENW. NOTE: ONLY ANCHORS WITH CURRENT CODE APPROVED VALUES WILL BE CONSIDERED. 6. WHERE BEARING WALLS SUPPORT JOISTS @ 16"oc SPACE THE STUDS @ 16"oc DIRECTLY BELOW JOISTS. WHERE BEARING WALLS SUPPORT JOISTS @ 24"oc OR 48"oc SPACE THE STUDS @ 24"oc DIRECTLY BELOW JOISTS. WHERE WALLS ARE PARALLEL TO JOISTS SPACE THE STUDS @ 24"oc. SEAT STUD WEBS OF TOP & BOT. TRACKS, TYP. 7. PROVIDE JOIST BLOCKING / BRACING PER DETAIL 1/S2.1. SEE "JOIST BRACING SCHEDULE" THIS SHEET. 8. X -BRACES / SHEAR WALLS SHOWN THUS: f� & NOTED AS DARE PER ELEVATION 2/S2.1 & WALL BRACING SCHEDULE. 9. CEILING STRAPS SHOWN THUS: & NOTED OSEE "CEILING SCHEDULE". z z z' C+) � to o N r C 0 0 CV I=- w Z O T M .co c, z C CD m m m J J '_ J Z z O D 0 W' w w' W EXTEND 6" PAST EXISTING PURLIN, TYP 1 • .jiiii1• 1 1 NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS & DIMENSIONS KEY PLAN 3 901 - 1 Mr ■W01 1/4" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 2 2 2010 es City pit �`ukk BUILDING DWISION car--fUKW CITYILA SEP o g 201, pERMIT CENTER NTS W Q 00 0 M O CD r N C+) � to o N r C 0 0 CV I=- w Z O T Z .co c, z C CD (A W A--'' 6� Z z O D y N Q O H o! W a r � :=9E Z z N zLbc Lb z C N ��rn F. 1C.:41 ami O C LC) 04 m a~, a W F F- Z Z w o O CL m 0 o 0 0 ❑ I= F- F- D > m m Cl) O z W 00 0 M O CD r N I=- w Z O T Z .co c, z C LU z (A W A--'' 6� z O D y N b- H o! W a r O :=9E Z z N zLbc Lb ¢ Lh ani JOB NO: 87022032 ENGINEER: M. TAN DRAWN: C. HUH DATE 2016-07-18 SHEET NO: sti I=- w °- T Z .co c, z C ¢ (A W A--'' 6� W y N b- C-4 N 4� r O :=9E Z mm S N zLbc Lb ¢ Lh ani JOB NO: 87022032 ENGINEER: M. TAN DRAWN: C. HUH DATE 2016-07-18 SHEET NO: sti I=- w °- T Z .co c, z C ¢ (A W A--'' 6� W y N b- C-4 N 4� O :=9E Z mm S N zLbc Lb ¢ Lh ani C N ��rn F. 1C.:41 ami C LC) 04 W a~, a JOB NO: 87022032 ENGINEER: M. TAN DRAWN: C. HUH DATE 2016-07-18 SHEET NO: sti m CONNECT NEIN 1/2" GAS W/PRV TO EXISTING GAS ON ROOF. F G n LL REMOVE EXISTING UNIT & INSTALL NEW UNIT PER 10 SCHEDULE. SEE DETAIL 3 AREA OF WORK. PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/16'--: = 1-0' THERMOSTAT RELOCATE BRANCH DUCT AS SHOWN. PROVIDE NEW DIFFUSER. K LFIELD VERIFY SIZE AND REUSE EXISTING J LOCATION OF SUPPLY OPENING IN AND RETURN DUCTING. SUPPLY DUCT G EXISTING WATER - HEATER UNDER SINK TO REMAIN (E)3” GAS OPTIC �o CONNECT 1/2" H&CW TO THE NEW SINK. 3�f4" DEMO EXISTING SUPPLY NEW 10 DUCT FROM EXISTING AS SEE DUCT PROVIDE NEW FIT FOR NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER. 10" SUPPLY DUCT. MAINTAIN DUCT SIZE. (E)3/4" CW �s G G i OPTICAL CENTER PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = 1'-0" H-1 PROVIDE 1/2' H & OES CW SEE DETAIL 56 CONNECT NEW 3/4" CW TO EXISTING 3/4" APPROX. HERE. ///--FIELD VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION. - (E)3/4" CW G G G PIPING SYSTEMS THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY TO ALL PLUMBING PLANS. 1. APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE: 2012 UPC 2. ALL WASTE PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING & STORM DRAIN PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 2% MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. SURFACE MOUNTED PIPING WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE IN FINISHED ROOMS OR COOLERS.. PIPING AND CONDUIT OF ALL TYPES_ SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS (INCLUDING -CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES, WATER HEATER PRESSURE RELIEF LINES AND SODA- LINES.):. C INSULATE ALL INTERIOR PIPING; STORM` DRAIN, HOT, COLD, .RECIRC, AND CONDENSATE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 22 07 00. 5_ PIPING IN ROOF TRUSS SPACE TO BE RUN PERPENDICULAR OR- PARALLEL TO BUILD�1� GIRD �FOR G SOLI DERS MOUNT PIPING M OM DER; - t40 BL LIG -& S IGI#TS. GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES THE FOLLOWING :NOTES- APPLY TO ENTIRE -PLAN AS APPLICABLE 1. M.C. SHALL ENSURE ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT IS LABELED CORRECTLY AND MATCH CALLOUTS ON PLAN ON THE INSIDE & OUT OF THE BUILDING. THIS INCLUDES HVAC UNITS & EXHAUST FANS. LABELS SHOULD BE IN 6" BLOCK LETTERING IN BLACK COLOR AND LOCATED WHERE EASILY VISIBLE FROM THE ROOF HATCH. 2. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" BETWEEN EXHAUST OUTLET AND UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKE.. 3. COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL DUCTWORK LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NO DUCTWORK WILL BE ALLOWED TO RUN OVER THE TOP OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR PANELS. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO COLUMN LINES. 5. APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE 2015 IBC APPLICABLE MECHANICAL CODE: 2015 IMC APPLICABLE ENERGY CODE: 2015 WASHINGTON. STATE ENERGY CODE 6. PROVIDE TIE DOWN FOR ALL FLUES & VENTS OF 3' OR TALLER. 7. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLERS AND DUCT DETECTORS. REINSTALL AND RECONNECT DUCT DETECTORS OR REPLACE WITH EQUAL. 8. ALL CONDENSATE PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 2% MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. RUN PIPING IN ROOF TRUSS SPACE PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING JOIST OR GIRDERS, FOR PASSING BELOW SOLID GIRDERS MOUNT PIPING 6" MAXIMUM FROM BOTTOM OF GIRDER. DO NOT BLOCK LIGHTING & SKYLIGHTS. NSE QfANTe-AL PLAN NOTES SEE BUBBLE ON PLAN FOR SPECIFIC REFERENCE. O2 NEW AC UNIT ON ADAPTOR CURB. REPLACE EXISTING AC UNIT WITH NEW AC UNIT. INSTALL ADAPTOR ON EXISTING CURB AND NEW AC UNIT ON ADAPTOR. CONNECT GAS AND CONDENSATE WHERE APPLICABLE. FIELD VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING AC UNIT AND CURB. SCRAPE EXISTING GASKET AND ADHESIVE FROM CURB AND REPLACE WITH NEW NEOPRENE GASKET FOR BOTH ADAPTER CURB AND NEW UNIT. ADAPTOR CURB TO BE PRE-ENGINEERED BY THYBAR OR EQUIVALENT. FOR COORDINATION WITH THYBAR CONTACT BILL MARZEC (775-343-0600) @ THYBAR TO ORDER ADAPTOR CURBS. EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL CURBS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH STAINLESS STEEL ADAPTOR CURBS. G.C. TO SUBMIT STAMPED DRAWING FOR ADAPTOR CURB. SUBMITTAL TO INCLUDE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN EXISTING CURB & ADAPTOR CURB; AND CONNECTION BETWEEN ADAPTOR CURB & NEW AC UNIT; AND ADAPTOR CURB WEIGHT. NEW 1 1/2" VENT. CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT APPROX HERE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION. 2 K (E)6 (E)4" FC0 HVAC LEGEND PRESSURE MAX DEVELOPED DROP LENGTH (FEET) 0.5 100 24/4Tk AIR DUCT - FIRST # IS SIDE SHOWN MAX LOAD (MBH) FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION - TURNING VANE HOT WATER k SUPPLY DUCT UP HOT WATER CIRCULATION 8/8 CD -4 100 CFM (E) D 24/12/RG ( I(E)8"O 4 4 RG E I ,' II (E) _ E)8„0 II (EI) ,0 ( )1 „ AIR SUPPLY DUCT DOWN 570 L6_�D-4 C AIR VOLUME DAMPER GAS CEILING DIFFUSER 3,093 SQUARE TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION 0,309 G CONDENSATE DRAIN" 18,483 AIR CONDITIONER #1: 37,976 rJT THERMOSTAT VALVE - PRESSURE REDUCING-(PRV)- CONT. CONTINUATION L TYP. TYPICAL A.F.F. CFM CUBIC FEET -PER "MINUTE A.H.J. DB DRY BULB TEMPERATURE B:F-.f. DG DOOR GRILLE. CO: WB WET BULB TEMPERATURE , 10 D i MBH 1,000 BRITISH- THERMAL UNITS/HR. CW -ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE CFM 10/10 CD -4 FM Gm RA RETURN AIR H&CW , 60 24/12 RG IN. WC VD VOLUME DAMPER M.0 MBS METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER PSI M.0 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SCO ) 0/10 150 D-4 QFM SANITARY SEWER E)8"O 10"01 U 1 p IF VENT THRU ROOF W. WASTE WCO WALL CLEAN OUT *ALL GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS TO X 0" _� IF. t1 I j VD 18 X 10 kz�ll 18 X 10"i ; LI -11 F77 F771 18 X 10 (E)8„ O VD E 8/8 CD -4 100 CFM I, ( ( 1' \ (- 10 4 1 Eli ---. , 10 CD 50 C K LFIELD VERIFY SIZE AND REUSE EXISTING J LOCATION OF SUPPLY OPENING IN AND RETURN DUCTING. SUPPLY DUCT G EXISTING WATER - HEATER UNDER SINK TO REMAIN (E)3” GAS OPTIC �o CONNECT 1/2" H&CW TO THE NEW SINK. 3�f4" DEMO EXISTING SUPPLY NEW 10 DUCT FROM EXISTING AS SEE DUCT PROVIDE NEW FIT FOR NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER. 10" SUPPLY DUCT. MAINTAIN DUCT SIZE. (E)3/4" CW �s G G i OPTICAL CENTER PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = 1'-0" H-1 PROVIDE 1/2' H & OES CW SEE DETAIL 56 CONNECT NEW 3/4" CW TO EXISTING 3/4" APPROX. HERE. ///--FIELD VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION. - (E)3/4" CW G G G PIPING SYSTEMS THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY TO ALL PLUMBING PLANS. 1. APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE: 2012 UPC 2. ALL WASTE PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING & STORM DRAIN PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 2% MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. SURFACE MOUNTED PIPING WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE IN FINISHED ROOMS OR COOLERS.. PIPING AND CONDUIT OF ALL TYPES_ SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS (INCLUDING -CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES, WATER HEATER PRESSURE RELIEF LINES AND SODA- LINES.):. C INSULATE ALL INTERIOR PIPING; STORM` DRAIN, HOT, COLD, .RECIRC, AND CONDENSATE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 22 07 00. 5_ PIPING IN ROOF TRUSS SPACE TO BE RUN PERPENDICULAR OR- PARALLEL TO BUILD�1� GIRD �FOR G SOLI DERS MOUNT PIPING M OM DER; - t40 BL LIG -& S IGI#TS. GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES THE FOLLOWING :NOTES- APPLY TO ENTIRE -PLAN AS APPLICABLE 1. M.C. SHALL ENSURE ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT IS LABELED CORRECTLY AND MATCH CALLOUTS ON PLAN ON THE INSIDE & OUT OF THE BUILDING. THIS INCLUDES HVAC UNITS & EXHAUST FANS. LABELS SHOULD BE IN 6" BLOCK LETTERING IN BLACK COLOR AND LOCATED WHERE EASILY VISIBLE FROM THE ROOF HATCH. 2. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" BETWEEN EXHAUST OUTLET AND UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKE.. 3. COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL DUCTWORK LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NO DUCTWORK WILL BE ALLOWED TO RUN OVER THE TOP OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR PANELS. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO COLUMN LINES. 5. APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE 2015 IBC APPLICABLE MECHANICAL CODE: 2015 IMC APPLICABLE ENERGY CODE: 2015 WASHINGTON. STATE ENERGY CODE 6. PROVIDE TIE DOWN FOR ALL FLUES & VENTS OF 3' OR TALLER. 7. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLERS AND DUCT DETECTORS. REINSTALL AND RECONNECT DUCT DETECTORS OR REPLACE WITH EQUAL. 8. ALL CONDENSATE PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 2% MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. RUN PIPING IN ROOF TRUSS SPACE PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING JOIST OR GIRDERS, FOR PASSING BELOW SOLID GIRDERS MOUNT PIPING 6" MAXIMUM FROM BOTTOM OF GIRDER. DO NOT BLOCK LIGHTING & SKYLIGHTS. NSE QfANTe-AL PLAN NOTES SEE BUBBLE ON PLAN FOR SPECIFIC REFERENCE. O2 NEW AC UNIT ON ADAPTOR CURB. REPLACE EXISTING AC UNIT WITH NEW AC UNIT. INSTALL ADAPTOR ON EXISTING CURB AND NEW AC UNIT ON ADAPTOR. CONNECT GAS AND CONDENSATE WHERE APPLICABLE. FIELD VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING AC UNIT AND CURB. SCRAPE EXISTING GASKET AND ADHESIVE FROM CURB AND REPLACE WITH NEW NEOPRENE GASKET FOR BOTH ADAPTER CURB AND NEW UNIT. ADAPTOR CURB TO BE PRE-ENGINEERED BY THYBAR OR EQUIVALENT. FOR COORDINATION WITH THYBAR CONTACT BILL MARZEC (775-343-0600) @ THYBAR TO ORDER ADAPTOR CURBS. EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL CURBS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH STAINLESS STEEL ADAPTOR CURBS. G.C. TO SUBMIT STAMPED DRAWING FOR ADAPTOR CURB. SUBMITTAL TO INCLUDE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN EXISTING CURB & ADAPTOR CURB; AND CONNECTION BETWEEN ADAPTOR CURB & NEW AC UNIT; AND ADAPTOR CURB WEIGHT. NEW 1 1/2" VENT. CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT APPROX HERE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION. 2 K (E)6 (E)4" FC0 Q09/07/16 CONNECT NEW 2" WASTE LINE TO EXISTING LINE LOCATED ABOVE FLOOR AND BEHIND WALL APPROX. HERE. FIELD VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION, .AND I.E. PRIOR TO WORK PLUMBING LEGEND HVAC LEGEND PRESSURE MAX DEVELOPED DROP LENGTH (FEET) 0.5 100 24/4Tk AIR DUCT - FIRST # IS SIDE SHOWN MAX LOAD (MBH) FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION - TURNING VANE HOT WATER k SUPPLY DUCT UP HOT WATER CIRCULATION RETURN DUCT UP AIR SUPPLY DUCT DOWN 570 RETURN DUCT DOWN C AIR VOLUME DAMPER GAS CEILING DIFFUSER 3,093 SQUARE TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION 0,309 G CONDENSATE DRAIN" 18,483 AIR CONDITIONER #1: 37,976 rJT THERMOSTAT VALVE - PRESSURE REDUCING-(PRV)- CONT. CONTINUATION L TYP. TYPICAL A.F.F. CFM CUBIC FEET -PER "MINUTE A.H.J. DB DRY BULB TEMPERATURE B:F-.f. DG DOOR GRILLE. CO: WB WET BULB TEMPERATURE , CONT. MBH 1,000 BRITISH- THERMAL UNITS/HR. CW -ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FCO RG RETURN GRILLE G.0 CD CEILING DIFFUSER Gm RA RETURN AIR H&CW SA. SUPPLY AIR HW CO CLEAN OUT IN. WC VD VOLUME DAMPER M.0 MBS METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER PSI M.0 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SCO G.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR Q09/07/16 CONNECT NEW 2" WASTE LINE TO EXISTING LINE LOCATED ABOVE FLOOR AND BEHIND WALL APPROX. HERE. FIELD VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION, .AND I.E. PRIOR TO WORK PLUMBING LEGEND GAS CALCULATIONS Existing Total. Existing load 7,690,000 New Loads AC -11 60,000 TOTAL GAS L❑AD 7,750,000 X" GAS LINE SERVICE IS REQUIRED 0 3 PSI. GAS SIZE CHART WASTE/SANITARY SEWER PRESSURE MAX DEVELOPED DROP LENGTH (FEET) 0.5 100 VENT MAX LOAD (MBH) COLD WATER - - - HOT WATER - - - - - - HOT WATER CIRCULATION 1-1/4" AIR A 570 CONDENSATE DRAIN C 2-1/201 GAS G 3,093 GAS COCK 0,309 UNION 18,483 VALVE - GATE 37,976 II II VALVE - PRESSURE REDUCING-(PRV)- L CAP OFF A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR A.H.J. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION B:F-.f. BELOW FINISH FLOOR CO: CLEAN OUT CONT. CONTINUATION CW COLD WATER FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT G.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR Gm GATE VALVE H&CW HOT & COLD WATER HW HOT WATER IN. WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN M.0 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH SCO SURFACE CLEAN OUT S.S. SANITARY SEWER TYP. TYPICAL U UNION VTR VENT THRU ROOF W. WASTE WCO WALL CLEAN OUT GAS CALCULATIONS Existing Total. Existing load 7,690,000 New Loads AC -11 60,000 TOTAL GAS L❑AD 7,750,000 X" GAS LINE SERVICE IS REQUIRED 0 3 PSI. GAS SIZE CHART PRESSURE IN WC 7 PRESSURE MAX DEVELOPED DROP LENGTH (FEET) 0.5 100 PIPE SIZE (UPC) MAX LOAD (MBH) 1/211 47 3/4" 98 1" 185 1-1/4" 380 1-1 /2" 570 2" 1,098 2-1/201 1,750 3" 3,093 4" 0,309 6" 18,483 8,9 37,976 OPTICAL CENTER WASTE & VENT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" GAS SIZE CHART 2 PRESSURE MAX DEVELOPED PSI DROP PSI LENGTH (FEET) 2 TO 1.0 800 PIPE SIZE( UPC) MAX LOAD (MBH) 1/2" 141 3/4" 1-1/2" t� 5 I 1 " 1-1 /2" VTR g I 1 1-1/4" '� 1-1 /2" II II 2" 3,291 2-1/2" 5,245 3" 9,273 4" QQ I 6" 55,407 8» OPTICAL CENTER WASTE & VENT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" GAS SIZE CHART PRESSURE PRESSURE MAX DEVELOPED PSI DROP PSI LENGTH (FEET) 2 TO 1.0 800 PIPE SIZE( UPC) MAX LOAD (MBH) 1/2" 141 3/4" 295 1 " 556 1-1/4" 1,141 1-1 /2" 1,709 2" 3,291 2-1/2" 5,245 3" 9,273 4" 18,914 6" 55,407 8» 113,841 PROVIDE ONE OF FOLLOWING REGULATORS AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT SENSUS MODEL #496 PIPE SIZE - 3/4" OR 1 " ORIFICE - 3/8" SPRING - GREEN FOR GAS LOAD UP TO 760 MBH MAXITROL MODEL: 325-51_600 PIPE SIZE - 3/4" OR 1 IF FOR GAS LOAD UP TO 340 MBH 325-7AL21 OD PIPE SIZE 1-1/4" OR 1-1/2" FOR GAS LOAD BETWEEN 340 MBH AND 1000 MBH *ALL GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS TO BE RATED FOR 5 PSI. RECEIVED ILA CITY OF TWO SEP 0 8 2016 PERMIT CENTER 10 a N r U-1 m w V) w a 0 z 0 Ln cr n \AI CONICAL SPIN -IN VOLUME DAMPER FLEX DUCT 10' MAX. DUCT `NY-LON TIE -STRAPS LAY -IN- CEILING DIFFUSER TYPICAL ANCILLARY STRUCTURE (PHARMACY-, OPTICAL, OFFICE,HEAR NG, E-.D.P) DIFFUSER INLET DETAIL SCALE: NONE HOT WATER DISCHARGE PIPE TO 3" DIA. HUB DRAIN AND DAYLIGHT @ + 3" .ABOVE(' RIM r 2" VENT —� THRU ROOF WASTE FROM SINK 4 WASTE ASME P&T RELIEF VALVE —COLD WATER — UNION WATER HEATER TO BE INSTALLED TIGHT AGAINST SIDE WALL. IE UNDER SINK WATER HEATER (WH -10' SCALE: NONE 56 CURB AND FLASHING PER ARCH. PROVIDE HOLD DOWN CABLE PER DETAIL 3 M SIZE PER PLAN DUCTS MUST- RUN STRAIGHT DOWN PERPENDICULAR TO FLOOR, FROM -ROOF TO TOP OF STRUCTURE DUCTS TO BE INTERNALLY INSULATED FOR RUN BETWEEN BUILDING ROOF AND ANCILLARY FRAMING DUCT TO BE SUPPORTED BY ANCILLARY -FRAMING. CEILING �Yl -VD 0 LIGHTS GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR a —I RAI -FLEX CONNECTION TYPICAL ANCILLARY STRUCTURE (FOOD SERVICE, OPTICAL IN CANOPY) FA : SEE FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR SMOKE DETECTOR REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY M.C. (SEE SPEC FOR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY) AC UNIT & DUCT ELEVATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE -ALL HORIZONTAL DUCT -AND OFFSETS TO BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AIR TERMINAL SCHEDULE WASTE SYMBOL MANUFACTURER SERVICE MODEL PATTERN DAMPER NECK FRAME LOCATION CD TUTTLE & BAILEY SUPPLY JSQD NOTES BLADE LAYIN OFFICES, OPTICAL RG TUTTLE & BAILEY RETURN JPR -1/2"x7-1/2" 8" REACH, PERFORATED LAYIN OFFICES, OPTICAL * VERIFY NUMBER OF DIFFUSERS AND ALL ** DIFFUSER TO HAVE BRUSHED STAINLESS LOCATIONS ON PLANS - DIFFUSER STEEL FACE. DO NOT PROVIDE WITH IS NOT REQUIRED IF NOT ON FILTER. PLANS -ALL HORIZONTAL DUCT -AND OFFSETS TO BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - CONTRACTOR PROVIDED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MFR./MODEL WASTE VENT COLD W. HOT W. SPECIFICATIONS DETAIL SERVES NOTES BACKFLOW 1/2" 1/2" GAUGE TYPE 302 SELF RIMMING STAINLESS STEEL, LEDGE TYPE, SINGLE COMPARTMENT SINK, 15N`17 DEEP WITH FAUCET LEDGE. ELKAY LK -4121 CHROME FAUCET, SWING SPOUT WITH 10 " OUTLET HEIGHT. LK -335 SINK DRAIN & TAILPIECE. -1/2"x7-1/2" 8" REACH, DESCRIPTION ELECT. OPTICAL REFERENCE REMARKS NOTES LH -BS AG PREVENTION H-1 WATER20HEATER *FT EM2 5X HAZARD TYPE 1/2" 1/2" 2.5 GAL., ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, 1.2KW, 120V/10, 10 AMPS. 6.0 GPH ® 100' RISE 56/M1 OPTICAL (3) N/A PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (SOIC) OED OPTICAL EXAM18 SINK EXISTING UNIT -DATA 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" GAUGE TYPE 302 SELF RIMMING STAINLESS STEEL, LEDGE TYPE, SINGLE COMPARTMENT SINK, 15N`17 DEEP WITH FAUCET LEDGE. ELKAY LK -4121 CHROME FAUCET, SWING SPOUT WITH 10 " OUTLET HEIGHT. LK -335 SINK DRAIN & TAILPIECE. -1/2"x7-1/2" 8" REACH, DESCRIPTION ELECT. OPTICAL REFERENCE REMARKS NOTES LH -BS AG HEAT (3) WATER HEATERS TO HAVE RIGID CONNECTIONS & CONSTRAINTS TO RESIST SEISMIC MOTION. NEW NET WEIGHTS HAZARD TYPE BACKFLOW POTENTIAL AIR Optical TRANE LH - LOW HAZARD BS - BACK SIPHONAGE 1.50 CFM MIN O/A (5) (7) (23) TRANE HH - HIGH HAZARD BP - BACK PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTION CONDITIONER RPZ - REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACK FLOW (25) PVB - PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER 20 MCOP 51 #:(E)CURB 51 :(E)CURB AG - AIR GAP 1060A Q 0.5" ESP, SEER = 14, AVB - ATMOSPHERIC VACUUM BREAKER 10/M-1 HVAC EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE-S.O.I.C. EXISTING UNIT -DATA STRUCTURAL VERIFICATION SYMBOL ITEM SERVES MFR/# DESCRIPTION ELECT. WEIGHT REFERENCE REMARKS NOTES MFR/# HEAT ELECTRICAL (V/O/A) NET WEIGHTS NEW NET WEIGHTS REMARKS AC -5 AIR Optical TRANE 24 MBH TOTAL COOLING, 21 MBH SENSIBLE, 208V/10 PLAN M-1 1.50 CFM MIN O/A (5) (7) (23) TRANE NATURAL GAS 208/1 V/0 341 #:(E)UNIT 388 :NEW UNIT NEW UNIT WEIGHTS CONDITIONER 4YCC4024A 81.3 AMB, 91.3 EDB, 66.9 EWB-, 800 CFM 30 MCOP (25) YCC018 40 MBH 20 MCOP 51 #:(E)CURB 51 :(E)CURB 131 MORE THAN 1060A Q 0.5" ESP, SEER = 14, 19.1 MCA 10/M-1 13.2 MCA 350 �'_(E)DUCT 84 - :AADAPTER 350 : APTE TEXISTING CONDITION 60 MBH INPUT, 48.6MBH OUTPUT, -81-% AFUE 742 :(E)TOTAL 873. ,NEW TOTAL General HVAC Notes - -ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY COSTCO,- INSTALLED BY M.C. CONTACT COSTCO PURCHASING DEPT. TO COORDINATE DELIVERY TIME @ EMAIL: LPERRY@COSTCO.COM - AC UNITS PROVIDED WITH DDC COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE CONTROLLED BY BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTROLS INSTALLER. SENSOR/T'STAT S.I..O-. SENSORS @ +72", T'STATS AT 48" A.F.F. - CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL ITEMS LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL. - AC UNITS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH THE FOLLOWING FACTORY INSTALLED -OPTIONS: THROUGH -THE -BASE ELECTRICAL WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER, 12OV/15AMP CONVENIENCE OUTLET, STANDARD 2" MERV-4 FILTERS, HINGED ACCESS DOORS AND VAV SUPPLY AIR BLOWER WHERE AVAILABLE; UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. - AC UNITS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH FIELD INSTALLED THROUGH -THE -BASE- GAS PIPING CONNECTION AND HAIL GUARD. - ROOF CURBS PROVIDED BY M.B.S. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. HVAC ITEM NOTES (5) TO BE SUPPLIED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED LOW LEAK ECONOMIZER AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF. (7) TO BE SUPPLIED WITH PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC NIGHT SET -BACK THERMOSTAT. (23) ADAPTER CURB BY G.C. (25) TO BE SUPPLIED WITH FIELD INSTALLED DISCONNECT SWITCH AND 120V/15AMP CONVENIENCE OUTLET BY E.C. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR THE SCOPE -OF CORRESPONDING BUILDING DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND- TO- WORK. REMOVAL OF EXISTING- ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE DISCONNECTING AND REMOVING OF THE EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING BACK TO THE NEXT ACTIVE OUTLET OR SOURCE. PROVIDE MATCHING BLANK COVER PLATE AS REQUIRED. REMOVE OR ABANDON ALL UNUSED UNDERGROUND, UNDER FLOOR RACEWAYS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED SURFACE RACEWAYS. - RELOCATE EXISTING ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE DISCONNECTING AND EXTENDING EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING TO NEW LOCATION, PROVIDE NEW CONNECTION AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CUTTING, PATCHING, TRENCHING AND BACK FILL FOR ALL RELATED ELECTRICAL WORK AS REQUIRED. ALL REMODEL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OWNER'S NORMAL OPERATION, COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE WITH OWNER, ARCHITECT FOR WORK SCHEDULE. PERFORM WORK DURING OFF BUSINESS HOURS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE WITH OWNER FOR ANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHUT DOWN, PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO MAINTAIN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR OWNER'S NORMAL OPERATION AS REQUIRED. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE LEGEND TYPE MANUFACTURER O FIXTURE TYPE EP FUSED DISCONNECT, COORDINATE W/EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER O EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE ET NON-FUSED DISCONNECT, COORDINATE W/EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER 0 REMOVE AND RELOCATE LIGHTING FIXTURE ® TELEPHONE OUTLET WITH 3/4" CONDUIT TO CEILING O FIXTURE L/9 SPACE OR AS SHOWN EXISTING LOAD- LIGHTING 03 3 -WAY DIMMER SWITCH, BRAND: SYNERGY ISD BC 120/277 OR EQUAL L/19 L/21 UVS/PS 01 TYP. D FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE L/41 0.36 D a SUB -LETTER INDICATES CONTROLLING SWITCH -------- CONDUIT IN CEILING OR WALL, 1/2" MIN. 0 O SUB -LETTER INDICATES CONTROLLING SWITCH,?CONTROLS �" '� CONDUIT UNDERGROUND OR FLOOR, 3/4" MIN. b OUTER LAMP(S) AND b CONTROLS INNER LAMS) P�-� =. HOME RUN TO PANEL WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER, SLASHES $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH, +42" SAME AS D, BUT WITH 0-10V INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS $0 SUB -LETTER INDICATES FIXTURE CONTROLLED, +42" �� - INDICATES WIRES AND CONDUIT OTHER THAN 412 1/2"C C - METALLIC CONDUIT, PVC - PLASTIC CO Ulf $3 THREE POLE SWITCH, +42" 4, - ISOLATED GROUND OR .GROUND CONDUCTOR L/34 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, +18" OR AS NOTED r"n FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTION AS REQUIRED 0 ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX- RECEPTACLE, +18" OR AS NOTED 30/2 BRANCH PANEL L/2 �� +48" ISOLATED -GROUND FOUR -FLEX RECEPTACLE, +18 OR AS NOTED INDICATES MOUNTING HEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT/OUTLET ® FOUR-PLEX RECEPTACLE, +1-Wl OR AS NOTED 0 -CENTER--LINE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR it L_ 12 E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR O JUNCTION- BOX, SIZE AND TYPE -PER CODE WP WEATHER PROOF - HACR BREAKER :IN NEMA ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE W/ GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER 1.20 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 11 12 20/1 15/1 TYP. TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR THE SCOPE -OF CORRESPONDING BUILDING DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND- TO- WORK. REMOVAL OF EXISTING- ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE DISCONNECTING AND REMOVING OF THE EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING BACK TO THE NEXT ACTIVE OUTLET OR SOURCE. PROVIDE MATCHING BLANK COVER PLATE AS REQUIRED. REMOVE OR ABANDON ALL UNUSED UNDERGROUND, UNDER FLOOR RACEWAYS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED SURFACE RACEWAYS. - RELOCATE EXISTING ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE DISCONNECTING AND EXTENDING EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING TO NEW LOCATION, PROVIDE NEW CONNECTION AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CUTTING, PATCHING, TRENCHING AND BACK FILL FOR ALL RELATED ELECTRICAL WORK AS REQUIRED. ALL REMODEL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OWNER'S NORMAL OPERATION, COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE WITH OWNER, ARCHITECT FOR WORK SCHEDULE. PERFORM WORK DURING OFF BUSINESS HOURS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE WITH OWNER FOR ANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHUT DOWN, PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO MAINTAIN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR OWNER'S NORMAL OPERATION AS REQUIRED. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECTED MEANS PER LATEST NEC CODE TYPE MANUFACTURER NUMBER LAMPS MOUNT WATT REMARKS OHOLOPHANE* A 3RD GROUP ON/OFF CIRCUITS #'S RE35LPP272RSFW C6 COSTCO VENTURE CHAIN 382 BOTTOM OF FIXTURE +23' A.F.F. E.C. TO L/11 L/7 L/9 MP 350W/BU EXISTING LOAD- L/17 PROVIDE SAFETY HOOKS, FLEXIBLE WIRING w L/19 L/21 UVS/PS 01 TYP. 400 SYSTEM & WIRING ACCESSORIES AS L/41 0.36 EXISTING LOAD 40b Q L 42 PHARMACY RECEPT. REQUIRED SEE DETAIL 1 /THIS SHEET. DO LITHONIA 2GTL 4 G 72L LP841 BLD LATC LED RECESS 71 BI -LEVEL DIMMING & EARTHQUAKE CLIPS. D1 LITHONIA SAME AS D, BUT WITH 0-10V w L/30 DIMMING DRIVER L428 ci L433 L 35 EL PROVIDE EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK OPTION WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. INCLUDE ALL RELAY, TEST SWITCH AND CAPACITY L/34 OF 1400 -LUMEN FOR LED LIGHT OUTPUT FOR 90 -MINUTE. NOT A NIGHT LIGHT. SELF DIAGNOSTIC FEATURE L WP.GFI ( 42 I®om 0 2 "H!6 .rl GENERAL NOTES 1. MINIMUM WIRE & CONDUIT SIZE ARE #12 CU & 1/2"C. TYP. 2. NO ALUMINUM WIRE ALLOWED. 3. ALL BREAKER AIC RATINGS TO MATCH PANEL AIC RATINGS. 4. . LI E SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER THEIR LISTING OR LABELING. 5. ALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH 2015 INTERNATIONAL C DES. &09/07/16 PLAN NOTES: 01 E.C. TO REMOVE ELECTRICAL- DEVICES, CONDUITS, WIRES IN DEMO AREA (SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN) TO SOURCE. PROVIDE "SPARE" LABEL AND TURN BREAKERS TO "OFF" POSITION. EXTEND- EXISTING FEEDERS FOR CONTINUITY AS -REQUIRED. E.C_ TO MAKE_ ALL FINAL- ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS (INCLUDING LOW -VOLTAGE) FOR ALL OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. 03 PLUGMOLD & LIGHTING IN -KIOSK ARE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL OUTLETS, LIGHT SWITCHES, `ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN EXAM ROOMS- SHALL BE HOSPITAL GRADE. -NO- -M.C._ (FLEX) WIRING ALLOWED. PER :NEC 517 -13. - PROVIDE PLUGMOLD,: WITH- RECEPTACLE EVERY 12" ON CENTER, MOUNT PLUGMOLD ABOVE COUNTER. WIREMOLD (S -1-6-6B) BRASS COMMUNICATION- FITTING (COVERPLATE)_, WITH WIREMOLD- (437-7/8") ATTACHMENT RING WITH ACCESS PENETRATION TO HOFFMAN 3"x3" WIREWAY FOR OWNER INSTALLED DATA CABLING AT HEIGHTS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL (437-7/8") ATTACHMENT RING WITH ACCESS PENETRATION TO HOFFMAN 3'x3" WIREWAY AT 8'-9" (IN CEILING SPACE, NO COVERPLATE NEEDED), TYPICAL FOR ALL DATA CHASES. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED.. WIREMOLD ATTACHMENT RINGS (437-7/8"), COVERPLATES (S1 66B) & - 9 -FT HOFFMAN 3"X3"' WIREWAYS TO BE PURCHASED / SUPPLIED FROM GRAYBAR ELECTRIC (206-292-4848). SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET E-1, AND ARCHITECTURAL OPTICAL PLANS. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN CHASES. Q MOUNT CLEAN POWER RECEPTACLE IN LOWER CABINETRY ON THE INNER SIDE WALL OF CABINET TO MAKE SURE CABINET DRAWER CAN CLOSE PROPERLY WITH CORD PLUGGED INTO THE RECEPTACLE_ COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH REGIONAL OPTICAL MANAGER. ® SAME AS NOTE #6, EXCEPT USE HOFFMANN 4"X4" WIREWAY AT THIS LOCATION IN EACH OPTICAL EXAM. 0 WIREMOLD (S166B) BRASS COMMUNICATION FITTING (COVERPLATE), WITH WIREMOLD (437-7/8") ATTACHMENT RING WITH ACCESS PENETRATION TO HOFFMAN 4"x4"(X12") WIREWAY FOR OWNER INSTALLED DATA CABLING AT HEIGHTS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. PROVIDE 2" HORIZONTAL CONDUIT BETWEEN THE (2) 4"X4" WIREWAYS IN EACH EXAM ROOM. 1 -FT HOFFMAN 4"X4" WIREWAYS TO BE PURCHASED / SUPPLIED FROM GRAYBAR ELECTRIC (206-292-4848). SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E-1 AND ARCHITECTURAL OPTICAL PLANS. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN CHASES. E.C. TO REUSE EXISTING CIRCUIT IN EXISTING PANEL C1. FIELD VERIFY. Q E.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLE AND PROVIDE NEW RECEPTACLE AT NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN. INTERCEPT EXTEND FEEDER TO NEW LOCATION, REPULL WIRE AS REQUIRED. EXTEND FEEDER TO MAINTAIN FOR CONTINUITY REUSE EXISTING CIRCUIT. FIELD VERIFY. © EXISTING HVAC UNIT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACE WITH NEW AC AS SHOWN. E.C. TO DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT EXISTING FEEDER, EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER IF REQUIRED. E.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING FEEDER IF IT IS MINIMUM OF 2#10 CU, IF NOT REPLACE WITH 2#10 CU. E.C. TO REPLACE EXISTING BREAKER WITH NEW 20A/2P BREAKER EXISTING PANEL Q. ROOF RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN, RELOCATE IF REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY SPARE/SPACE IN EXISTING PANEL Q. NOTIFY ENGINEER IF CONFLICT. © VERIFY LOCATION OF POWER POLE AND CEILING J -BOXES WITH OWNER BEFORE INSTALLATION. ® E.C. TO REMOVED EXISTING FLUORESCENT LIGHTS AS SHOWN, EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER FOR CONTINUITY. PROVIDE NEW WIRES AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY. 1© CONNECT TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE E.C. TO REMOVED EXISTING RECEPTACLE, PHONE JACK AND ASSOCIATED FEEDER AND WIRES. EXTEND FEEDER FOR CONTINUITY. PROVIDE NEW WIRES AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY. Q E.0 TO PROVIDE (2) 20A/1 P BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL "L" FOR NEW OPTICAL LIGHTING. VERIFY IN FIELD. AT +1Nra &08/30/16 TYPICAL OF 4-' PLUGMOLD. O3 O -OPTICAL - POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" OPTICAL - LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ,L 4011© DRYWALL PER ARC" 9 -FT HOFFMAN 3' (4"X4") WIREWAY SPACE ABOVE CEII ATTACHMENT RING 437-7/8" COMMUNICATION FI S 166B (COVERPLA SPACER/SUPPORT AS REQUIRED EXISTING TRANSFORMER EXISTING PANEL PHOTO WHITE PLUGMOLD, 24" ON CENTER, TOP EDGE OF PLUGMOLD +86" A.F.F. . i n�.r1 Ur -t PLUGMOLD. 0 MOUNT I 400 / EL �I I II I I 40c 40c I o 0 1 i i LOWER CABINET. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION W/ OWNER. IST GROUP ON/OFF 2ND CIRCUITS #'S GROUP ON/OFF CIRCUIT #'S 3RD GROUP ON/OFF CIRCUITS #'S cn L/1 L/3 L/5 10 L/11 L/7 L/9 oL/15 EXISTING LOAD- L/17 L/13 w L/19 L/21 L/23 01 TYP. 400 L/39 L/41 0.36 EXISTING LOAD 40b Q L 42 PHARMACY RECEPT. 40b 0 L/18 L/14 w L/20 L/22 L/24 Z L/29 L/25 L/27 w L/30 L/26 L428 ci L433 L 35 L/31 FRONT END L/34 L/36 0 z 40/2 7 8 30/2 40c 0 L/2 L/4 40 0 12 L/12 0 L/10 it L_ 12 9 10 PROVIDE (10) SPARE RELAYS FOR FUTURE OR OTHER LIGHTING CIRCUIT(S) RELOCATED FROM EXISTING LCC. AC -34 * 14 15/1 1.20 20/2 11 12 20/1 15/1 15 SPARE 15/1 1-.20 SECURITY 0.36 13 14 30/2 1.20 15/1 PLUGMOLD 0.50 FENCE RECEPT. -0.80 OPTICAL - LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ,L 4011© DRYWALL PER ARC" 9 -FT HOFFMAN 3' (4"X4") WIREWAY SPACE ABOVE CEII ATTACHMENT RING 437-7/8" COMMUNICATION FI S 166B (COVERPLA SPACER/SUPPORT AS REQUIRED EXISTING TRANSFORMER EXISTING PANEL PHOTO WHITE PLUGMOLD, 24" ON CENTER, TOP EDGE OF PLUGMOLD +86" A.F.F. . i n�.r1 Ur -t PLUGMOLD. 0 MOUNT SWITCH INSIDE LOWER CABINET. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION W/ OWNER. INSULATION TRUSS BEAM CLAMP (UNISTRUT ROOF #PFL037T OR EQUAL) i NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS TYPICAL FOR ALL ACCESS PENETRATIONS TO WIREWAY. HEIGHT OF PENETRATIONS ARE SPECIFIED ON PLAN. AN ADDITIONAL PENETRATION AT 8'-9" (IN CEILING SPACE) IS TYPICAL FOR ALL CHASES - NO COVERPLATE NEEDED FOR CEILING SPACE PENETRATION. OPTICAL/EXAM ROOM WALL DUCT DETAIL UNISTRUT #P3300 (1-5/8" X 7/8-") LOCKED HOOKSSEE ENLARGED VIEW LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE) ©E LAIZOINU LMr-L 1 J C EXISTING TRANSFORMER Q (QUEST EXISTING PNL Q (QUEST) v L/42 d hi INSULATION STEEL TRUSSES 5' ON CENTER VERIFY W/ROOF SHOP DRAWINGS. SAFETY CHAIN UNISTRUT #P3300 (1-5/8" X 7/8"} WITH UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMPS #PFLO OR EQUAL TO TRUSS - 2 PLACES. --- FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM SAFETY CHAIN BOTTOM OF FIXTURE +23' A.F.F. TYPICAL. ADJUSTABLE CHAIN HANGER TO MEET NOTES: 23' FIXTURE CLEARANCE HEIGHT. IF ANY CONFLICTS OCCUR WITH TRUSSES, COORDINATE FIXTURE RELOCATION WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED, INCLUDING SAFETY HOOKS, CHAIN, UNISTRUT, ETC. FOR FIXTURE MOUNTING. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL STRANDED SAFETY CHAIN. SECURE BETWEEN FIXTURE/BALLAST BODY AND THE NEAREST BUILDING STRUCTURE MEMBER. TYPICAL ALL H.I.D.'S H.I.D. FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAIL /--� NO SCALE 1 A. 11 V i J.1 1L 1 L V V y \, 1 JJL 11 \ SCALE: 1/16" = i'-0" EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULE LRP -L '-- EXIST. PANELS COSTCO - TUKWILA, WA F'I�ON FUNCTION SALES AREA SALES AREA FIT*tt,Tinx SALES AREA IST GROUP ON/OFF 2ND CIRCUITS #'S GROUP ON/OFF CIRCUIT #'S 3RD GROUP ON/OFF CIRCUITS #'S cn L/1 L/3 L/5 w L/11 L/7 L/9 oL/15 EXISTING LOAD- L/17 L/13 w L/19 L/21 L/23 2.00 L/37 L/39 L/41 0.36 EXISTING LOAD L 42 PHARMACY RECEPT. L/16 L/18 L/14 w L/20 L/22 L/24 Z L/29 L/25 L/27 w L/30 L/26 L428 ci L433 L 35 L/31 FRONT END L/34 L/36 0 z 40/2 7 8 30/2 w L/2 L/4 L/6 12 L/12 L/8 L/10 it L_ 12 9 10 PROVIDE (10) SPARE RELAYS FOR FUTURE OR OTHER LIGHTING CIRCUIT(S) RELOCATED FROM EXISTING LCC. EXISTING NEW EXIST. TRANS TC1 & PANEL H1-1 '-- EXIST. PANELS C1 & P1 EXISTING MEZZ. 2 PLAN PHASE (K B SCALE: I./8" = 1'-O" PANEL: PHOTO EXISTING 208 / 120 VOLTS 225 A CU BUS W/ TOP FEED 20OA/3P MAIN 3 PHASE SURFACE MOUNT 4 WIRE 10000 SQ -D A.I.C. MIN. NQOD PHASE (K B RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT USE A PHASE (KVA) B C BKR. CKT.CKT. NO. NO. BKR. A. PHASE (KVA) B C CIRCUIT USE CKT. CKT. N0. NO. EXISTING LOAD- 0.50 0.36 RECEPTACLE 20/1 1 2 50/2 2.00 15/1 PHARMACY RECEPT. MECH A 0.36 EXISTING LOAD 1.00 PHARMACY RECEPT. 20/1 3 4 PHARMACY RECEPT. 0.18 200 SPACE 0.36 15/1 EXISTING LOAD 6 20/1 1.00 20/1 5 6 20/1 15/1 1.00 DROP CORD FRONT END MECH B 1.50 WATER TREATMENT 40/2 7 8 30/2 1.20 15/1 COFFIN CASE CLEAN CONTROL RM 0.36 1.50 11 12 9 10 1.20 RECEIVING DESK 15/1 AC -34 * 14 15/1 1.20 20/2 11 12 20/1 15/1 15 SPARE 15/1 1-.20 SECURITY 0.36 13 14 30/2 1.20 15/1 PLUGMOLD 0.50 FENCE RECEPT. -0.80 19 20/1 15 16 0.50 1.20 ROTISS SCALE 15/1 FENCE RECEPT. 22 15/1 0.80 20/1 17 18. OPTICAL KIOSK 23 SPACE 15/1 COFFIN CASE 1.20 0.72 OPTICAL KIOSK * 30/2 19 20 30/2 -0.80 --- DROP CORD END ROW UNSUSED SPACE 1.20 27 28 21 22 0.80 UNSUSED SPACE 3-5 KIOSK EXISTING LOAD 0.80 20/1 23 24 1.00 OPTICAL KIOSK * EXISTING LOAD 0.80 20/1 25 26 20/1 1.00 OPTICAL KIOSK * EXISTING LOAD 0.80 20/1 27 28 20/1 1.00 PLUGMOLD - OPTICAL * SPACE 29 30 20 1 1.00 PLUGMOLD - OPTICAL * OPT RECEPTION RECEPTACLE * 1.08 20/1 31 32 20 2 0.36 NORTH WALL RECEPTACLE EXAM ROOM 174 RECEPTACLE * 1.08 20/1 33 34 0,36 OPTICAL PLUGMOLD * 1-.00 20/1 35 36 20 2 0.36 NORTH WALL RECEPTACLE OPTICAL RECEPT. * 1.00 20/1 37 38 0.36 WATER HEATER WH -10* 1_.00 20/1 1 39 40 20/2 0.36 1 NORTH WALL RECEPTACLE ROOF RECEPTACLE * 0.18 20/1 1 411 42 -0.36 TOTAL PHASE A (KVA) TOTAL PHASE B (KVA) TOTAL PHASE C (KVA) TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 7.28 7.38 4.98 14.2 KVA 14.3 KVA 83 KVA 37.2 KVA 6.92 6.92 3.72 103 A 14r -W LUAU. MU IUt b tAKtK J 511 WN PANEL: C 1 EXISTING 208 / 120 VOLT 100 A CU BUS ; TOP FEED CIRCUIT USE A PHASE (K B RECEPTACLE 0.36 MAIN RECEPTACLE MOUNT 0.36 RECEPTACLE A.I.C. MIN. NQOD SEP 08 RECEPTACLE 0.36 CKT. CKT. N0. NO. RECEPTACLE A 0.36 RECEPTACLE 15/1 PHARMACY RECEPT. 0.36 15/1 PHARMACY RECEPT. 0.36 PHARMACY RECEPT. 15/1 PHARMACY RECEPT. 0.36 15/1 PHARMACY RECEPT. 0.18 0.36 SPACE 0.36 15/1 UNSUSED SPACE 6 20/1 UNSUSED SPACE 0.36 UNSUSED SPACE 15/1 TOTAL PHASE A (KVA) TOTAL PHASE B (KVA) TOTAL PHASE C KVA 1.44 1.44 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD *REVISED LOAD, PROVIDE NEW BREAKER AS REQUIRED --- 29 30 --- 3.68 KVA 2.24 3.02 KVA .08 3.2 KVA 9.9 KVA TeF:fu 13P MAIN 3 PHASE SURFACE MOUNT 5 WIRE 10000 SQ -D A.I.C. MIN. NQOD SEP 08 C BKR. CKT. CKT. N0. NO. BKR. A PHASE (KVA) B C CIRCUIT USE 15/1 1 2 15/1 0.20 OPTICAL RECEPT. 15/1 3 4 15/1 0.18 TIRE RECEPTACLE 0.36 15/1 5 6 20/1 0.36 WATER TREATMENT 15/1 7 8 15/1 0.54 WATER TREATMENT 15/1 9 10 15/1 0.18 CLEAN CONTROL RM 0.36 15/1 11 12 15/1 0.54 RECEIVING DESK 15/1 13 14 15/1 1.00 R & D COMPUTER 15/1 15 16 15/1 0.50 SECURITY 0.36 15 1 17 18 15/1 0.50 DELI PREP SCALE 15/1 19 20 15/1 0.50 ROTISS SCALE 15/1 21 22 15/1 0.72 OPTICAL KIOSK 23 24 15/1 0.72 OPTICAL KIOSK * --- 25 26 --- UNSUSED SPACE --- 27 28 --- UNSUSED SPACE --- 29 30 --- 3.68 KVA 2.24 3.02 KVA .08 3.2 KVA 9.9 KVA